German Without Grammar Or Dictionary

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

I

Fii-^T'n I?, St. " Jo

Harvard College
library

By Exchange

3 2044 102 863 743

^ .'./

GERMAN

WITHOUT

GRAMMAR OR DICTIONARY;

OR,

A GUIDE TO LEARNING AND TEACHING THE GERMAN

LANGUAGE ACCORDING TO THE PESTALOZZIAN

METHOD OF TEACHING BY

OBJECT LESSONS.

Part I.

BY

DR. ^UR BRUCKE,

DIRECTOR OP CHICAGO SCHOOL OP MODERN LANGUAGES, AND SUPERINTENDENT

OP GERMAN INSTRUCTION IN THE PUBUC SCHOOLS

OP HYDE PARK.

ELEVENTH EDITION.

CHICAGO:
S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.

1886.

> eC.c "r , ) .r. -^ '-.':«' -

HARVARD COLLEGE LIBfTAKY

»Y EXCHANGE FROM
MEW YOIIC STATE LIMAItY

FEB 27 1932

Copyright, 1881,
By S. C. Griggs and Company.

University Press:
John Wilson and Son, Cambridge.

PREFACE.

The general favor with which the public has received
'' German without Grammar or Dictionary " has induced the
publishers to make several veiy important changes in Part I.
In the first place, the type, at the urgent request of many
teachers, has been changed from the Roman to the German.
Secondly, several hundred words, not before translated, are
carefully defined in vocabularies, immediately following the
exercises ia which they occur. Thirdly, each lesson, for con-
venieaee, is divided into paragraphs, as is the case in Part 11.
Jji addition to these changes, a reference vocabulary of several
hundred words, and several very interesting lessons, have been
added, so that the new book, while it retains all the sprightly
naturalness which has been accorded to the former work, may
justly be considered a great improvement for both classes in
schools and private students.

We have endeavored, after thirty years' experience in teach-
ing German according to the Katubal Method, to give the
results of our labor in so condensed and simple a form as to
enable any diligent student, even a child, to acquire a fair
speaking knowledge of the German language in the course
of a single year.

The author has taught thousands of children and adults
to use, in idiomatic German conversation, two thousand words
in a single twelvemonth. He has also instructed one hun-
dred and thirty pupils in a class exercise of thirty or forty

iv Preface.

miDntes, so that each pupil understood the lesson as well as
if the class had consisted of only ten members. (See the
Rochester, N. Y., High School Report for 1860. This report
was made by the State Regents.) No spoken language was
ever acquired by grammar or dictionary, and simply for the
reason that no idiom in any language will bear a literal trans-
lation. Just think of rendering the English idiom. How do
yoti do? or the German expression, 3Bie befinbcn ©ie fid)? or
again, the French idiom. Comment votis poHez^ous ? literally,
into any other language !

Says the eminent Chancellor of the New York University,
" It is the idiomatic portion of the language that gives it soul,
if not life. No language is properly learned until its idioms
are mastered."* May we add to this excellent testimony, that
the idiom of any language is best learned by speaking it ?
Nay, more ; that this is really the only way in which the idi-
omatic expressions of any living language can be properly
acquired.

Let it not be supposed that we discard the help of either
grammar or dictionary ; for wherever we meet with an irreg-
ular verb in any of the lessons, we turn at once to the list of
irregular verbs, and repeat the conjugation of that verb in the
mood and tense in which it is used in the given sentence.
Suppose that we have the verb fpred^en, " to speak," then we
either write it on the blackboard or give it from the book ;
as, 3(^ fpredbe, t>u fpric^jl, er fprlcfet, »ir fprecfeen, it)r fpredfet, fic
fpret^en. In fact, we make every possible use of the grammar
and the dictionary as well, but only as helps ; there is no
parsing, no time wasted in useless analysis.

For, as long as the colloquial language is the basis, and the
literary language must come afterward in any tongue, so long
must the student acquire the language sought after by con-
struction and not by analysis. For the taking ten thousand

* See Dr. Howard Crosby's article in the New York Independent, Nov. 13,
1879.

Preface. v

clocks apart would not enable a person to construct a single
clock !

An eminent educator has remarked, '^ Our daily speech is
moulded by what we have learned in the nursery, and not by
what grammarians have taught us." This is the order of
nature. So we learned our mother-tongue. It is in this
natural and pleasant way that we are to acquire other living
languages besides our own.

The speaking lessons of this book deal with a wide range
of subjects belonging to every-day life. We speak of eating,
drinking, sleeping, seeing, hearing, breathing, smelling, etc

As we proceed from one lesson to another, the German sen-
tence is carefully and progressively elaborated by practical
examples. As a weaver would occasionally weave a beautiful
figure into his cloth, so the pupil is led by animated conversa-
tion to weave into his speech the forcible idioms peculiar to
the German language.

By continually repeating the same words, phrases, and sen-
tences in an ever-changing variety of forms, the substance of
each lesson is gradually and indelibly engraved upon the mem-
ory of the learner.

The mode of imparting instruction by this method is ex-
plained with such care in each speaking-exercise (@))rc(^it«
bung) that we need to say but little here on that subject,
except that in the use of the two senses, hearing and seeing,
the hearing comes first, as it should, in the order of nature.
A little reading, therefore, with much speaking is our motto.

Teachers of this method have pursued somewhat the follow-
ing plan with pupils or classes : first, grammatically, tbey
have permitted them to vary the verb in number, person,
tense, and mood. If, for example, the pupil has just said, 3d^
!ann fd^oil cttoa^ Deutfd^ (I know already some German), the
teacher might ask, jlonnt i^x fci^on cttt)ad Deutfdfe (Do you know
already some Grerman) ? To which any pupil in the class, or
all the pupils, might reply, 3<tf )^t^ ^^^^ lonnen fc^on etmad

vi Preface.

X)eutfd^ (^<)S; we all already know some German). Again,
if the teacher wishes to question his pupils in regard to the
articles, he might ask, SQo ifl bet SRann? Answer: Der
SWann ifl ^ier (The man is here), ffier licbt ben aWanii?
Answer: 3^^ Hebe ben ^ann (I love the man). This we regard
as an excellent drill, especially where the pupil has little or no
knowledge of the declensions, or of the conjugation of verhs.

But hest of all do we regard the colloquial exercise, where,
after a (Spred^ftbung of only two or three 9lbt^etlungen (para-
graphs) has heen read, the questions are put, to exercise the
learner in conversation, as follows : Wetne greunbe, babt i^r
SIHed ))erflanben mad tt>ir in biefen Slbt^^eitungen gelefen ^aben ?
Answer: 3a, mir l^aben ^Hed )>er{lanben bad mir in biefen 3(bt^eiU
itngen gelefen baben (Yes, we have understood everything that
we have read in these sections). Then the teacher goes on to
put questions in every conceivable way about the subject of the
lesson, until every member of the class is familiar with it.

But we think it best to discard all grammar practice until
Part I. is thoroughly learned by conversation.

Train the ear by talking. When that is well and thor-
oughly done, the pupil will have little occasion for aid from
the Grammar in Part IL An occasional glance at the declen-
sions, or at the conjugations of the verb, will be all-sufficient.
No time need ever be wasted in pabsing. In construing a
sentence in a dead language this may be necessary ; but con-
versation in a living language wholly obviates any such tedious
labor in arriving at the meaning of a sentence. Does not an
intelligent boy or girl, at the age of twelve, speak the English
language better, that is, more fluently or correctly, than any
university professor claims to speak Latin or Greek after a
lifetime's practice in parsing and analyzing ?

Place pictures, as of a cat, a dog, or a horse, before the pupil.
Any kind of object-teaching is infinitely preferable to a long
lesson in a book. Professor Wickersham, of Pennsylvania,
says on the subject of books, " We teach too much at second

Preface. vii

band, too much from books." Wben a teacber teaches bj
objects, the instruction given is more fresh and original than
any book instruction can possibly be.

Aristotle taught from no printed book, neither did Socrates,
neither did our Lord. A blade of grass, an ear of com, or the
lily of the valley was sufficient for illustration.

What scholars these immortal teachers have made I So it
is ! In the hands of the true teacher the object handled is
inspired with a new life, with an all-absorbing interest, which
impresses the mind of the pupil with a powerful and everlast-
ing impression.

Words from such an experienced educator as Dr. Wicker-
sham will doubtless be regarded as decisive on this subject
by all teachers who know by personal experience what true
teaching is.

But, good reader, try these lessons and see for yourself. As
a matter of course, every word, every phrase, and every sen-
tence should be thoroughly mastered in each lesson before
commencing a new one. The teacher should add to and ex-
tend each lesson as much as possible by conversation on famil-
iar subjects. Bemember that hearing and repeating are the
chief instruments in acquiring a new language rapidly.

'J

CONTENTS.

Pads

The Gebmak Alphabet xiii

Gebmak Handwhitino xiy

PbONUNCIATION XT

@)ireii|ttli]titgen. Speaking-Exebcises.

1. DieJ&anb. The Hand 1

2. Die JRe^tc unb t)ie ixnh ^atCt>. The Eight and

the Left Hand 3

3. Die®dfnfe. The Joints 5

4. Wfiflri unb ®elenft, Nails and Joints .... 8

5. Diegfifle. The Feet 13

6. DieSe^cn. The Toes 16

7. ©ie«Ieibfr. The Clothes 20

8. Da«a[nfleP*t The Face 23

9. ©er Jtaufmanit. The Merchant 27

10. Der ^anm unb bie Sogel. The Tree and the

Birds 30

11. I)a« aCetter. The Weather 31

12. Dad S^uT^immer. The School-room .... 34

13. Der Sflumpf. The Trunk, or Chest 36

14. DieSla^tigan. The Nightingale 38

15. Die ig^aare. The Hair. Die D^ren. The

Ears 39

16. DieSt^uIe. The School 42

17. Die 3ai^t€itittn. The Seasons of the Year . . 45

Contents.

18. 3Qad )>erf(^iebene X)ittge toflen. What different

Articles cost 47

19. Die ©c^lanfle. The Snake 60

20. DadSrot^. The Bread 63

21. Die®etranfe. Articles of Drink hQ

22. Die ©efunti^eit Health 69

23. DerSBaOftf^. The Whale. 61

24. Die ^^Xit. The Teeth. Die 3unfle. The

Tongue. Der ®aumen. The Palate ... 64

2^. DieJE)aut The Skin 69

26. Die «u^. The Cow. Da« 3)ferb. The Horse . 71

27. DieU^r. The Watch 75

28. Da« Srii^jliirf. The Breakfast 78

29. Da« SKittafldeffen. The Dinner 81

30. Die ©etwiirse. The Spices 83

31. Da« abent)brob. The Supper 86

32. Dad ®(^af unb bad @^mein. The Sheep and

the Swine 87

33. Dad gic^t iinb t)ie Suft The Light and the Air . 90

34. Der ©traug. The Ostrich 94

35. Dad D6|l. Fruit 96

36. Der pVLxCt unb bie Ra^t. The Dog and the

Cat .... 98

37. DieSIume. The Flower 102

38. Die @*iefertafel. The Slate 105

39. Dad Soflelbauer. The Bird-cage 108

40. Der glaferne 9Ba{ferbe^a(ter. The Glass Aqua-

rium 112

41. Die SBo^nun^. The Residence 114

42. Der bd&d. The Ox. Dad 9linb»ie]^. Cattle . 117

43. DerSSaum. The Tree 119

44. Der ®ef!^tdf{nn. The Sense of Sight .... 123

45. Der ®e^orfinn. The Sense of Hearing . • . 125

46. Der Oeru^flnn. The Sense of Smell .... 127

47. Derlafipnn. The Sense of Feeling 129

r Contents. xi

48. Det (Sefd^mactfinn. The Sense of Taste ... 132

49. Die^u^ner. The Fowls 134

50. Die O^etverfte. The Mechanical Trades ... 137

51. DerSIrit. The Physician 141

52. Die @pra(^e. Language 143

A List of Ibjkegulab Ye&bs 146

YOGABUULBY 149

THE GERMAN ALPHABET.

N-

The German alphabet is composed of twenty-six letters, of
which tt, t, i, H, 11 and (t|) are yowels. All other letters are
consonants; of these I, m, H^ 9, and f are pronounced as in
English.

Geman^

Englith. Name.

91

A a

ah

91 n

N n

enn

» h

B b

bay

t>

o

@; (

C c

tsay

* 4»

P P

pay

2> >

D d

day

€l q

Q q

koo

@ r

E e

ay

91 r

R r

err

i f

F f

€

®f8

S 8

ess

®

G g

y«y

% i

T t

tay

§ ^

H h

hah

U It

U u

00

r i

I i

ee

IS k

V V

fow

3t i

J J

jot

ass »

W w

vay

A f

K k

kah

ae y

X X

ix

s I

L 1

eU

^ ^

Yy

ipsilon

9R nt

M m

em

3 )

Z z

tsett.

Gtrman.

Engliah. Name.

Simple yowels : a, t, i, 0, U, (tf). Modified yowels, i, B, U.

Diphthongs, or compound sounds : au = ow in now ; at and
ft = t ; Ml and Su = oy.

The compound consonants are : f il^, @^, ess-tsay-hdh ; t,
tsay-kdh ; f Jl, ess-^ay ; jj, ess-tay ; ij^^ the guttural, to he
learned from the teacher ; and i^, iay-iset.

♦ 3, as the vowel », short.

t 3, as the consonant y in English.

GERMAN HANDWRITING.

A a
B b
C c

D d

E e

if
F f

G g
H h

31

I i

Sie brutf^e $8tibfi|irift.

Oh ^i/iy

^/'^Z'

St

^ t

T t

Utt

U u
V V
W w

X X
Z z

/

^

:^^

i^

y
^^^

^

COMPOUND CONSONANTS

^

^•^/ ^;^/ /^ ^

PRONUNCIATION.

It will be noticed, first, that there are no silent letters in
the German language ; second, that six of the letters in the
alphabet, namely, f, I, m, n, o, and ^, have the same name
as in English; and third, that all the consonants have the
same sound in both languages (with the possible exception of
D and ft)). © = 3 when used between vowels, as is the case
in the word S5efen (broom), or Safe (cousin). 33 and b are
sounded almost like p and t, as will be learned in practice
with the teacher. Every word in German is sounded precisely
as its letters are, taken together ; that is, words are pronounced
OjS spelled,

VOWEL SOUNDS.

%^ tt/ sounds like a in hard. It is long in SSater (father) ; short

in ad&t (eight), 9lad^t (night), 5)rad^t (splendor).
6, t, sounds like e in prey or e in rrvet. It is long in TOecr

(ocean), and short in $crr (master).
3, i, sounds like e in Peter, pique. It is long in Smi( and

ixiji (light), and short in ^irt (shepherd), SBtrt^in (hostess).
0/ 0^ sounds like o in more, hole, or u in rut, hut It is long

in 91 ot^ (distress) ; short in 8o^ (aperture), S^loc! (a coat).
II, U, sounds like oo in mood, or u in rude. It is long in gu§

(foot), and short in 9lu§ (nut).

X vi Pronunciation .

DIPHTHONGS.

8li sounds like i in ritey mite. Example: 9)?ai (month of

May).
8lu sounds like ow in now. Ex. : $au^ (house), SWaud

(mouse).
@i, same sound as at, only a little shorter. Ex, : 6lb (oath),

Si (egg).
@tt, like oi in otZ. Ex. : feeute (to-day), Seutc (people).
Wett, CiVi, nearly like eu. Ex. : ^aufcr (houses), 9Wdufe (mice).

DOUBLE VOWELS.

A double vowel has the same sound as when long. Ex. : 2{a^
(carcass), 2lal (eel), ©ecle (soul), ^ecr (a host), 3?oo5 (moss),
80 OS (lot). U is never doubled, but may be lengthened by
suffixing I9 as in U()r (a watch), ©tit^I (a chair).

UMLAUTS — MODIFIED VOWELS.

The vowels a^ 0/ tt^ are modified by the letter c or its substi-
tute (two dots), so that we may obtain new sounds for the
vowels thus modified. For example, from ?$ater (father) we
have SSater (fathers), pronounced fater ; from ^anb (hand)
we have ^Snbe (hands).

DC/ or ij^ gives a sound like i in bird or u in hurt,

Mt, or Vi, can only be learned from the living teacher. In such
words as ©iit) (south), SRiitler (miller), and itber, the it is
generally mispronounced by even well-educated Germans,
being sounded like ec Perhaps the nearest to the proper
sound is the French u.

Pronounce : SSater, SSater ; Gutter, OTiittcr (mothers) ; Sod&tcr,
Jotter (daughters) ; Sruber, Sriiber (brothers) ; 9Ru!^Ie
(mill) ; 93n^nc (stage in a theatre); 3^()ur (door).

Pronunciation. xvii

COMPOUND CONSONANTa

S|, at the end of a word or syllable, is guttural, as in the

Scotch word loch. Ex. : 3tb (I), mi(^ (me), ^id) (thee),

ftc^ (himself), aud^ (also), Slauc^ (smoke), X^ad^ (a roof),

tio^ nid)t (not yet).
1^1^ at the beginning of a word, as Shrift, S^or, etc., has the

sound of k; but in words of French origin, as d^armant,

6^am)>agne, it has the sound of sh.
Sl| before s '=^ k.
fS,^ »» X, in Ddi€ (ox), Su^d (^o^) ; ^^^ ii^ compound words

like ipaci^fam, and in the genitive of 9u(^, ted 9u(^d (of the

book), and in the genitive of !£)a(^, tt^ £)a(l^0, pronounce ||

guttural.
9 at the end of a syllable or word has a slight guttural

sound ; as in ^teigung (inclination), Sirgung (declension).
Sf »> double k; pronounce like ck, in English. Ex.: ®Iotfe

(bell), Stodf (cane), ©tiicf (a piece), ©riicfe (a bridge).
jRg, as in the English words ring, song, Ex. : Sanger (singer),

ginger.
W '^ff ^ in fame. Ex.: |)^onograp^te, |)^iIofoi)^ie.
8 =/, as in fatlier {^attx), fatherland (Snterlanb). So in

all German words ?5 (fow) is sounded like/. Ex.: bod So!!

(the people), ©on (of), ©iel (much), \>iele (many).
Olt, as in quartz, quantity. Ex.: QueUe (a spring), Qual,

(torment).
@)««« at the end of a word. Ex.: $ap (hate), 9{u§ (mit),

®ru9 (greeting).
®4 » «A. Ex. : tad ® d^iff (the ship), tie 9(f(^e (ashes), ter

®(^aten (injury).
3tj^ f2 (toy-^«e^^), is sounded like j (tsett) after a short vowel;

as in ©c^aft (treasure), 9fle^ (net), ®efe0 (a law). In SCeijen

(wheat), %t\itn (to heat), we have only j ; but in ^i^e (heat),

we have ^.

@^tec1|ttliitttgeit.

The First Speaking-Exercise.

Sie ^anb. The Haih).

T. This is the method: — the teacher raises the right or
the left hand hefore the class and asks : 3fl tied eine ^ant ?
"Is this a hand?" The class, or some member of it, will
respond: 3a, bad ifl eine ^aitb. " Yes, that is a hand."

II. Single pupils may now be questioned as follows (the
teacher raising the right hand, .and extending the index-
finger) : 3fl bie« tin Seigeftnj^er ? Slntwort (Answer): 3a, bad
iff ^^n 3^ ^f P"9f^» " Yes, that is an index-finger." Extending
the middle finger, he asks: 3ff ^ifd ein SWittelfinger ? 3«f ^^^
ifl ein OTittelpnger. "Yes, that is a middle finger." Again: 3fl
bied ein !Ringfinger ? 3^^ t)ad iff ein ^lingfinger. "Yes, that is a
ring-finger." 3ff ^i^^ fi" flelner ginger ? ^a, bad iff ein Heiner
ginger, "Yes, that is a small finger." Or, he maj'^ say: 3ff
bied ber Utim ginger ? Slntwort : 3«f ^fl«J iff t)er f leine ginger.
"Yes, that is the little finger.'"

Note. We must not forget the thumb, which also belongs to the fingers. So
we ask, extending the thumb : 3fl bied ein Dawmcn? STntttJort: ^a, bad ffl ein
!l)ttumen. "Yes, that is a thumb."

III. Knowing the names of the fingers, the thumb included,
we are now prepared to count as follows: (Sin ginger, imi

2 German without Grammar or Dictionary,

ginger, brei ^\xi%vc, toier ginger, ffinf ginger* Sin ber ^anb finb
«)ier ginger unb ein !Daumen. '' On the hand are four fingers
and a thumb." Or, 2ln jeber ^anb finb \)ier ginger unb ein
!Daumen. " On each hand are four fingers and a thumb/'

IV. The teacher now raises his right hand, and, observing
it closely, remarks : 3(^ fe^' eine ^onb ; i(i& fel)' fiinf ginger ;
and, looking at one of the pupils, the teacher asks : ©eorg, ftel^fl
bu eine $anb ? " George, do you see a hand ? " Slntwcrt: 3<Jf
icb fe^' eine ^anb ; ic^ fe^' ouc^ fiinf ginger onx ber ^anb, ober
»ier ginger unb einen £)aumen. " I see also five fingers on the
hand, or four fingers and one thumb."

V. The teacher now, raising the left hand, exclaims : 3(i6
fe^' fiinf ginger an ber Hnfen ^anb. "I see five fingers on the
left hand." Let each pupil repeat: 3<fe W ^" f*"^^ yi'^txi,
f^QiX(^f ^ier ginger unb einen Daumem "I see on each hand
four fingers and a thumb."

Note. For the teacher's convenience, we here append a few I'emarks in re-
gard to the cases and the genders of the article.

Declension : Nominative case, tie <^anb ; genitive case, ber <&anb, of the hand ;
dative case, ber ^anb, to or for the hand ; accusative case, bte ^anb^ the hand.
As will be seen, the German language has four cases in its declension, namely,
nominative, genitive, dative, and accusative. Note that ber, bte, bad, is the
definite article in the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders, respectively,
^anb is preceded by bte because it is in the feminine gender.

We may in like manner decline, ein, eine, ein of the indefinite article : as, eine
^anb, einer -^anb, einer -^anb, eine -^anb, a hand, of a hand, to or for a hand,
a hand. (Sine is feminine like bte.

VI. Suggestion : As a closing exercise (beginning with the
thumb), the class repeats, with the teacher, the words (tie
^(affe wieber^oU, mit bent Se^rer, bie SCorte) : i:;ie^ ifl ein T)au*
men, bled ifl ein Bfi^^fiw^^^ ^^^^ ^i^ ^^^ 5WitteIfinger, bied ijl ein
Slingfinger nnb bied ijl ein ffeiner ginger.

Lastly, the right hand is held up by both the teacher and
the pupils, each saying : 3^^ f^^' ^i"^ $anb. " I see a hand."

8jpeakiny'Exerci9es. 8

3(^ feV funf Siitgrr an ^nr ^anb ; i^ frV eine n Daiimrn, dnrn
Beigrfttiger, eincn ^Rtttrtfinger, einrti Sting^iiger, unt etnen nrincti

The teacher remarks : Die S^ii ift avi^ : ivtr ^alben fine %Mt
@hinbf gefprod^en. '^The time is up; we have spoken one
half of an hour.''

The Second Speaking-Exercise.

%\t Kc^tf tttib kie fiittfr §wA. The Eight and the

Left Hand.

I. The teacher, holding up both hands, says : 3(^ fe^' gwe I
$ant>e. "I see two hands." S^uarb^ flf^fl t>u jwei ^ante?
9(ntwort (Answer) : 3^^ i<% W 3*^^^ ^anbe . " Yes, I see two
hands.'' Looking at the closed hands, the teacher says : 3^)
ff^' girei Saufle. " I see two fists." ^xao^^ (Question) : j^arl,
jie^fl tu a»ei gaufle ? 2(ntwort : 3«/ i* feV S^ei gaufle.

Looking at both fists, the teacher remarks : !Dted fint gtoei
gattfle. " These are two fists." grage (Question): grictricb, pn^
Wc0 jtvef gSufle? Slittivort: 3<t/ ^«« Pnt ^wei gawfte. "Yes,
those are two fists."

IL Extending a finger on each hand in turn, as the right
and left thumb, the teacher asks : @inb tnd ycoti ^aumen ?
Answer: 3«f ^<*^ pn^ S»ft Dnumen. "Yes, those are two
thumbs." Thus the teacher proceeds with the corresponding
right and left fingers on each hand, asking: @tnt tied gwei
Seigeftnger? gwei SMittelfinger ? ^wel SRincifinger ? gwc* Heine
ginger? the answer each time being: !Dad finb gwei 3^tge'
finger. S)ad pnt gmei 92itte(ftnger. !Dad flnb }»ei Stingftnger.
!iDad pnb Stoei fleine ginger.

4 German mthout Grammar or Dictionary,

Suggestion: Always put the question in full, using the
verb, and let the pupil give the answer in full, as the point
aimed at is practice in speaking.

III. Stretching out the right and the left arm alternately,
the teacher says, looking at each closely : 2)ied i jl ber recite
5lrm. Die« ijl t)er linfe 2lrm. "This is the right arm. This is
the left arm."

Suggestion : Pupils may now in turn be questioned as fol-
lows : ®eorg, ifl bic« ber recite 2lrm ? Answ^er : 3^; b<^^ ifl ^tt
redbtc arm. 3fl t)ie« t)er linfe Slrm ? ^ntttjort : 3a, bad ifi ber
linfe arm. ^ar(, fie^fl bu jwei Slrme ? Slntwort : 3^, t* fe^'
gttjei 2(rme (I see two arms). 3^ W ^^^ ted^ten 2lrm unb ben
Ilnfen 2(rm.

Paradigm of fe^eit, to *«« .* 3<^ ffl&e, I see ; bu fte'^fl, thou seest ; CT pe^t, he
sees ; »ir fe^en, we see ; i^r fc^et (or fe^t), you see ; fte fe^cn, they see.

rV. The teacher, extending the thumb, index-finger, etc.,
says : ®e^t i^r ben red^ten Daumcn, ober ben linfen ? Answer :
ffiBir fel^en ben reci^ten Daumen. @e^en xo\x ben redbten ober ben
linfen ^t^t^n^tx ? 3lnt»ort : SBir fe^en ben rec^tcn ^t\^t^n%tx,
®e^t i^r ben retfeten ober ben linfen SWittelpnger ? Slntmort : SBir
fe^en ben red^ten SRittelpnger. ©el^t i^r ben red^ten ober ben linfen
SHingpnger ? SlntttJort : SBir fe^en ben red&ten 9lingftnger. @e^t
i^r ben red^ten ober ben linfen fteinen ginger? ffiir fe^en ben
rec^ten fleinen ginger*

Note. The names of the fingers and thumb are masculine, as are all nouns
preceded by the article ber. Den red)tett and ben linfen are in the accusative
case because the nouns which they describe are in the accusative (objective)
case.

V. The teacher, extending the right foot, asks (fragt) : 3il
bied ber redfete gu^? 3a, bad i{l ber redbte gup. 3ft bied ber linfe
gup ? 3a, ba« ifl ber linfe gup^ "Yes, that is the left foot." The

Speakiny-Er€rci9e3. 5

teacher may now extend alternately bis right and his left foot,
and say, whilst looking at each closely : Die0 {{I nid^t ber link
gttg, fontcrn ^r SteAte. '' This is not the left foot, but the
right." Died ifl nii^i ber recite gtt§, fonbr rit ber tinfc. << This is
not the right foot, but the left." Der Se^rer fleOt cine %xa%t
Mi ieben @<!^ii(er (The teacher puts a question to each pupil) :
9lnna, ifl bied ber linfe tirm ? tinna anhoortet (Anna answers) :
3)ad ifl nic^t ber linfe Vrm, fonbern ber Ste^te. << That is not the
left arm, but the right." So with the left arm, when it is held
up : Dad ifl nic^t ber recite 9rm, fonbern ber 2inte*

Paradiffm : From the yerb fein, to be, we have, i<( Mr, I am ; bu bifl, thon
art ; er (fie for a feminine nonn) ifl, he (she) is ; loir finb, we are ; i(r feib, yon
are ; fie ftnb, they are. ^rif rn, to be called : cr Vtfit, he is called ; rr (ie§i he
was called; cr tat fie(et§cn, he was called, or named.

Der Sel^rer fagt (says) : 9)le{ne Steunbe, toir miiffen jej^t auf^oren
3tt fprec^^en, benn bie ^\i i^ and. '^ My friends, we must now
stop speaking, for the hour is up."

The Third Speaking-Ezerdse.

Stf^flenlf. The Joints. SM Of Imf. The Joint.

I. This teacher, bending a thumb, and each finger in turn,
counts : Sin ®elenf, amei ©elenfe, brei ®elen!e, vier ®elen!e, fiinf
®e(en!e, fedftd ®e(enfe, fie^en ®elenfe, aiji ®elenfe, neun ®eIenTe,
ae^n ®elenfe, elf ®eIenTe, )»6(f ®e(enre, breiae^n ®eIenTe, bteraei^n
®elen!e.

Suggestion: The pupils have now heard all the cardinal
numbers up to fourteen, and are now able to repeat the above,
counting from ein ®elettl to )9ierael^n ®elcnfe.

6 German without Grammar or Dictionary,

3n t»em Daumen flnb gttjci Oelenfe, nid^t xoa^x ? " In the thumb
there are two joints, are there not?" The whole class repeats :
3a, im (in tern) !Daumen flnt) jwei ®elcn!e ; rin ®elen!, 3»ei ®e*
lenfe. 3n ttm Bei^efinger flnt) t)rel ®e(en!e, nici^t wa^r? 3lUf tiie
©d^iifer antworten (All the pupils reply) : 3a, im ^t\^z^\wx ftnb
t^rci ®eUnfe, in t)em aWittelfin^er pnt) brei ®c(cnfe, in t>em Sling*
finger finb brei ®elenfe unt in t)em Heinen ginger ftnb brei
®elen!e*

II. Der Se^rer fragt ^axi (asks Charles) : 9!Reln fleiner greunb,
n?ie*)iel ®elenfe i^afl bu in ben »ier Singern an ieber $anb ? " My
little friend, how many joints have you in the four fingers on
each hand ? '' STntwott (Answer) : ^err Sel^rer, ic^ ^abe in ben
i)ier gingern an Jebcr ^anb gwolf ®clenfc, unb au(^ im T)avimtn
finb s»ci; ba« macfct im ®anacn, vierge^n ®clenfe (that makes,
in all, fourteen joints).

Definitions: SWeitt neittfr ffreuttb, my little friend; toietiet, how many; an
jeber, on each; aviOi, also; bad ma(^t, that makes; im = in bent.

Paradigm: From bflbcn, to have, we obtain, \^ '%cAt, I have; bu bafl, thou
hast; er (jle) ^ttt, he (she) has; »ir l^aben, we have; i^r \ia% you have; fit
IJttbfn, they have.

III. The teacher, opening and shutting the right or left
hand, says: 3c^ ^«nn ^i^ $^tt^ fd^liepen nnb iiffnen. "I can
shut and open the hand." 3A fann mittelfl ber ®e(en!e bie ^anb
fc^Iie^en. " I can hy means of the joints shut the hand." ffimit,
fannfl bu mittelfl ber ®e(en!e beine recite $anb fc^Iie^en? 9(ntmort:
3a, i^ fann mittelfl ber ®eIenTe meine red^te nnb auc^ meine linle
.?)anb fcblie^en ; ic^ fann beibe ^anbe fc^Iie§en (I can shut both
hands). Sbuarb, fannfl bu beibe ^anbe fc^tiepen ? 3a »o^I, \ij
fann beibe .^anbe fd^Iie^en. "Yes, indeed, I can shut both
hands." ^arl fd^Iiept beibe ^anbe (Charles closes both hands).
^Ifle tt)ieberl^o(en mit bem ?el^rer (All repeat with the teacher) :
SBir fiJnnen mittelfl ber ®elenfe beibe *anbe ft^Iiepen. "We can
by means of the joints shut both hands."

SpeaJdng-^Exerciiea. 7

Paradigm, : From W\t%teif to that, we have, i^ Wicft, I dote, or shat ; i^
f(^(o§, I closed ; t<t ^abe gf MloRcn, I luive shut. From fSmtn, to be tble, wo
have, t(^ fonn, I can, or am able ; Ut Uwatt, 1 waa able ; i^ \tAt gcbm^ or U|
^&e fonntn, I have been able.

lY. The teacher, shutting his hands, says : i^ier {|l einc
gauft. ^' Here is a fist." Charles, holding up both fists, says :
^err Setter (or, (iebe Sr pterin), i^ babe ycoti gaufle ; tint recite
gaufl unb etne Unfe ^au^ (a right and a left fist). 9(itna,
^afl bu stoei 3au|ie ? 3a, meine (iebe Se^reriit, i(^ (abe gtoei gaufie ;
elite recite S^ufl unb aud^i eine Sinfe. Wade, %a^ bu ebenfadd
)»ei gSufie ? 3a, i^ ^abe gtoei SSufle ; etne Stec^te unb eine Sinfe.
Sri^, ^aben atte SRenf^en gtoei gaufle ? Sntmort : 9Ietn, nic^t aUe
S^enfc^en \^o^tn a»ei gaufle, benn 9Ran4e (aben einen 9rm ober
eine $anb verloren. ^^ No, not all people have two hands, for
many have lost an arm or a hand." Opening his closed hand,
the teacher remarks : 3<4 fonn mtint $anb offnen ; [6^ fann bie
Itnfe ^anb offnen unb aud^i bie Slec^te* ''I can open the left and
also the right." Der Sel^rer fieUt eine grage ^n ioxi\\a (The
teacher asks a question of Louisa) : 9Reine S^^^nnbin, fannfl bu
beine Itnfe ^anb offnen? ^a, t(6 IcLnn metne Unfe ^anb offnen
unb fc^Hepen. '^ Yes, I can open and shut my left hand." itna,
fannfl bu betbe $anbe offnen unb fc^Uegen ? ^a, \&i fann metne
red^te $anb offnen unb f^Iiegen unb avii!^ ntetne Sinfe ; i(Jb fann
beibe $anbe offnen unb fc^Iiegen* ''lean open and shut both
hands."

V. E^rifllne bemerft (Christine remarks): Die ©tunbe ifl »or*
uber; xoix miiffen ie^t auf^oren gu fprec^en. ''The hour is past;
we must now stop speaking." Der Secret fagt (says) : 3a»
S^rifline ^at Sled^t (Christine is right) ; bte @tunbe ifl t)oniber ;
toir mitffen jie^t auf^oren gu fprec^en.

Definitions: X)tf @t1inbe, an honr,— here it signifies thehonr, lesson; 9or«
nbcT, gone by; iej^t, now ; auf^oren, to cease ; }U fprcd^n, to speak ; ^at lRe(|t, is
right (9te(l^t baben, to be in the right, is used idiomatically); muffeit, must.

8 German toithout Grammar or Dictionary.

Paradigm : From auf^oren, to stop, or cease, we have, \^ \m auf, I stop ; bu
]^5rfl aitf, thou ceasest ; tt ^ort auf, be ceases ; fte ^5rt auf, she ceases ; mir ^oren
auf, we cease ; i^r ^§rt auf, yoa cease ; fie ^mn auf, they cease ; id^ ^orte auf, I
ceased ; i^ ^albt aufge^drti I have ceased.

The Fourth SpeaJdng-Exercise.

9tagel tttlb ©elenle. Nails and Joints.

I. 6mil, lannjl tvi ahgeben wad ber ©egenjtanb ber geflrtgen
©pred^iibung tuar? "Emil, can you tell what the subject of
yesterday's lesson was ? '^ 3^/ '&crr Secret, i^ fann ed angcben ;
mx fpracScn geflern l^awptfad^Ii^ fiber W %\n^txm^zh "Yes,
teacher, I can tell; we spoke, yesterday, chiefly about the finger-
nails.^' gt)uarb, tt)o ftnb t)ie gingernagel? "Where are the
finger-nails ? " 2lm 6nbc eined jeben ginger^ ijl ein SWagel. " At
the end of each finger there is a nail.'' (Caroline, xoxt bunn ifl
ein gingcrnagel? 2lnt»ort: Sin Singernagcl ifl ungefa^r gc^n*
mat bfiitncr aid bcr Singer, on bem er f!4 beftnbet "A finger-
nail is about ten times thinner than (as thin as) the finger on
which it finds itself (is located).

Definitions : Sngeben, to repeat, or recite ; bcr gcfhigeit, of yesterday's ; l^aupt*
fad^Ii(^, chiefly ; »o, where ; eined jcben, of each ; toit, how ; ge^nmal, ten times;
ungefd^r, about ; an bem, on which ; cr, he ; l>eftnbet ft^, finds itself, or is
situated.

Paradigm : Prom angcbcn, to recite, we have, td^ fleBf an, I recite ; bu gibfl
an, thou recitest ; er gibt an, he recites ; totr geben an, we recite ; i^r gebt an,
you recite j jlc geben an, they recite.

II. 6in ©d^fller fragt ben ?el^rer (A pupil asks the teacher) :
^aben @ie ))ergeffen toa^ ber ®egen{lanb unferer l^eutigen @pre(^»
fibung ijl? "Have you forgotten what the subject of our to-
day's lesson is ? " 9?ein, mein lieber grennb, ic^ \>ergetfe 9?i(^t«.

Speakiny^Exercises. 9

" No, my dear friend^ I forget nothing." ?rna frnjt \tn Sr (re r :
SBad ifl ^er ®egen{lan^ unfnttr ^eutigen @))re(j^u6ung? ''What is
the subject of our to-day's lesson ? " %x{^ anhoortrt : Drr ®t*
geiiflaBt unferer ^euHgeit @pre(^utaiig ifl, W Stngergelrnfr unb
\i\t ftne{^ in ben Singern. '' The subject of our to<lay's lesson
is, the finger-joints and the bones in the fingers/'

Dejinitums : Sit, yoa; nftrtr, of our; (ntH0rn, today's; BCtn, no; 9{i(^td,
nothing; bad ®elrnf, the joini; tcr itiw^tn, the bone; in ten QFtBgrm, in the
fingers (the dative plural).

Paradigm: From "Ofx^t^tn, to foi^get,. we have, \^ ttrgrffe, I forget; bit t»cr«
gtlfejl, thou forgettest; er "otx^x^i, he foiigats; loir m^ffftn, we forget; i^r Vfrgcft^
you forget; ftc »crgfffett, they foiiget.

III. Der Seirer Ifriegt bie ®e(enfe im £)aumen unb jS^It
(The teacher bends the joints in the thumb and counts):
Sin ®elenf, ymti ®elenfe; ber !£)aumen ^at g»ei ®e(enfe (the
thumb has two joints). !Der Secret fragt RaxX : jtarl, l^afl bu
brei ©elenfe im ^tx^t^n^tx ? Slntwort : 3«/ i<3& ^<ibe brei ®e*
lente in jebem von metnen gingern, mit ber 9u^na^me bed
S)aumend. " Yes, I have three joints in each of my fingers,
with the exception of the thumb.'' 2llbert, l^at ber !Dauinen fo*
»iel ©elenfe wie bie anbern ginger? "Albert, has the thumb as
many joints as the other fingers ? " Slntwort : 9lein, ber Dau*
men %at toeniger ©elenfe aid bie anbern gingen "Ko, the thumb
has fewer joints than the other fingers." Sena, lannfl bu
angeben toie^iel ®e(enfe ber £)aumen l^at? 3^/ 1^ lann ed; ber
Daumen l^at nur ixotx ®elenfe, aber bie anbern ginger l^aben ein
jeber brei, " Yes, I can ; the thumb has only two joints, but.
the other fingers have three each."

Dejinitums: SJon meincit, of my; mit ber STu^nal^mc, with the exception; fo.»
^'ttl, as many ; bie ttlltern, the others ; meniger, less ; toMtl, how many, or how
much; nur, only; aber, but; ga^ten/ to count; i(^ l^abe Qtiaiflt, I have counted. ,

IV. ®retd6en, ein 9}labc&en tton beutf(!fter ?l6funft, bittet ben
Se^rer nm Sr(aubni§ bie ®elenfe unb bie Stnoditn in ben gingern

10 German mthout Grammar or Dictionary.

gu gS^Iett (Gretchen, a girl of Grerman descent, begs the
teacher for permission to count the joints and bones in the
fingers): S3itte, ^err Sel^rcr, crkiiben ^ie mir t>\t ®e(enfe wnb
bie ^nod^en ^er ginger an beiben ^CixCttn gu ga^Ien. ^^ Please,
teacher, allow me to count the joints and bones of the
fingers in both hands." ^er Secret erlaubt i^r gu ga^Ien (The
teacher allows her to count). ®ret(^en fangt an bent £)aumen
an iVi ia\^\tn (Gretchen commences at the thumb to count) :
Sin. ®elen!, gn>ei ©elenfe ; tier I)aumen !^at nur g»el ®elenfe (the
thumb has only two joints).

She now takes each finger in turn, commencing at the in-
dex-finger: Sin ©elcnf, gwei ®clcn!e, brei ®elenfe; ter ^tx^t*
finger l^at brei ®elenfe : ysotx unb brei finb fiinf (two and three
are five). T)er ^tttelftnget l^at a}x6:i t)rei ®e(en!e ; ba^ mad^t
ad^t ®e(enfe. Der S^ingftnger ^ai ebenfalld brei ®e(enfe, bad
mac^t elf ®elenfe unb m Heinen Singer finb bret ®elen!e ; bad
macfet im ®an3en, ^iergel^n ®elenfe (there are in all fourteen
joints). 3Jt finer ^anb fInb ©iergel^n ®elenfe unb in gwei ^anben
giveimal t^ierge^n, bad mad^t ad^tunbgtoangig ®elenfe in ber rec^ten
unb ber linfen $anb (that makes twenty-eight joints in the
right and the left hand).

V. Der fie^rer fagt (says) : Sd freut mxij ba§ bu fo rld&tig auf
beutfd^ gS^len !ann(l. "I am glad that you can count so cor-
rectly in German." 3Bir l^aben {e^t nid^t ^txt, bie ^nod^en gu
ja^len. "We have not the time now to count the bones."
3c^ »ifl nur noc^ eine Srage fleUcn : ^aben bie %xn^tx ebenfot)ieI
^nod^en wie ©elenfe? Slntwort: 3^; ieber £)aumen unb jeber
ginger l^at ebenfo^iel ^nod^en njie ®elen!e. "Yes, each thumb
and each finger has just as many bones as joints." @(^on
unb ric^tig geant»ortet, fagt ber Se^rer ("Nicely and correctly
answered," says the teacher).

Definitions : (griauben, to allow ; cd frcut vx\&i, I am glad ; nur, only ; mad^t,
makes ; a(bt, eight ; rif, eleven ; fjierje^n, fourteen ; e^enfaQd, in like manner ;
bit 3<it, the time ; Jc^t, now ; ric^tig, correctly.

Optional Exercise in Pronunciation. 11

Paradigm : From onfangni^ to begin, we have, {<( fAngC ftU* ^ ^»^^ ; btt fSngfl
an, tbou beginnest ; rr fdngt an, he begins ; »ir fangen an, we begin ; i^r fangt
an, you b^n ; fit fangtn an, they begin. Note that the particle an In sepa-
rated from the verb, and placed after it. See verbs with separable particles.
Part II. of this method.

OPTIONAL EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION.
Sal tpodrat. The Portrait.

Note. The teacher may, at this stage of the pupil's progress in German, let
him (or the class) pronounce this piece after himself. Read, if yon please, as
follows : Sot Vtelen ^nnbert 3a^mi, the pnpil, or class (in concert), pronouncing
as nearly as possible like the teacher. Then, again, read, {tarb in finer gro^en
(Btabt, K.

1. Sor ))telen l^unbert 3al^ren flarb in einer grof en @taM tin
Aaufmann, ber ein anfe^nltc^ed Srrmogen l)interltef . 3Jlan wu^te
ixoax, ta^ er einen eingigen @o^n f^abt, ttx ^d^ auf dleifen befant ;
aUein 9lieman^ in ber @ta^t fannte ten @o^n t>cn 9(ngefi(!^t.

2» SRad^ einiger 3eit lamen brei Oiinglinge in ttx @tal)t an unb
ieber be^auptete, ba§ er ber eingige <So^n unb ber rec^tma^ige Srbe
fei. Der 9li(i^ter lief ein mobtgetrofened 93ilb bed Saterd bringen
nnb fprac]^ : „®er tton @m(3^ Dreien bad 3^*^^"/ ^<»^ ^<^ ^^^^ <*wf
ber Sruft bed Silbed mad^e mit einem $feite trefen !ann, bejfen foQ
bie erbfd^aft fein."

3. T*er 6rfle f(!fto5 unb traf fel^r nabe ; ber 3»ci^c tiodfe nat)er ;
ber Dritte fing, inbem er ^xtlU, ju jittern an, erblafte, Ixadi in
2:branen a\x^, »arf 5>feil unb 95ogen jur Srbe unb rtef : „9lcin,
ic^ !ann nid^t fd^ief en ; id& mitt lieber bie ganje grbfci^aft »erlieren."

4. ^un fpradft ber SRid&ter ju it)m : „SbTer Sunge, bu bifl ber
ma^re @oI)n unb ber re(i^tma§ige Srbe ; bie anbern ^mei, bie fo gut
gef^ojfen (^aben), flub ed nic^t. Denn ein ad^ter @o^n !ann bad

12 German tvithout Grammar or Dictionary

^ixi feined Saterd, aud^ ntd^t etnmal im 9i(be, mit etnem ^^feile

Definitions : 1. S$or, K., many hundred years ago ; ftarb, died (see irregular
verbs below) ; in, lu, in a large city ; bad SSermogen, the property ; l^interlte^, left
behind ; man tt)u§te gtvar, people knew, to be sure ; ba§ ^abr, li,, that he had an
only son ; ber fic^ , . . tffanb, who was travelling ; fannte, Xt., knew the son by
sight, personally. 2. 9lac^, lUt after a while ; fantcn, came ; brei Sunglingf, three
youths ; jebcr be^auptetf, each asserted ; red^tma^igc, jc, the rightful heir ; bcr
SRid^ter, the Judge ; lte$ . • * brtngen, n*, caused a well-executed likeness of the
father to be brought ; treffen fann, can hit with an arrow the mark on his
breast ; beffen, }c.^ that one's (his) shall the inheritance be. 3. @(l^o^, shot ; traf,
}c., hit close ; nod) nd^r, still closer ; ftn^ iU iitteman^ began to tremble ; erMa§te,
grew pale ; brat^ ♦ . . aud, ic, burst into tears ; toarf gur Crbe, threw to the
ground ; ber SBogen, the bow ; ber 9)feil, the arrow ; ricf, exclaimed ; 9? ein . . .
fc^ie§en, K., No, I cannot shoot, I would rather give up the whole inheritance
than shoot. 4. 9lun, K.r now the judge spoke ; eblcr Sunge, noble youth ; btt
Vx% %t„ thou art the real son and rightful heir ; gefd^offen (l^aben), who have
shot so well, (literally) are it not ; bcnn ein d(^ter ©o^n, it,, for a genuine son
cannot shoot through his father's heart, even if it were only in a picture.

Irregular Verbs : 2Bu§tf, from ttijfcn, to know ; jlarb, from jlerbcn, to die ;
l^interlicg, from btnterlaflen, to leave behind ; famcn, from fommen, to come ;
f anntf, from fcnnen, to recognize, to be acquainted ; lic§, from laffen, to let ; traf,
from treffen, to hit ; f(^o§, from f(i^ie§en, to shoot (tc^ W^it, I shoot ; id} \^oi,
I shot ; td^ ifdU geft^offen, I have shot) ; tt>orf, from ©erfen, to throw ; brad^ . . .
and, broke out, from audbre(!^en, to break out ; rief, from rufen, to call, to ex-
claim. Slnfommen, to arrive, gives, t(t !omme an, I arrive ; id^ !am an, I arrived ;
id^ bin angefommen, I have arrived.

QUESTIONS TO BE ANSWERED.

1. ®er jiart in clner grogen ©tabt? 2. SBn« l^iittcrlief er?
3. 3Qu§te man, bap er ein groped Sermogen l^tnterliep ? 4. S3e«
fanb p* t>er ©o^n auf SReifen ? 5. ^annte {emant) in ber ©tabt
biefen So^n ? 6. 2Ber Urn in ber ©tabt an ? 7. SBa« U^anp^
teteiebervonbiefen? 8. 2Dad lieg ber SHid^ter Ibringen ? 9. OTaAtc
ber SHiAter ein Seic^en auf ber Srujl bed Silbed ? 10. 2Cie f*o§
bergrjle? 11. 2Ca« fing ber Drittean a« t^""? 12. 3itterte er?
13. erblapte er ? 14. Srad^ er in I^ranen and ? 16. ffio toarf
tt ben ©oflen unb ben 9)feil ^in ? 16. SRief er aui : „3(^ lann

Speakiftff'Exercises. 13

n!(^t f^iefen ?^ 17. SBad fagte ber SU^trr )tt bent cblen Sttitgr n ?
18. @agte er, ,,Du bifl ber re (4tma§igc Srbe'' ? 19. eagte bet
SHic^ter, ,,Sttt ad^^ter @o^it fattn iticfet auf feinen Qatcr f(^ief en'' ?
20. 31* ,,bttr«^bo^rf n/' auf enfllif*, " to pierce " ?

The Fifth Speakmg-Ezercue.

Sie9u§e. The Feet. £er ^nf • ThbFoot,

L The teacher, carefully surveying his feet, says : 3(( %Qbt
ixotx guf e, eineit re(6ten unb eineii Unfcn gup. " I have two feet,
a right and a left foot." 3o^ann, voitoxtX gupe ^aft bu ? Slnt^
tvott : 3(^ ^a6e awei gitpe. 9Biet>ie( guf e ^at bein ^itnbd^f n ?
^ntwort: SReiri ^iinbt^feit l^at t>ter gupe. ^'My little dog has
four feet." SBie\)tet Seine ^at betne Aa^e ? SReine Sta^t ^at t)ier
Seine unb t)ier gupe. "My cat has four legs and four feet."
3fl beine Roi%t ein Sierfiig(er ? 3^^ nteine Xai^t, fotDO^I U)ie mein
$itnb(!^en, ift ein Sierfitpfer. "Yes, my cat, as well as my little
dog, is a quadruped." 3jl ba« 5^ferb ein Su'eifiipler ? 9lein, e«
ift fein 3w^ifw5^^^ benn ed ^at »ier Seine unb t>ier gupe. "No,
it is not a biped, fer it has four legs and four feet."

DeJhiUions : ^9 -^ilnbd^en, the little dog; the word .^unbc^Ot is a diminative,
and is in the neuter gender, as are all nouns ending in dftu. or If in; betn» thy;
mein, my; bie Jta|e, the cat; bet •^unb, the dog; fon>o^(, as well; ber Sitrfufler^
the quadruped; ber 3t»«ifu§lCT, the biped; fein, not a; bad Seitt, the leg.

DedenaiofL of Nouns : I5er gu§, the foot; bed 5n§ed, of the foot; bem %\Ji%t,
to or for the foot; ben %\x^, the foot. For the declension of the cases, sejs Sec-
tion v. of the First Speaking-Exercise.

II. &ax\, Bijl bu ein Sierfii^fer? 9?ein, i*, wie atte anbern
iBZenfc^en, bin ein 3tt'eifit§(er. "Ko, I, like all other men, am
a biped." SWiijfen alle 9Renf(i^en jwei guje ^^ahtn^ ^a, a0e

14 German witAout Grammar or Didionaiy.

3Rrnf(^ett muffen gmei gfife l^abett* ^'Tes, all men must have
two feet.** S^enn ein 9Wenfd^ einen gup tjerliert, fonn er einen
Slttbem Befommcn? "When a person loses a foot, can he ohtain
another ? " 3a, ein 3Renfc%, t>er einen gup t>erloren ^at, fann
einen falfdben gup ober ein falfc^ed Sein befommen. "Yes, a
person who has lost a foot can ohtain a false foot or leg.''
Serlieren »iele 9Renf(^en einen gup ober felbjl ein Sein ? 3a, »iele
SRenfAen ^erlieren ein 9ein ober einen gup. " Yes, many people
(persons) lose a leg or a foot.''

Definitions: fBit, like; ^erliert, loses; l^at VertOTtit, has lost; falfd^, false, ar-
tificial; btfommtn, to procure; bad Sein, the leg; felb|l, even; ^itlt, manj;MX^
lirren, to lose.

Paradigm: Prom »frltcitn, to lose, we have, xH^ »trlitrc, I lose; t(^ »frlor, I
lost; \^ \cAt Krloren, I have lost.

Ill ^aUh, fonnte bein ?)ferb f^nett laufen, »enn e« nut brei
giipe ^atte? "Conld your horse run swiftly if it had only three
legs ? " 9}ein, ed fonnte gang unb gar nid^t laufen, menu ed nur
brei giipe l^atte. " No, it could not run at all if it had only
three legs." Aann ein ^enfd^ ein ©telsbein befommen, menu er
ein Sein t)eTloren ^at? ^a, loiele SRenfAen baben bad fc^on ge«
tl^an. ^' Yes, many persons haye already done that." 3Bie)>ieI
fojiet ein ©teljbein ? " How much does an artificial leg cost ? "
Sin ©telgbein Toflet t)on fitnfaig bid bunberhtnbfiinfsig bollard.
''An artificial leg costs from fifty to a hundred and fifty dollars."
Sefommen atfe flP^enfci^en ein @telgbein, n>enn fie ein 93ein t^erloren
Ibaben? "Do all persons get a false leg if they have lost a
leg ? " 9?ein, ni^t ade fold^e SWenfc^en finb im ©tanbe |i(i& ein
©telgbein gu t>erf(^affen. "Ko, not all such persons are ahle to
procure an artificial leg." ^ann ein SWenfd^ mitteljl eined ©telg*
belned aiemlic^ fc^ned gel^en? ^dftxn 5IRenf^ fann mittelfl eined
©telgbeined ijiemlic!^ gef(^»inb get)en. "Yes, a person can go
pretty swiftly hy means of an artificial leg."

Definitions : jtonntf cr? would he be able? »fnn fr Mtte, if he had; gans linb
0ar, at all; bad ^Ulihtvx, the artificial leg; f^on, already; grt^an, alone; foflftt.

Sfieakiny^Exercisea. 1 5

to cost ; in ©tanbf fftn, to be able ; ^^ Mrfi^ffm, to procnre for one's edf ; )iriii«
\\^, tolerably; Mlt, from; bid, until.

Paradigm: From befommrtt, to obtain, we have, i(^ Mtmm, I obtain; u^
Mam» I obtained; vi^ \qlU M>llUlteil» I have obtained.

lY. emil, lauffl ))tt mittelfl Pettier 3tt§e ? 3a, i(() laufe inittel|l
meiner SSf^* " Yes, I run by means of my feet" Jaiift brine
@(^tt>e{ler mittelfl if^rer gu^e ? ^a, mrine @(^tt>f jier lauft f^nrO
mittelfl i^rer gupe. ^^ Yes, my sister runs swiftly by means of
her feet." ©pajiert Deine 3Rutttr mttttlfl il^rer gii§e? 3a, metne
Gutter fpajiert iiiittel|l i^rer guff. @))aaiert ber 9{fe mittelfl feint r
gitge? 9lein, ber 9({fe l^at feine gu^e, after er %ai t^ier ^antie.
^^ No, the ape has no feet, but he has four hands." 3fl bcr
flffe ein 8ier^ant>er ? 3a, ber ajfe ijt ein Sir r^auben " Yes, the
ape is a quadrumane."

Dejimtunu: Sfftttrlfl tlfKt, 3(., by means of her, etc. ; fpaiinnt to promenade;
bar 9ffe, the ape, monlcey.

Declension: 9{fe is declined as follows: bar 9fr, M %ftn, btm ^ffttl, ben
Kfen.

X)ie @htnbe ifl and (the hour is up) ; morgen ^pvtd^tn toiv fiber
bie 3^^^tl* ^' The hour is up ; to-morrow we shall speak of the
toes."

BLACEBOAKD EXERCISE.

1. SBte^iel gnf e l^at bie «a0e ? 2. Slxit bein ^unbd^en mc^r
gu§e aid beine *a0e? 3. Sifl bu ein 3»eifu§ler ober fin Sicr-
fiigler? 4. ^at ber SWann mit bem ©teljbein ein SScin »erIorcn?
6. Xann tin |)ferb mittelfl feiner gfi§e fd^ncfl lauff n ? 6. gouft
eine ^uft »iel langfamer aU ein 3)ferb? Answer: "Yes, a cow
runs much slower than a horse." 7. 3Ru§ icbcr 9Renfd& gwci
gu§e l^abcn, urn gu laufen ? " Yes, every person must have two
feet to run."

16 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

The Sixth Speaking-Exercise.

Sir 3^1^* The Toes.

I. Der Se^rer fragt tite ©c^uler : $at 3emanb etnen golbnen
gfjing gefunben? "Has anybody found a gold ring?" 9ltemanb
antmortet auf biefe ^xa^t (No one answers this question).
Der Se^rer fpric^t: 3^r attc fc^weigt "You are aU silent." @o
l^at bcnn 5Riemanb untcr euc^ ben t)erIorcncn Soling gefunbeii ? "So,
then, has no one among you found the gold ring?" Smi(, ein
Rnaht »on bcutfc^er Slbfunft, fagt (Emil, a boy of Grerman
descent, speaks) : ^err £e^rer, id^ glaube feiner t>on und ^at ben
loerlorenen SRing gefunben. "Teacher, I believe that none of us
has found the lost ring." Der Setter antwortet auf Smir« Se»
nterfung (The teacher replies to Emil's observation) : iDtein
juttger greunb, tc^ glaube bu ^afl bie reine SBa^r^eit gefprod^en,
benn ^Qe fAtoetgen. "I believe that you have spoken the pure
truth, for all are silent."

Definitions: 3emanb,anyone; gefuttben, found; !Rtemanb, nobody; i^r ff^tpeigft,
you are silent; ber Stnabt, the lx)y; ^erlorenenr lost; bie Semerfung, the observa-
tion; glaubtn, to think, believe; rein, pure; bie SBa^r^tt, the truth; t9on ttnd, of
us; benn, for.

Paradigm : From finben, to find, we have, i^ jtnbe, I find; td^ fttnb, I found;
ici^ ^abe gefunben, I have found; from f(^n>etgen, ic^ f(^n>etge, I keep silence; t(^
f(^n)teg, I kept silence; t(^ I^abe gefc^n)iegen, I have kept silence.

II. ^lUxt fragt ben Secret (asks the teacher) : Aonnen toir
ie0t anfangen ben l^eutigen ©egenjlanb gu befpred^en? "May we
now begin to talk about (the) to-day's subject?" Der Se^rer
antmortet : 3^^ vtdn greunb, bad fonnt i^r t^un (you may do
that), a^ freut ntid^ ba§ bu btefe S^age (^efledt ^a(l. " I am glad
that you have put this question." Albert, fann(l bu angeben
voa^ unfer Ibeutiger ©ec^enflanb ifl? "Albert, can you tell what
our to-day's subject is ? " Stein, $err Se^rer, id^ fann ed nid^t

SpeahnghEstercises. 1 7

angeBen, trnit {$ l^ait brtt ®egenflanb f^on t»frge(fen* ^Teacher,
I cannot tell, for I have already forgotten the subject.'' X/te
<S(^u(er fangen an gu lac^rn unb ter Secret felbfl lac^elt (The
pupils begin to laugh^ and the teacher Inmself smiles).

III. X)er gebulbige Setter fragt it^t bie f(ei§ige unt aufmrrN
fame £ena, ob aud^ fie ben ©egettflanb t>ergeffeit t^aht (The patient
teacher now asks the diligent and attentive Lena whether she
also has fo^otten the subject) : 9Reine gute greunbtn, ^afl btt
auc^ ben ©egenflanb ^tx^t^tn, ober erinnerfl bu bic^, mlAtn ®t^
genflanb mir l^eute gu Befpred^en f^ahtn (or do you remember what
subject we are to talk about to-day) ? ^txx ?e^rer, id^ erinnere
mid^ an 3((le0, toaa @ie geflern ttber ben (eutigen ©egenflanb ge«
fagtlB<^6en; toxv fpreAen B^ute iiber bie3f^f«^ "Teacher, Ire-
member everything that you said yesterday about the subject
of to-day ; we are to speak to-day about the toes." itna, etf
freut mid^ ba$ bu etn fo ^nM ©ebac^tnip befi^efl. " Lena, I am
glad that you possess so good a memory." 9((6ert fagt : 9)?ein
©ebSd^tnip i(l ebenfo gut »ie bad 3B^fi9^ " ^7 memory is just
as good as hers." ©er Secret ertoiebert : Dad fann fein (The
teacher replies : "That maybe"). 3<^ glaube ber ein^ige Unter*
f(6ieb atvifd)en btr unb ifyx i% bu btfl etwad faut unb fie ifl fe^r
flei^ig. "I believe the only difference between her and your-
self is, that you are somewhat lazy (trage), and she is very
diligent."

Definitioru: Sftctftg, diligent? aufmcrffam, attentive; gcbttlbi^, patient; cb,
whether; Vfrgeffftt, to forget; f!(^ rrinnern, to remember; bffprc(^cn, to talk about;
bcfi^tn, to possess; bad ©ebac^tni^, the memory ; bad ^Jrigc, hers; crtoicbfnt, to
reply; fann ffin,maybe; ber UnterWieb, the difference; cinjig, the only; fttul,
lazy.

IV. gin ©(^iirer fragt: SBo flnb bie 3el^en? "Where are the
toes?" anttoort ©on einer ©d^iilerin: @ie flnb am 5u§c? ^nU
mxt t>on bent gel^rer : ^a, unb id^ furite fie »erben ned^ lano^t ba
Meiben mitffen/ benn f!e ge^oren ba. " Yes, and I am afraid they

18 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

will have to stay there a long time, for they belong there."
Der getter fagt: 3fpt ftnb mx bereit et»ad iibcr tie gii^e gu
fpred^en. "Now we are ready to say something about the feet.'^
2o«iff, tt)ic»iel ^t\i ^aben toir not^ iibrig? "How much time
have we still remaining ? '' g« pnt t)Ott ber ©tuntc, itod& jwan*
gig 9»inuten ubrig, "There are still twenty minutes remain-
ing in the hour." ©o fasten »ir fort : gtuarb, wietticl 3e^en
gibt ed om 6nbe eined jeben guged? "Edward, how many
toes are there on the end of each foot?" 6d gibt dva 6nbe
fined jetien gu§e« fiinf ^t\ftn, menn id^ rid&tig geja^It l^abe.
"There are on the end of each foot five toes, if I have counted
correctly."

V. gragen t)on bem Scorer (Questions by the teacher) :
2CeI(^e« ifl bie aflergrogte 3^^^ ? " Which is the very largest
toe?" antwort: Die erfle 3e^e ijl au* tie ®r6§te. "The first toe
is also the largest." ®ie ^eijt tie 5Wa*fle ? " What is the next
one called ? " Die 9la^fle \t\%\ tie gweite 3e^e. " The next is
called the second toe." SBie tie 9laci^fle? Die ^ei^t tie Dritte.
"That is caUed the third." SBie tie m^iil^t ? Die ^ei§t tie Sierte*
lint trie tie 9la(^fte? Die wirt tie giinfte genonnt. "That is called
the fifth." SBet^e ifl tie «Iein|le ? Die gunfte ijl tie aOerlteinjle.
" The fifth is the smallest of all."

Der 8et)rer fragt : SBer fann angeben, tt)ie tie ginger \i\%%\\ ?
©retdben antwortet : 3d^ fann angeben tt)ie aDe tie ginger ^ei^en ;
tarf id& e« angeben? 3<^f ^w tarffl. "Yes, you may." ga^re fort
unt gib ed an. " Proceed to tell." ®ret(^en gibt on : Der er jle ter
t)ier ginger \t\%\ 3fi9^pn9^r, ter 9lad^fle (a^eite) ^ei§t SRittelpnger,
ter Dritte, Slingfinger, unt ter SSierte, ter Heine ginger ; ter 2lttcr*
tirffle unt gugleid^ aHer fiirgefle ginger, weld^er !ein wirflid^er ijl,
l^cigt Dawmen. DerSel^rer fagt: 9lid^t »a^r, mcine greunte, ®ret*
dben l^at ed ganj rid^tig angegeben ? " Is it not so, my friends,
Gretchen (Gerty) has answered very correctly ? " 3a, ant-
n>orten 9lUe tie ©dbiiter, im 6^or (" Yes," reply all the pupils,
in concert), ©retc^en l^at ed gan^ ri(i^tig angegeben.

Speakiny-Exercises. 19

VI. 6ln ©d&ufer fragt ben Secret : SBann burfeit »ir Wer bic
gerfcn bed 8Ǥed fpret^en ? " When may we speak about the
heels of the foot?" antwort: 3e^t, in biefem Slugenblid biirft
i^r fiber bie gerfe fpred^en. " Now, at this very moment, you
may speak about the heel of the foot." ©o fa^^ren »ir fort
baruber ju fpre^en. " So we will proceed to speak about it."
grage: $at Jeber S«f eine gerfe? 3a »o!>t, ieber 8u| ^ai eine
Serfc uttb 8»el giipe ^aben s»el Serfen.

9Sie ^eipt bad (or, ber) l^intere S^eil eined ©d^ul^ed ober eined
©tiefeld? "What is the back part of a shoe or of a boot
called?" Da« l^lntere Z^tW elned ©d^u^ed ober eined ©HefeU
l^etpt Slbfa^. " The back part of a shoe or of a boot is called
the heel («bfa^)."

9)7u{fen aOe ©d^u^e ober ©tiefe( einen 9(bfa^ ^aben ? 3a xoe%
unb aHe gu^e ntuffen ebenfalld eine gerfe l^aben. " Yes, indeed,
and all feet must in like manner have a heel." SBie nennt xaan
bad ^intere I^eil bed guped ? X)ie ^anit Ria^t wieber^olt (The
whole class repeats) : T>a^ l^tntere %i)t\\ bed gu^ed l^ei^t gerfe,
aber bad ^intere Z^txl bed ©(!^ul^ed l^eipt 3lbfa^.

©inb atle guf e mit einer gerfe verfel^en ? 3«f affe guje finb
Je mit einer gerfe \jerfel)en. " Yes, all feet are provided, sever-
ally, with a heel." SWuJ dui^ Jcber ©d^u^ ober ©tiefel mit einem
5lbfa^ »crfel^en fein ? " Yes, every shoe or boot must be pro-
vided with a heel." SBerben wir morgen fiber bad Slngefld^t
fpred&cn? 3«/ morgen locrben toir ttjat^rfcfceinlid^ bad Slngefic^t
befpred^cn, "Yes, we shall probably talk about the face to-
morrow." fyaltn xo\x nod^ nid^t fiber bad Slngefld^t gcfprod^en ?
5tcin, nod^ nic^t, aber morgen tocrben itjir barfibcr fprc^cm "No,
not yet, but we shall speak about it to-morrow."

Definitwns : X)ic ^crfcrt, the heels of the feet; bcr STtfa^, the heel of the shoe
or boot; ebcnfaUd, in like manner; ja XOii% yes, indeed; mit et»ad »erfel^tn, to
be provided with* something; bic STtfafec, the heels of the shoes; »a^rfcl^einn(^,
probably; etttttd Ibefprcd^en, to talk about a thing; Scrflanb, understanding; tit"
ttenbig, inside of; au^»cnbtg, outside of; nO(^ nid^t, not yet; baru^er, about it.

'

20 German toithout Grammar or Dictionary.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. ©inb t)ie 3c^cn langcr aU t)ie ginger ? 2. ffiic l&eigt bic
flrogte 3e^c ? 3» ^afl tiu me^r 3^^^" <»« beinen giipen aU Sin*
ger an beinen ^anben ? 4. ^ajl bu eine gerfe am l^intern Z^zxi
eine« jeben 8u§c0 ? 5. 2Bie l^eijt ber l^intere St^eit cinc« Sc^ul^e^ ?
6. ^eipt ber ^intere Sl^eil besf ©tiefcU Slbfa^ ? 7. ffio ifl bie
gerfe, menn man einen ^B&^vl^ tragt? 8. 3fl fie inmenbig ober
au^tt^enbig? 9. 3{l ber Slbfa^ au^menbig ober inmenbig? 10,
J&eigt ,;innjenbi0" "inside of" auf enfllifd&? 11. ^eigt ,,awd»en-
big" " outside of " auf englifd^ ? 12. ® ie unterfd^eibet man bie
3el^en? 13. ^at jebe 3e^e einen 9lagel ? 14. 3fl jeber Sug mit
finer gerfe t>crfe^en ? 16, 3f^ i^ber ®(6u^ mit einem atfa^ tter*
fe^en ? 16. 3(1 ieber ©tiefel mit einem atfaf ijerfe^en ? 17. 3ft
ieber 9Renf(]^ mit gutem Serftanb tterfe^en ?

■•o*-

The Seventh Speaking-Exercise.

®ie ftletber. The Clothes.

I. SJleine jungen greunbe, tragen bie I^iere ^leiber? "Do
animals wear clothes?" Stein, !ein I()ier tragt ^leiber. Unb
bod^ finb fie beflcibet, nic^t ttjal^r ? " And yet they are clothed,
are they not ? " 3^^ ftc flnb no(]^ Bej[er befleibet aU bie 9Renfd&en,
benn i^r ©cwanb ift cin I^eil i^red 8ei6ed (for their garment is
a part of their body). Sragt irgenb ein S^ier »erfertigte iJIciber,
»ie bie OTenfc^en? 9lein, gar fein I^ier tragt »erfertigte ^leiber,
n>ie bie 9Wenfcfeen. "No, no animal whatever wears manufac-
tured clothes, like man."

Definitions: Dot^, and yet; tcffCT, better; irgnib, any whatever; ijerfcrttgtC,
made; gar fein, none whatever, none at all.

SpeaHng-^ExercmB. 21

Paradigm : Prom trafiou to we«r, we hmrt, \^ trage, I wear; bn txm, thou
wearest; cr trfigt, he wears; loir trogm, we wear; i»r trttset, you wear; fie traarn
they wear; ci trufl, he wore; cr \i^ grtrasen, he has worn.

11. aSft fann angebfit ivad ein StmU gemo^nlic^ trSgt?
" Who can tell what a boy usually wears ? " ajbert antwortet
(answers) : 34 fann angeben mad ein Jtnabe setDo^nlic^ trfiflt ;
er tragt fine aSfite auf bem (feinem) «opfe unb Sc^u^e an ben
(feinen) 9upen» " I can tell what a boy usually wears ; he
wears a cap on the (his) head and shoes on the (his) feet."

2:ra9t ieber SDlenfci^ eine SKii^e? "Does every person wear a
cap ? " SHein, nld^t jcber 9Renf* trfigt eine SWii^e, SCad trajt eine
T>amt auf intern «opfe? "What does a lady wear on her
head ? '' antwort ; (Sine Dame tragt einen J£)ut auf i^rem «opfe*
anna, m^ tragt beine SRutter auf i^^rem ^o))fe? STntwort: 9Reine
aWtttter tragt einen ^ut auf i^rem Jtof)fe, menu ffe audge^t (when
she goes out).

Paradigm: From gejcit, to go, we have, td^ Sf^c, I go; bu fif^H, thou goest;
tx ge^t, he goes; er ging, he went; cr ifl gcgangen, he has gone.

in. $at ber SRocf einen Vermel ? " Has the coat a sleeve ? "
3fl, ber Sflorf ]f>at gwei aermeL SBiet)iel ^ragen ^at ein Slocf?
" How many collars has a coat ? " gin 3flo(! ^at nur einen Stxa*
gem " A coat has only one collar." 9Wu§ ba0 Jtleib einer Dame
atoei aermel ^Un^ "Must the dress of a lady have two
sleeves ? " 3a, ba« «Ieib einer Dame mup ysotx STermel unb einen
^ragcn l^aBen. Sragt man bie ffiefle innerl)a(b ober aujer^alb
bed 3flo(fe0 ? "Does one wear the vest inside or outside of the
coat ? " 2Ran tragt bie ffiejie inner^alb bed Slocfed. 2:ragt man
gewo^nlid^ eine SBefle unter bem Slodfe? "Does one usually wear
a vest under the coat ? " 3a, ge»6t)nli(i& tragt man eine SDefte .
nnter bem !Roc!e. 3jl bie 3Befle mit STermeln »erfe^en ? 5Wcin, feine
ffiefie i|l mit acrmein oerfe^en/ "No, no vest is provided with
sleeves." ^at bie SCejie gcttjo^nli* einen ^ragen ? 3^; bie 2Cc(le
W ge»6^nlid^ tintn «ragen, Slragt ber 9)knn ober ber «nabe

22 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

tin 9)aar $ofen (SeinHelber) ? "Does the man or the boy wear
a pair of pants?" 3^, iet)er 9)larm unt) 6einaV jebcr ilnabc
tragt ein 3)aar $ofen (©cinffeiber). "Yes, every man and nearly
every boy wears a pair of pants."

Note. It will be seen that ^oftn and Seinfletber mean the same thing.

DeclensUm : Dcr 5lna6c, the boy, is thus declined: Nom., bcr ihiabe, the boy;
gen., bed ^abtn, of the boy; dat., bem StMihttL, to or for the boy; ace., bcn
itnaben, the boy. Nouns declined in this manner, that is, by adding K or
en to the nominative singular, to form the other cases, singular or plural, are
called nouns of the New Declension.

IV. Iragen »ir aviii @tritmpfe? "Do we also wear stock-
ings ? " ^a, xoxx tragen auc^ @triimpfe an ben git^eit (on the
feet). SBic ^ei^t " sock " auf beutfc^ ? Sluf beutf*, ^cipt " sock "
„<Bodt/' Zxa^t man auc^ ©odfen? "Does one also wear socks?"
3a, t)ie(e 'Slanntv unb aui^ Anaben tragen ®odtn in ber ®om«
mer^jett. " Yes, many men and also boys wear socks in
summer time." 9lu^ tvad merbeu bie @odfen unb bte @trttmpfe
Qtn\a6)t ? @ie tt^erben aud SBoQe ober Saumtvotte gemad^t. "They
are made of wool or cotton." SBerben bie ©truntpfe unb @o(fen
and ® am geflrtcft? "Are stockings and socks knit out of
wool?" 3^/ bie @tritmpfe ober bie @o(!en toerben and ©am
geflridt. SSirb bad ®arn ^on SBoQe ober SaumwoIIe gefponnen ?
3a, aded ®arn toirb enttoeber and SSoUe ober Saumioone gefpon<»
nen. "Yes, all yarn is spun either out of wool or cotton."
2:ragen t)iele SRenfd^en $e(je anfiatt ^leiber? "Yes, many people
wear skins instead of clothes."

Definitions: ©tricfen, to knit; bie ©odfe, the sock; ber ©tTUmDf, the stocking;
bie SBoUe, the wool; bte 23aum»olIe, the cotton (tree-wool); etttweber . . . ober,
either ... or; bad Sc^af, the sheep.

Paradigm: From fpinnen, to spin, we have, id^ fpinne, I spin; t(% fpamt, I
spun ; t(^ ^abe gefponnen, I have spun. In the passive of " to spinn,** we have,
ed tDtrb gefponnen, it is being spun ; ed tourbe gefponnen/ it was spun ; and ed tfl
gefponnen tvorben, it has been spun.

Speakinff'Exercises^ 23

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. $at bad @(i(^af e in warmed ftleib im Sinter f 2. Sinb bie
S^iere ^ flttt befteibet tvie bit SRenf^en ? 3. Xragt bad Z^ter
))erferH9te JUeiber ? 4. %xa%t ber Slenfc^ ^erferHgtc JHeiber? 5.
Zra^t bie Dante eiiien f<j(^nen ^ntf 6. Sragt jeber 9lenf(^
@trumpfe? 7* Sragt ein 9Iann einen 9to(f, eine SBefle nnb 9ein«
tieiber ? 8. 2:raf|{l bu @(i^tt^e nnb ®trttm)>fe ? '< Yes, I wear
shoes and stockings."

The Eighth E^peaJdng-Exerdse.

Sod f[iige{ld|i« The Face.

I. 9to*ert wad ijl bad f^onfJe SBefen oon ber SBelt ? " What
is the most beantiful being on earth ?" *t>a9 fc^onflc SBefen auf
ber Srbe ijl eine fd^Bne, liebendwurbige T>Cimt. " The handsomest
being on earth is a handsome, amiable lady." 3fl ber Slenfd^
bad fi^Snfle lebenbige SQefen auf ber Srbe ? 3a, ber 9Renf(^ ifl bad
[(i^onfte lebenbige SBefen atif ber ffirbe. " Yes, man is the hand-
somest living being on earth.'^ 3fl ber menfd^Iici^e 5t6r^er f46n?
3a, ber menf(!^Ii(3&e itBr}>er ijl ber aUerfd^onfle Jtor^jer auf grben.
"Yes, the hwnan body is the very handsomest body on earth."
SQe((i^er Xl^eil bed menfd»li(i&en Aor))erd ifl ber fd^onfie? "J^a^
Stngeftd^t ifl ber aKerfd^onfle £^etl bed menfc6(i6en jtorperd.
" The face is the very handsomest part of the human body."
aSarum ijl bad fo? T^ai ifl fo, wcil bie ©eele (ber ®eifl) i^rc
SBol^nung in bent Sngeftd^te %Cit " That is so, because the soul
has its residence in the face."

Definitions: !Dttd SBefcit, the being; tie 9BeU,the world; bie €rbe, the earth;
ttdtoldtvitrtiid^ amiable; bie Xante, the lady; lel^bifi, living; ber or bad ^l^etl,

24 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

the part; ber menfd^li^c, the human; ^Ivptt (Set^), body; bad ®fftd^t or STnge*^
fid^t, the face; tvarum, why; tveil, because; bie ©eekr the soul; ber ®etfl, the
intellect ; bie SBol^nung, the residence.

II. ^tixixxiff »el§t tu »ad etn angcjld^t ifl ? " Henry, do you
know what a face is ? " 3a IDO^I, id^ »ei§ ed ganj genau. " Yes,
indeed, I know it quite well (accurately)." 6^ ijl bad ofcere
3:^eil bed menf^lid^en ^orpcrd. "It is the upper part of the
human hody." SCel^ed I^eil bed *o))fed ifl ed ? " Which part
of the head is it ? '' (gd ifl "td^ t)ort)ere 2:^eil bed ^opfcd. " It is
the front part of the head." 'S)^^ obere Jl^eit bed 2lngefic]^td
Ifeei^t bie ©tirn, nid^t »al^r ? " Yes, the upper part of the face
is called the forehead." ©inb bie ^lugenbrauen unter ber ®tirn?
3a, bie Slugenbrawen ftnb unter ber ©tirn* " Yes, the eyebrows
are below the forehead." fflSo befinben ^&i bie ^ugen ? Die
Slugen befinben fi^ unter ben 2(ugenbrauen. Literally, "The eyes
find themselves under the eyebrows." 2Co Wt^tn bie 93a (fen
(SCangen) ? Die SJatfen (iegen unter ben ^ugen. " The cheeks
lie (are located) under the eyes." Seftnbet jtc^ bie 9lafe gwifc^en
ben Sadfen (JBangen)? 3<J/ t)ie 9lafe befinbet ftd^ gwifcifeen ben
SSaden* " Yes, the nose is located between the cheeks."

Definitions: ®anj genau, very well; gcnau, accurately; bad obcrc S^^cil, the
tipper part; bad »orbcrc %\it\\, the front part; bcr 5lopf, the head; S(u(jcnbraucn,
eyebrows; kfinbcn jit^, find themselves; bie WtxiXt, the middle; bcr Sa(!en, the
solid cheek ; bie SDangCr the surface cheek ; liegeitr to lie down ; bie 9{afe, the
nose ; jwifd^en, between.

III. Seftnbet (Id) bie Slafe in ber 9Kitte bed STngefic^td ? "Yes,
the nose is located in the middle of the face." SBad befinbet
Pc^ unter ber 9lafe ? Unter ber 9?afe l^at ber STOunb feinen ®i^.
Literally, " Under the nose has the mouth its seat (place)."
JBie^iel 5WafenI6Aer l^at bie 9lafe ? " How many nostrils has the
nose?" 3cbe 9lafe mu^ ^wei 9lafenlod6er :^aben» "Every nose
must have two nostrils." 93eftnbet (id^ eine 3««9^ i" ^cm
9Bunbe? 3^^ tn jebem 9)lunbe befinbet pA eine ^\xn^t. "Yes,
there is a tongue in every mouth." Sepnben Pd^ avi6^ 3&^ne in

S^eakin^'Eicercises. 23

bent 9Runbe ? 3a, im Stiittbe eine^ iebrit fr»a(^ff neit Stenf^m
beflttbett f!c^ getoo^nlic!^ d^^ne* ^^ Yes, in the mouth of every
grown person there are usually teeth." SBo 1^<ii bad jtintt
feineit ®t^? '< Where has the chin its place?" Z)a« itinit ^at
fetnen @t0 unter bem 9tunbe. '' The chin has its place under
the mouth."

lY. ^cihtn (einaV aOe enoad^fenen Scanner einen Sart an
bem unteren S^eile bed 9(ngefi(^td ? 3^^ beinaV aOe ertoad^fenen
9Ranner ^cAtn einen Sart an ben @eiten bed 9(n0e|lAtd. ''Yes,
nearly all grown men have a beard on the sides of the face."
^altn au^ t)ie(e 3Ranner einen @(^nurbart auf ber oberen Sip))e ?
3a, *iele Planner ^aben einen ©c^nurbart auf ber oberen 2ip»>e.
"Yes, many men have a mustache upon the upper lip." ^abeit
aniij Siele einen Jlinnbart? 3a, Siele ^aben einen Ainnbart

V. SBo beftnben (i^ bie @inne? "Where are the senses
located?" SetnaV att bie ©inne beftnben fld^ im STngefic^te*
" Nearly all the senses are located in the face." ^ai ber ®eff(btd«
f!nn feinen ©i^ in ben ^ugen ? " Is the sense of sight located
in the eyes ? " 3«f ber ®ej!(6td(inn bat feinen ©i^ in ben STugen.
SBo ijl ber OerucibPnn? "Wliere is the sense of smell located?"
Der ®er«(6finn beftnbet jldb in ber 9lafe. Unb wo ifl ber ©efdbmatf*
f!nn ? Der ©efd^madflnn beftnbet fic^ im ®aumen. " The sense of
taste is located in the palate." ©o ift bad Jlngefld^t ein fe^r
toid^tifled Ji^eil bed menf^Iid^en ^orperd ? 3a, bad ^ngeflt^t ijl
getoi^ bad fc^onfte unb nit^Iic^fle ^^ei{ bed menf(^Iidben Aorperd.
"Yes, the face is certainly the most beautiful and the most
useful part of the human body."

D^itions : DcT ©(^nttrbart, the mustache; bie StplJe, the lip; emad^fen, grown
up, mature; ber ©ejtc^tdfinn, the sense of sight; ber ®CTUci^ftnn, the sense of
smell; ber ®efd^ma(fflnn, the sense of taste; n}i(^tig, important; nu&lt(^, useful;
ber ®aumen, the palate; getvtg, certainly.

VI. SBad ^ai und ber iSel^rer tjerfprod^en ? Der 2e:^rer l^at und
berfprod^en, ba§ toir in ber nai^flen ©pred^itbung fiber ben jtauf*

26 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

mann VLxCti fein ©efd^Sfl fpred^en ti>erbeit. ^^The teacher has prom-
ised us that we shall speak about the merchant and his business
in the next lesson.^^ SQirt^ unfec Sel^rer fein Serfpre(i^ett l^alten ?
3fl two^I, er »irt> gctoij fein Serfpred^en %oXitXL. " Yes, he will
surely keep his promise." J^alt ein ©(i^urtner immer fein Ser*
fpred^en ? " Does a debtor always keep his promise ? " Slein
ein @(!^ultner fann ntd^t immer fein 3$erfprec^en l^alten* ®oQte
man Sieled toerfpre^en ? " Should one promise much ? " 5Wein,
xoxx foUten nur SBeniged »erfpre^en» "No, we should promise
but few things." SQarnm foUten xoxx nur SBenige^ tjerfpred^en ?
^etl ed nic^t immer moglid^ i|l unfer 3$erfpred^en au^aufui^ren.

D^itions: SBarum, why; und, ur; getvtg, sarely; fein, his; l^alten, to keep.

Paradigm: SJcrfpred^en, to promise, gives, i^ »trfpred&c, I promise; bu »er^
fprid^Jl, you promise; cr »crfprt(i^t, he promises; er Perfprad^, he promised; er ^at
Perfproci^en, he has promised.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 3|t fine f(i^8ne, Ilcten«»urbige gran bad fc^onfle SJefen »ott
btefer SBelt ? 2. 3fl bad Slngefl^t bad aaerf(i^onfle Sl^eil be«
menf(^Ii(3^en ftorperd ? 3. 3fl ber ^opf bad ofeerfte 2;^eil bed
tttenft^Iit^en ilorperd? 4. 3fl We ©Hrne bad oBerfle S^eil bed an*-
gefl^td ? 5. 3fl bie 9lafe s»ifc^en ben "Saitn, ? 6. $at bie ?Rafe
il^ren @i^ ii^er bem SWunbe? 1. ^aUn bie SSacfen i^ren @i^
nnter ben ^ugen ? 8. ffiie nennt man bie 86^er in ber SRafe ?
9. Seftnben P(% bie SfugenBranen fiber ben 9fngen? 10* SSo
Beftnbet ffc^ bad itinn? 11. ®ie fagt man, auf bentf*, "the
gums"? ?Kan fagt, anf beutfd^, „bad 3a^nfleifc^.'' "In German,
we call the gums ,3<»^nP^f if^-' " 12. ©otlte man Sieled ijer-
fpred^en? 13« @oQte man nur SQentged verfpred^en?

The Ninth SpMUng-Exercise.

%n ftMfwtmi. Thb Mkecbant.

L !Der i%%xtt fra^t (The teacher asks): ®er tanit attgeben
loa^ ein Sa^eti ifl ? " Who can tell what a etore is ? ^' Vnttoort
)»oii einem @^u(fr (Answer by a pupil) : ^crr itl^xtx, i(^ tann
angcbett wad tin Sabeit i{t (I can tell what a store is): Sin
Sabeti ifi eine gro^c ®ef(i^aft«'@tube (ober, ein grof etf @ff(i)aft0<'
^iid), too meitie Stutter jtu^en, duifer, ^onig itnb aOfrlei !£)eli«
toteffen fotift* '^ A store is a large business-room (or, a large
hnsines^-honse) where my mother buys cakeS; sugar, honey,
and all sorts of delicacies.''

S^te :^i$t Ux aRann, tocl^er bad ®ff(!^aft in bfm !?aben Be«
treibt ? '' What is the man who carries on the business in the
store called ? '' Den 9ltann, mMSe^tx bad ®efd^aft BetreiBt, nennt
nxaxi ,^aufmann.'' ''The man who carries on the business
we call ' merchant.' ''

Definitions: Die StaU, the room; bad ®ff(^afk, the biuiness; trr 2attn, the
store; bcr jfutftm, cake or pie; bcr Bttdtr, the sugar; btr -^ontg, the honey;
mlditT, vho, which; faufrn, to purchase; ein Qkfd^f^ UtxciUti, to carry on a
business; ^onotl^ig f^olttn, to keep on hand.

Paradigm : From l^ottni, to keep, we hare, id^ '^ttttf, I keep; btt ^filtfl, thou
keepest; ft lfi% he keeps; ttir l^altfll, we keep; t^r balm, you keep; fie l^oUen,
they keep; er W% he kept; er IJot fiC^Iten, he has kept. From betreiben, to
carry on, we have, t^ bftrribf, I carry on j ii* Uttiti, I cairied on ; i^ ^aU belrte--
brn, I have carried on.

11. ^att er fletd aHertei ®l>ecereien nnb ?el6en«mittel ftortatl^ig?
"Does he constantly keep on hand all sorts of spices and pro-
visions?'' 3a, er l^alt jletd aOerlei Mendmittel oorratl^ig. Urn
mieoiet oerfanft er ben Sl^ee? "For how much does he sell
tea ? '' fir oerlauft ben S^ee urn funfgig dtnU bad ?)fttnb (at
fifty cents a pound). Um wieoiel oetfauft er ben S"*'^ ? "^^'
how much does he sell sugar? " dx oerfauft ben S^dtx um neun

28 German mt/wut Grammar or Dictionary.

Sentd bad |)funb (at nine cents a pound). Urn toitoitl t)er!auft
er ben f)fejfer iinb beti ©cnf ? Sr t)erfauft ben ?)fejfer unb ben
@enf um jel^n Sentd bad Sot^ (at ten cents an ounce).

D^nitions: Vim, at; ^al(, half; bad S^funb, the pound; toiei^iel, how much;
Jltun, nine; bfT 3>fefter, the pepper; ber ©cnf, the mustard; bcr X^ce, the tea;
bad £ot^, the ounce; bit Sebendmtttrl, food or the means to nourish life.

Paradigm.: From Jjcrfauftn, to sell, we have, ic^ Jjcrfaufe, I sell; bu wrfaufjl,
thou sellest; er )9erfaufr, he sells; er 9erfaufte, he sold; er ^at ]»er!auft, he has
sold. See article on Regular Verbs, Part II. of this Method.

III. ®inb CLVLii Slai^rungdmittel, toie, ixxm SeifpicI, Aartoffctn
«nb ©cmufe, bei bem ^aufmann ju l^abcn ? "Are also provisions,
as, for example, potatoes and vegetables, to be had at the mer-
chant's?'' 3»»f attcrici Sebendmittcl pnb bei il^m 511 l^abcn. Scr*
fauft ber Aaufmann foId|e ®emufe*3lrtett text Aartoffeln, 9iuben
Wttb 3*wic^fltt ? " Does the merchant sell such kinds of vege-
tables as potatoes, turnips, and onions ? " ^a, ber J^aufmann
tterfauft fold^e ©temiife^arten xoxt Sartoffelit; 3fliiben unb Swiebeln.
Sr ^ai jlete folc^e 9lal^ruttg«mittet »orrat^ifl. " He has constantly
such provisions on hand."

Definitions: Set i^m, at his store; bte ilartoffel, the potato; bie dtnU, the
turnip; bie 3»tebel, the onion ; folii^e, such ; Sfrten, kinds; (Ictd, constantly; im^
mer, always; jjonat^ig, on hand; bad ®emiife, vegetables.

IV. SJerfauft er biHi^ (wol^Ifeil) urn baares ®elb ? « Does he
sell cheap for cash?" 3a, er i?er!aiift biUtg urn (or, gegen)
baared ®elb. 5Serfauft er ^auft^ auf «rebtt? "Does he sell fre-
quently on credit ? " 5Rctn, er toerfauft felten ouf ^rebit SBtc
W^t ber mann, welc^er auf «rebit fauft? "What is the man
who buys on credit called ? " Der ^arxn (iWenf*), tt)el*er auf
XvMt fauft, ^ei§t „®c^ulbner." « The man (person) who buys
on credit is called ' debtor.' " SBic bei^t ber manxx, »e^er auf
«rebit »erfauft? What is the man who sells on credit called?"
Der aRann (9Kenfdb), »el(ber auf «rebit ijerfauft, l^eipt „ber ®Iau-
fciger." 3(1 jcber ©d^ulbuer »iel fd^ulbig? «Does every debtor
owe much ?" 5»ein, ntd&t atte ©c^ulbner flnb »iel fti^ulbifl- "No,
not all debtors owe much."

J^eaJkinff'Exercises. 29

D^itions: 8{Uid> or mVftiX, cheap; fritrn, Mldom; nm Baore^ (9e(b, for
;eady cash; l^ufig, frequently; aitf JtrtbU, on credit; btr ^itttlbnrr, the debtor,
feminine, bic S^ulbnertn; bcr QMciM%tx or bic <!)Iaubigmn, the creditor; bcr
Stenfi^, the person; jebt^ every; »irl ft^ulbigi deeply in debt.

y. Sifi btt ein ©laubiger, me in lunger greunt ? 9}ein, ic^ Bin
lein ©laubiger, fonbern ein grower ©c^ulbner. '^No, I am not a
creditor, but a great debtor." 34 I<knn meinen SItern niemaU
bega^Ien, mad i^^ i^nen fc^ulbig bin* ^'I can never repay my
parents what I owe them.*' {)aben loir ^eute etmad itber ben
Jtaufmann unt> uber feinen 2aben gefpro^en ? ^^ Have we spoken
somewhat to^ay about the merchant and about his store ? "
3a, toir l^abtn ^eute Sieled fiber ben ftaufmann gef)»TO(^en, benn
er betreibt ein fel^r tot(!btiged ®ef(^aft '^Yes, we have spoken
many things to-day about the merchant, for he carries on a
very important business.^' $6ren »ir je^t auf baruber ^n
fprec^en ? " Do we now cease to speak about that ? " ^a,
je^t l^oren mir auf baruber ju fpre^en. S3tr muffen je^t auf^oren,
iveil bie 3^^^ ^^^ ^f^* '^ ^^ must stop now, because the time
is up."

DefnUions : SWritt junger 8fitimb, my young friend ; tin fiTogcT, a great; (Sittrn,
parents; kjal^lcn (^clo^nen), to repay; i^nen, them (dative plural); fc^ulbig fdn,
to be indebted; nimal^, never; ettvad, somewhat; \t\n, his; ber Saben, the
store; Sieled, many things, ronch; je^t, now; marum, why; auf^oren, to stop;
tovl, because; bie 3eit, time; and, out; fc^on, already.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. J^ielt ber j^aufmann einen Saben auf bent Sanbe ? Answer :
"Yes, the merchant kept a store in the country." 2. Serfaufte
er ^affee, Z^tt, S^^^h «♦ f- ^*^ "Yes, he sold coffee, tea, sugar,
etc." 3. SBac t)er!auft ber ^aufmann in ber ©tabt? "The
merchant in the city does not sell all kinds of goods." 4. 3?er*
fauft ber i^anbel^maun auf bem 2anbe allerlei SBaaren? "Yes,
the merchant (dealer) in the country sells all kinds of wares."
5. ^anbelt ber Jtaufmann auf bem Sanbe mit ^u(^ ? " Yes, the

80 German mtkotd Graitmar or Dictionary.

merchant in the country deals in doth." 6, ^anbeU ber itaitf*
mann awf t)cm 8an^c mit toerfcrtigten ^leifeertt ? " Yes, the coun-
try-merchant deals in ready-made clothing."

>o>

The Tenth Speaking-Exercise.

5)rt ©iittm iiiih hie JBogel. The Tree and the Bibds.

I. X)er Scorer fraflt : SRcine grcun^e, »ad ifl cin Sogct auf eng*
lifc^ ? 2lnt»art s (£in SSogcl ^eif t, auf englif*, " a bird." ©k*t
t)cr SSoficI fein 9?c jl auf bem Saume ? 3«# t»cr SSoget ma(3^t fein SRcfl
ouf bem 93aume. "Yes, the bird makes its nest on (in) the
tree." 2So ifl bad 9?cfl? Dad 5«cjl ijl in ben ^ejlen. "The nest is
in the branches." ^at bcr 5>ogcl fein 9lcjl in ben Slejlen ? 3<>/ bei;
tBogel ^at fein 5Wefl in ben Sleflen. Segt ber Cogel (£ter in fcinem
9lefle ? 3«/ ^if If 0t gier in fcinem 9lefte. Segt ber SJogel s»ei ober
»ier (Sier ? Der Sogel legt gwei fcld »ier (Sier. « The bird lays
from two to four eggs."

Dejiniticna : !Da« (Ei, the egg; bie Clcr, the eggs; bad 3Teil, the nest; bte S?efler,
the nest«; ber %% the branch; bit §Jcftf, the branches; bcr )Baum, the tree; bie
S3aume, the trees; ber ^ogel, the bird; bie JSoge(, the birds.

II. ^ann ber Sogel fliegen ? 3<>/ ^et Sogel fann fliegen. "Yes,
the bird' can fly." giiegt er burd^ bie Suft ? 3^, er fliegt burc^
bie 2uft. " Yes, he flies through the air." gUegt ber 3SogeI in
ber freien ?uft ? 3^, er fliegt in ber freien 8«ft "Yes, he fliies
in the open air." ^ann er l^oA fliegen ? 3^; er Unn fe^r :^o(S^
fliegen. " Yes, he can fly very high." SBo fl^t ber Sogel ? !ber
Soget p^t anf einem S^^eige bed SSaumed. " The bird sits on a
bough of the tree." ^ri^t ber Sogel gern SJiirmer ? " Does the
bird like worms ? " 3a, ber SSogel fri^t »iele ffiumier, « Yes,

Speakiny-ExerctHes. 31

the bird eats many worms." @iitgt ber Sogc( bc0 SBenbtf (at
evening) ? 9letn, er fiitgt ai(^t bed SIbenbtf, fontera bed Storgend
(in the morning).

Paradigm : (Er fttegt, he flies ; cr fLo^ he flew; er tjl gcflogen, he has flown.

BLACKBOARD EXEBCISE.

1. i>at eiit ^aum t)te( 3n'^^0^? ^^Yes, a tree has many
boughs." 2. 9Qo mac^t ber Sogel fein 92ffi? 3. it^t er Siec
in feinem 9}e{le ? 4. 9Ra(^en bie Sogel i^re 9Ie(ler in beit Sefleit
ber ^aumt^ 3a, bie meiflen Soget macfeeit i^re Slefler in beit
Slefien ber Saume. ^^ Yes, most birds make their nests in the
branches of trees." 5. SBieviei Ster (egt ein Sogel in feinem
9}efle ? 6. Aonnen bie Sogel fe^r ^oc^ fTiegen ? 3a, bie metfleit
Sogel fonnen fe^r ^oc^ fftegen. ^' Yes, most birds can fly very
high." 7. griegen bie ^Sogei in ber freien Suft? « Yes, birds fly
in the open air." 8. ©i^t ber 5SogeI awf bent 3»^^«? "Yes,
the bird sits on the bough." 9» (Bi^tn bie SSogel auf ben
3»eiflett? "Yes, birds sit on the boughs." 10. grejfen bie Soflet
»iel SQitrmer? "Yes, birds eat many worms."

Note. Translate all the English answers into GermaiL

The Eleventh Speaking-Exercise.

Sal SBetier. The Weather

L ©er 8e^rer fragt: Weine greunbe, f(!^eint bie ©onne?
" Does the sun shine ? " ^a, bie Sonne fd^eint unb ba« SBetter
ifl fe^r angene^nu "Yes, the sun shines and the weather is
very pleasant." 3jl ber $imme( !(ar? "Is the sky clear?" ^a,
ber $imme( ijl ^eute Har, "Yes, the sky is clear to-day."

32 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

Sir gnet ed ? '^ Does it lain ? " 9tein, ed rrgnf t ni^^, ))tr ^tnimel
i^ ni^t trubr. " No, it does not laLn ; the skj is not cloudy.''

Paradigm: ^i^vaxXL, to shine; fi^^fmt, shines; fc^ien, shone; |at dtfd)tenen,
has shone.

11. Donnert ed? "Does it thunder?" !Rfin, fd bcnnrrt nic^t,
benn brr ^immel ijl f lar. " No, it does not thunder, for the sky
is clear." Sli^t ed ? " Does it lighten ? " !Rf in, ed bli^t nW,
^eim ^cr |)immel ijt liar* "No, it does not lighten, for the sky
is clear." ^onnert itn^ lb(i^t ed, tveitn \>tx ^imntel triibe ift?
" Does it thunder and lighten when the sky is cloudy (over-
cast) ? " 3a, ed t)onnert unb bli^t, menn ter 4>immel ivolfic^t ifl
(when the sky is cloudy).

IIL Donnert ed im IBtnter ? "Does it thunder in winter?"
3ni SI3tnter bonnert e« felten. " It seldom thunders in winter."
SSarunt bonnert e« im Winter nic^t ? " Why does it not thunder
in winter ? " SBcil ba« SBctter im SBinter gu fait i ji. " Because
the weather is too cold in winter." gricrt fd im SBintet?
" Does it freeze in winter ? " 3a, im SBinter friert cd. SBarum
friert ed im ©inter ? " Why does it freeze in winter ? " ® eil
cd frierenb fait ifl. SBarnm friert ed ni(!^t im ©ommer? ®eil ed
gu »arm ift. " Because it is too warm."

IV. ©Amiljt e0 im ©ommer ? 3^/ im ©ommer f^milgt ed ge*
too^nlid^. " Yes, it usually melts in summer." SQarum [(^milgt
ed im ©ommer ? " Why does it melt in summer ? " Sd f^milgt
im ©ommer, toeil ei? fo toarm ijl. 2Carum fd^miljt e« im SBinter
ni*t? ffieil ed gu fait {% SBarum friert ed im ©ommer nid^t?
SBeil ed ge»6^nli* gu toarm ift. ©c^milgt e« im gfii^Iing ? 3a,
ed f^milgt bidweilen im grii^Iing, luenn e« nid^t fait ijl. « Yes, it
melts sometimes in spring, when it is not cold."

Paradigm : (Si^meljen, to melt; ed Wmilst, it melts; e« fc^molj, it melted; ed
^ defd^molaen, it has melted.

V. griert ed Bi«»eilen im Srii^ling ? 3a, e« friert bidtoeilen im
gtiiWfl^t, tpenn bad fficttcr fait i^ 3(1 bau ffietter im Srii^Iing

^€akiny*Exerci9es. S3

abmed^felnt) (changeable) ? 3a, bad SBr tter im grueling ifl fe^r
abn>ec^felnb» '^Yes, the weather in spring is very variable."
SQie ifl tad SBetter im @patia^r ? '' How is the weather in the
fall ? " « Dad aSBetter im epatja^r ifl gleic^faUd fel)r wranberlit^.
" The weather in autumn is likewise very variable.'' SBanit ifl
bad ^Better am falteflen ? 3m SBinter ifl bad SSetter am fa(tfflf n.
S&ann ifl bad SBetter am marmflen ? 3nt ®ommer ifl bad S^etler
am tparm^em SBann ifl bad SQetter am angene^mflen ? ^' When
is the weather the pleasantest ? " 3>« S^ w W^^^ (sp™^) if' ^<^*
^Better am angenel^mflen.

VI. 3f' tti^t bad Srii^ia^r bie angettc^mfle 3a^redarit ? " Is
not spring the pleasantest season of the year ? " ^a tvo^I, aber
manege fagen, ba§ ber $er6fl (Spatja^r) bie angene^mfle ^a\:ixt^*
gett i^. ^' Yes, indeed, but many say that fall is the pleasantest
tnne of tire jeiir.'^ ^ te: @amuier bie tparmfle 3<i^T^djeit ?
3a, ber @ommer ifl bie tparmfle ^a%xz^dt 3t^ ber SBinter bie
laitefle 3A^redaeit? 3^/ ^er SCinter ifl bie faltefle 3<^^ieit.
"Yes, winter is the coldest season of the year." ^^alteit
Siele bad g^u^^^^^ fu^ ^ie angene^mfle ^ali^xt^txX'i ^a, SSiele
l^alten bad grii^ial^r fiir bie angene^mfle 3«^«^ifi^» "Yes,
many consider the spring as the pleasantest season of the

year."

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. £)onnert unb ((i0t ed oftmatd, menn bad SBetter l^ei^ ifl ?
2. Donnert unb 6ri0t ed felten im SOinter ? 3. Donnert unb bli^t
ed bidweilen im SBinter ? 4. SRegnet ed, ttjenn ber ^immcl triibe
ifl ? 5. SBann Mmiljt ed ? 6. SCann friert ed ? 7. SBarum
fd^milit ed ni^t im SQinter ? 8. SBarum friert ed nic^t im @om^
mer ? 9. 3fl ^^^ ^immel immer triibe ? 10. 3fl ber ^immel
immer Har? 11. 3fl t)er ^xmxatl iifterd ttjolfig (bewolft)? 12.
3fl ber J£)immel ofterd Itar ? 13. 3fl bad SCetter oftmald »unber*
fc^ott? 14. 3a, bad SBetter ifl Bfterd prac^t^ofl* "Yes, the
weather is oftentimes splendid."

34 German wilhout Grammar or Dictionary.

The Twelfth Speaking-ExercLse.

Sol @f^ttl}tmmet. The School-boom.

I. Der ?e^rer fragt (The teacher asks) : 3|l bie« ein ©d^ul*
simmer ? STntwort : b^f t>if «^ if^ "« ©c^uljimmcr (eine ©c^ul*
jiuie). " Yes, this is a school-room." Der 8e^rer betrad&tet
ie^t t)ie Senfter tie« 3iramerd unt) fangt an au a«^Ien (The
teacher now looks at the windows of the room and begins
to count) : gin genflcr, jwei 5enjler, t)rei Senfter, tier Senfler,
fiinf gender, fe*^ Senfler yxvL\i fo weiter. " One window, two
windows, three windows, four windows, five windows, six
windows, and so forth." grage : $at ^iefe^ @(i&u(gimmer (^iefe
©cfeulflubc) \t6^i genfler ? Side (tie) ©cftiiler ant»orten auglei^
(All the pupils answer at the same time): 3^» Wt\t ©c^ul*
flube %qX fed^^ gen|ler» "Yes, this school-room has six win-
dows." Scorer : 3^r l)^6t rid^tig geantwortet nx^ feinen getter
flemad^t "You have answered correctly and made no mis-
take."

II. Der Se^rer aa^It je^t bie SBantie be« ©(i^ulaimmer^ (The
teacher now counts the walls of the school-room): (Sine SSant,
awei S5ant>e, brei SCante, »ier SBanbe. " One wall, two walls,
etc." Der 8el)rer fragt: 2Bie»ief WM\it t)at bie ©^ulflube?
"How many walls has the school-room?" Side (Stiller ant-
ttjorten auQ^eic^: Die ©(i^ulflube ^at »ier SBanbe. "The school-
room has four walls."

Der ge^rer fragt: 2Ber !ann angeben »iettiel S^firen bad
©c^ulaimmer ^at ? " Who can tell how many doors the school-
room has?" gmil antwortet: 3c^ fann aa^len nnb angeben mie*
»ier a:t)iiren bie ©^nlflnbe l^at. Sr aa^It (He counts) : gine
3:^iire, a»el Iburen, brei 2:^iiren; biefeg 3immer (biefe ©tube)
l^at brei J^iiren. " This room has three doors."

Speaktng^Exercises. 35

III. 3Biet)ieI Sanfe l^at biefe @hibe ? << How man j seats has
this room?'' £)iefe @tub( (at )»riunbi9ier)ig Sanfe un^ jweU
iinttjieqig ©^ultifc^e. "This room has forty-two seats and
forty-two school-desks."

Pointing at the ceiling, the teacher asks: 3fl ba^ fine
Decfe ? SlUe ®d^uler antworteii gugleic^ : 3a, bad ifl cine £)e(!r.
Again pointing at the floor, he asks : 3jl tied fin Su^boben ?
^Ue antmorten gugleic^ ; 3^/ bad ifl ber gupboben (that is the
floor).

Soutfe, fannfl bu je^t angebrtt, mad fi(!( in biefer ®(bu(flube be^
ftnbet (can you tell now what there is in this school-room)?
®ie antmortet: 3a, unb flibt an (She answers, "Yes," and tells):
Dad ©^ulgimmer Ib^t t»ier SBanbe, gweinnbt^itrgig %\\^t, ys^tx*
unb))ier3i9 Sanfe, brei S^itren, eine Dede, einen gupboben unb
einen gropen ^eiiofen.

Definitums: T>ai %tnfitx, the window; bte Zifvtr, the door; bit 30anb, the
wall; ber 9tt§boben, the floor; bit Detfe, the ceiling; bit @(^ul|hl(c« the school-
room; la^Un, to count; beftnbtt fK^r is found (is); beftnbtn f!<^» there are; toit*
»ie(, how many; iiug(etd), at the same time; bcr @(^uUif(^, the school-desk; jr^t,
now; bit Sanfr the school-seat; bet ^etsofen, the heating-stove.

Paradigm : From bftrac^teitr to closely regard, we have, i(^ UtxacS^tt, I look
at closely; ic^ Utxa^tttt, I looked at closely; idf ^abt ^etrac^tet, I have looked
at closely.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. ^at bie @4ulflube ^itx SBanbe? 2. 3B{et)ie( X^iiren l^at
bad (Bd^uliimmtx ? 3. 3Qie))ieI Sanfe unb (Sc^uUifdbe ^at biefed
(Bcbulaimmer? 4. $at bad @(^utgiminer nur eine Decfe? 5.
$at bad ©(j^ulaimmer einen ^eigofen ? 6. Seftnbet fld^ ein $eig^
ofen in bent @(^u(}immer ? 7. Seftnben ftc^ gweiunb))ieqig Scbul'
banfe unb sweiunbt)ier3id @d^ultifcbe in biefer @(^ul{lube ? (Liter-
ally, "Find themselves," etc. 5 that is, "Are there?")

36 German vnthout Grammar or Dictionary,

The Thirteenth SpeaMng-Exercise.

Set Uttintlf. The Trunk, oe Chest.

I. (The teacher places an anatomical chart before the pupil
or class.) grage : 3P ^<J^ ^tn ^^ »on einem aJienfc^en ? 3a,
^err Secret, bad ifl ein 93itb S)on einem 9Renfc^en (that is a
picture of a man).

Aar(, btfi bu ein 9Renf(J6? 3a, ici^ Ibin ein Wenf(3^ (I am a
human being). 3|i bied ein SRenfc^ (pointing to the chart) ?
5(nttt)ort: Slein, $err Secret, bad ijl blod ein Si(b »on einem
9Jlenf(^ett« "No, teacher, that is merely the picture of a
man."

Definitions: 2)ad 93Ub, the picture; ibiod, merely, only; bie ^artf, the chart

II. ©c()et i^r einen 9Renfd^en auf ber Raxh? "Do you see a
man on the chart?" 5Wein, tt>ir fet)en blod bad 93itb eined Slen*
f6en (we see only the picture of a human being on the chart).

Select ibr jwci ^rme in bem Silbe ? !rtein, bad 93ilb f^at feine
3lrme. ©e^ct il^r giije ? 9lein, »ir fe^en feine giige, benn In
bem Silbe gibt ed leine Siipe (for in the picture there are no
feet).

III. gin ©d&uler fragt: ^err Sel^rer, irerben ttjir Ijeute ©on
bem SRumpfc fpred&en (shall we speak of the trunk to-day)? 3a
wo^I, l)eute ttjerben tt)ir iibcr ben 9lumpf fpred^en. "Yes, indeed,
we shall speak about the trunk to-day."

!Der Setter fragt : SBer fann angeben tt>o ber Slumpf ifl ? jtarl
antttjortet: ^err Scorer, idb Unn angeben too ber Mumpf fidb be*
finbet (I can tell where the trunk is located), ^ier ifl ber
Sflum^)f, »on bem ^aU bid gu ben ^liften t|l ber SRumpf.

Paradigm: From angcbcn, to tell, to mention, we have, i^ gebc an I tell;
i(^ ^ab an, I recited; i^ l^abt ttngegcbcn, I have mentioned.

Speakin^Exercises. 37

TV. Der %t^xtx gti^t auf beit $ate unb fragt (The teacher points
to the necky and asks): 3jl bad ber ^aU? 3a, bad ifl ber ^ald«
!£)er Se^rer jeigt mit bribe it ^finbe it auf bit ^ufteti unb fragt (The
teacher points with hoth hands to the hips, and asks) : @inb bad
bie ^ufteit ? 3a, bad finb bte {)uftf n* ^ Yes, those are the hips."
Pointing to the lungs, the teacher asks : 3f^ bie redite Sunge
l}ter ? ^ntwort : 3a, bie recite Sunge beftnbet fic^ ba. '' Yes, the
right lung is located there/' So beftnbet fi(t bie (infe Sunge ?
^xtx beftnbet ftd» bie linfe 2unge. '^ Here the left lung is located."
@inb bie Suiigeit in bent Stumpfe ? ^a, bie Sungett befinbeit ficb ivx
oberen %%t\\ bed SHumpfed. '^ Yes, the lungs are located in the
upper part of the trunk."

y. $at bie Seber i^reit ®i^ ba ? 3a, bie Seber ^at i^reit @i0
ba, in ber xt&titn ©eite bed Stumpfed* " Yes, the liver is seated
there, in the right side of the trunk." $at ber Wagen feinen
@i0 ^ier ? 3^, ber Siagen ^at feinen @t0 ^ier, in ber (infen @eite
bed Stuntpfed unb nnter ber linfen Sunge. ^' Yes, the stomach has
its seat here, in the right side of the trunk and under the left
lung." Seftnbet ^6^ bad $er| |n)if(j^ett ben Snngen? 3^, bad
^era beftnbet flc^ sn^ifd^en ben 2ungen. '^ Yes, the heart is located
between the lungs."

VL grage : SBer fann {ej^t angeBen, »o bad $erj, bie Seber,
ber SRagen unb bie Sungen fid^ beftnben? "Who can tell, now,
where the heart, the liver, the stomach, and the lungs are lo-
cated?" gri0 antwortet: 34 t«nn# bad ^erj bepnbct (ic^ j»if(^en
ben £ungen, ber 9Ragen beftnbet ftd^ unter ber (infen Sunge, bie
Seber beftnbet ftd^ unter unb l^inter ber red^ten Sunge unb bie
8ungen beftnben fid^ im oberen %^tx\t bed Stumpfed, in ber Srufl,
unb bie ®ebarme beftnben fid^ im untern X^eile bed S^lumpfed (and
the intestines are located in the lower part of the trunk). X)er
Se^rer fragt bie Ataffe: $at gri^ rid^tig angegeben? Die Piaffe
antmortet: 3a, %x\^ l^at ganj rid^tig angegeben* "Fritz has re-
cited very correctly."

German withoat Gratnmar or Dictionary.

BLACKBOARD EXEBCISB.
1. 4>at fcft aJlenf* int SUbf, ©cine? 2. ^ak n Idne S(tme?
3. 9tfi*t titx Mumpf son ken S^ulletn bia ju fcm ^Bflcn ? 4.
SBo befinbtl |i(^ btr imagm ? 6. SBo befiitbtt (Ic^ baa .£»frg ? 6.
Untti »ri*K ganfte fefpnbtt fc^ btr SKogfii? 7. 3n »el*fr ©fitr
btr ®nt|l btftnbct fit^ bit linfc Eungt ? 8. Scpnbtt fl^ bit Scber
in bn TC^ttn @eitt bta Stumpftfl? 9. Srfitibtii fi(^ bit ©ebarmc
tm vtitnn X^tilt be« SRuiii))ft« ? 10. @inb bit ©c^ultrrtt bee
obtijlt %%t\\ bed 9tttm)rft«?

Tlie Fonrteentb Speaking-ExerciM.
%\t 9taii|tigaII. Tbe J^ightingaul

L ©tr gf^m fTogt (aska): flann bit ffla^tigaB fai6n Pngen?
3a, bit 91a(^tigaB fonn fi^oR flngtii. "Yes, the nightingale can
sing beautifully." ©ingt pe frii^ am 9Rotgtn? 3a, pe Pngt
tSturgtitd friiit. "Yes, ehe aings early in the morning." ®ingt
Pt SIbtnbA fpat? 3a, pc Pngt 9bfnbe fpal. "Yes, she sings late
in the evening." 3^ f^T ®tfang fc^Sittr aid beritnigc atlet anbrm
fflogri ? 3a, V)x ©tfang ip f*6n« fl(fl bfrjtnige aKtr aubtrn aJB-
grl. "Yes, her song is more beantifnl than that of any other
bird."

DtfinitioTU ; gruj, ewJyi fpiSr, late; SlJolt*. "> the eveaing; SRoigntt, in the
morning; bcr ISffonj, the song j btrjoiist, tliat; aUn anbtm, of all others.

n. ©0 Jie^t pt im .^trtp Jin ? ""Where does she migrate to
inthefall?" 3in ^trtpt jitftt pc ""il nn3 »tg. "In the fall
she migrates away from as." 2Bann lommt pe roitbtr ? 3m
Smiling tommt |It luitttr "She returns in the spring."
fficl^e 8ar6e Jat bie ?(fl4Hgfl0 ? " ^"^'"^ "^^"^ *"^ *''* "^8^*-

I^eakiny-Exercises. 89

ingale?'* ®ie ifl fin ro%rtttter ©iiig^ogfl. "She is a reddish-
gray singing-bird.*' 31^ We 9»a*ti9aa fin f*6nrr 8oflel ? 9?f in,
fte i{t fein fd^oner SogeL "No, she is not a handsome bird."
abet t^r ®efong ijl »un^erf<!feBn, nid^t »a<>r ? " But her song is
wonderfully beautiful, is it not ? " ^a, \^x ®f fong ijl wuntf r*
ft^on, t>cr fdbonjie oUer ©6<jei. " Yes, her song is wonderfully
beautiful, the finest of all birds."

De/nUions: ^er •^crbfl. the autumn; nra^in, where to; »ft(^r ^arbt, whkh
color; bit @timmCi tbe voice.

Paradigm: From gitjfn, to migrate, we have, {(^ giejf, I migrate; cr y^ he
migrated; rr ifl segogen, he has migrated. From tvicbtrfommnt, we have, cr
fommt mieber, he returns; cr fam toicba, he returned; cr ifl oicbcrgcfomsicn,
he has come again ; cr lotrb toicbcrfoinmcnr he will return.

BLACKBOAKD EXERCISE.

i; $at bie 5Ra*tiflotI fine f^one etimme? 2. 2Bic ifl ttx
©efang ber Jlaci^tigon ? 3. SPann gie^t t>ie ^la^Hgatt »on und
toeg ? 4. SBann fommt fte »ieter ? 6. ©ingt fie SWorgend frufe ?
6. ©inflt fie flknbd fpat? 7. »ie ifl t)ie garbe ber WaAtigaU?
8. 3ft t)er ©efang bet Sla^HgoU »unt>erf*Bn ? 9. 3fl t>ie 9la(%-
tigaO ein f^oner Sogel ?

The Fifteenth Speaking-Exercise.

Stefcnre. TheHaib. 2)ieCI|rtn. TheEabs.

I. Der Secret fragt : gmil, wa« ^afl bu auf bem «o>>fe ? 2lnt*
mxtx 3^ :&abe ^anr (^oare) clu bem «opfe. "I have hair
(hairs) on my head.''

Observation: (Smil I>at furje igxjare m\> Sena l^at lange ^aare
(or, langfd unt) furled ^aar). grage : ^at (Smil hirje^ ^aax am
Xopfe ? 3a, emit ^at furse^ $aar am «o»)fe* Srage : (Smil, pnb

40 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

beine ^aarc htrg? Slntwort: 3*; ^^rr it^xtx, mtxnt $aare flnb
fuq (or, meitt ^aar ijl furg) (my hair is short), itna, flnb beine
^aare (aitg ? 3^^ ^^ff Sei^rer, meine $aare jinb lang*

X)et Sel^rer fragt: $at Sena landed ^aar? 3a# Sena ^at landed
$aar, aber (Smtl ^at lurged $aar. ^^Lena has long hair^ but
Emil has short hair."

II. %xci^t : ^(ibtn bte JCnaBen lurked i^aar unb bie 9)^abd^en
landed i^aar ? '^ Hare the boys short hair and the girls long
hair ? " 3^r getvo^nlid^ \^(ibtn bie ^naben lurjed $aar unb bie
flRabd^en landed. ^cAtn cMt 3Rdnner furged ^aar ? 9ietn, ntci^t
atte banner \^oi^tn furge^ $aar, aber gewo^nlic^ tragen bie SJZan^
ncr furge ^aare. " No, not all men have short hair, but men
usually wear short hair." Xragen aflc Srauen (urged 4>aar?
"Do all women wear short hair?" 9lein, nur tventge Si^^uen
tragen furgcd ^aar. " No, only few women wear short hair."
2:ragcn bie mciflcn Srauen lange ^aare? 3a# bie meiflen grauen
unb 3Rab(^en tragen langc ^aare (wear long hair)."

Definitions: 9?ur Wcnig, but few; tta^tn, to carry, wear; gcWol^nUd^, usually.

Paradigm: ©(^ncibcn kjfen, to have cut; idf lajje fc^neiben, I get (my hair)
cut; t(^ lie§ ed fc^neibcn, I had it cut; tc^ l^o^e meine ^aare fii^neiben Ia|fen, I have
had my hair cut; i(3^ fc^neibc, I cut; id) ft^nitt, I did cut; i(^ ^o6e gefc^nitten, I
have cut. Slbfc^neiben, to cut off; i^ f(^neibe ah, I cut off; t(^ Mnitt ab, I did
cut off; i^ ^abe abgcfc^nitten, I have cut off.

III. ©er Se^rcr getgt auf ba« re^te unb Tinfe D^r unb fragt
(The teacher points at the right and left ear, and asks) : 3(1 bie«
ein D^r? 3a, baiS ifl bad rcAte D^r. Unb wel&cd ifl biefed? Da«
ifl bad Sin!c. " That is the left (ear)." ffiie\)tel D^ren f^at
jeber mtn^df ? 3ebcr g»enfc6 i^at, ober fottte gwel D^rcn i^abtn.
" Every person has, or should have, two ears." ^at jebe 9)erfon
ein red^ted unb ein (in!ed O^r? 3a, jcbet ^enfd^ Ut 8»el
D^ren, ein fRtd^M unb ein Sinled. $at {cbe Srau ein rented unb
ein Unfed D^r? 3a wo^I, jebe Srau ^at ein rented unb ein
linfed D^r. '* Yes, indeed, every woman has a right and a left
ear."

Speakiny^Exercises. 41

lY. SBer f^neibet beine ^aaxt, tptnit fie )tt lang fittbf Der
Sarbier f^netbet mcin ^aar, i»enii tt ya (ang i|l. 8a§t bein Sruber
feiit ^aar beim Sarbier [(^neiben? 3a, ber SarMtr fc^neibet feiite
^aare, menn fie gu lang finb. Sa^t bein Sater fein ^aar beim
Sarbier f^neiben ? 3a, mein Sater (a§t fein ^aar manc^mal beim
Satbier f^neiben. '^Tes, my father getf) his hair cut many
times at the barber's."

y. PointiDg to the right ear, the teacher asks: 9?eine
greunbe, fc^t i^r bad recite D^r ? 8lnh»ort : 3n, ^err 8e^rer,
xoxx fei^en bad red^te £)^r, bad linfe O^r ifl an ber anbem @eite
bed Aopfed. grage: Sn meld^er @eite bed Jto)>fed ifl bad Itnfe
Dbr? ^ntmort: 'Sxi^ linfe O^r ifl an ber Itnfen @eite bed ^opfed*
'< The left ear is on the left side of the head." SSo befinbet ft^
bad red^te O^r? Slntmort: *£>(i^ recite O^r beftnbet fic^ an ber
re(!^ten @eite bed Ao))fed. ^^The right ear is situated on the
right side of the head."

Welne S^eunbe, IBnnt i^r beibe D^ren fel^en (can you see both
ears) ? 3a, xoxx fonnen beibe D(^ren guglei* (auf einmal) fe^en.
" Yes, we can see both ears at once." ©c^t i^r beibe ©acfen ?
"Do you see both cheeks?" 3«/ Wi'^ M^» ^eibe Sacfen.
@e^t \\^x beibe Slugen ? ^a, toir fe^en auf elnmal beibe 3(ugen.
@e^t i^r auf einmal beibe giipe? 3a, toir fe^en auf einmal
beibe git^e.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1» Stann man mit beiben D^ren l^oren ? 2. «antt man mit
bciben atugen fe^en ? 3. itann xaan mit ber 9lafe ried^en ? 4.
«ann xaan mit bent ©aumen fc^merfcn ? 6. ^ann man mit ber
3unge Icden ? 6. ^ann man mit ben 35^ncn bei^cn (bite with
the teeth)? 7. iE)6rt man burd^ ben ©ebiJrftnn? " Yes, one hears
with the sense of hearing." 8. @iebt man burd^ ben ©efic^td*
finn? "Yes, one sees with the sense of sight." 9. 9iied^t man
burd^ ben ®erud^ftnn ? " Yes, one scents by the sense of smell."

42 German vnthout Grammar or Dictionary,

10, ©(i^merft man burd^ ben ®efd&mac!finn? "Yes, one tastes by
the sense of taste." 11» gii^U man \iXix6sj beti a^ajtjlntt ? " Yes,
one feels by the sense of feeling.''

-•o»-

The Sixteenth Speaking-Exercise.

$ie @l^ltle. The School.

I. Dcr ?e^rcr rebct feinc ©(J^uler an unb ftagt (The teacher
addresses his pupils and asks) : ^eine jungen greunbe, xoa^ fiir
fine ©d^ule befuc^t i^r je^t ? ^nttvort : ©egentvartig befuii^en totr
fine au^gegctc^net gutc ©d^u(e. " At present we attend a most
excellent school." SCarum ifl biefc ®d^u(e eine au^gegeiti^itet gutc
©d^ule? SBeil bte Orbnung unb ber Unterrt(]^t barin audge^ei^net
gut finb. " Because the order and the instruction in it are
most excellent." 9)lac^t i^r groge gortfdbritte in eurcn ©tubien ?
" Do 3^ou make great progress in your studies ? " 3<^# '^^^
madden Jeben 2:ag gro^e gortfd^ritte in unfern ©tubien. TOacftt
ein fcftlcti^ter ©(^iiler gro^e gortfd^ritte ? 9lein, bcr \6^\t6^it ©d^iilcr
mad^t faft feine 8ortf(!^ntte, benn er fliiflert unb fpielt immer (flet«)
in ber ©cbule* " No, the bad pupil makes almost no progress,
for he whispers and plays constantly in school."

Definitions: Slnrcbeil, to address; Befud^en, to attend; gegentoarttg, at the
present time; audflcjcid^net, distinguished for excellence; jDcil, because; bte
Drbnung, the discipline; grofc gortfd^ritte (literally), great steps forward; bie
(Smbien, the study; ft^led^t, bad ; Pujlcrn, to whisper; fpielen, to play; fafl, al-
most; befldnbtg, constantly ; je^t, now.

II. SBirb bcr unorbcntlid^e ©dfeiiler, m\6^tx in ber ©dbule fliiflert,
oftmald beflraft ? " Does the disorderly pupil who whispers in
school often get punished ?" 3a, man mug einen fold^en ©(3^uler
ofterd in ber ©(^ule bejlrafen, tt>ei( er fpieU unb piipert. " Yes,

Speaking-Exercises. 43

one must often punish such a pupil in school, because he plays
and whispers." Qlttf^wt ^^tr flutf/ flci^iflf ©c^iilfr \tmaU In ttx
®(^u(e ? 9letn, ber gute, fleif ige @d^u(er flufiert unb fpielt ntemald
in ber @d^nle. "No, the good, diligent pupil never whispers
and plays in school."

ffiic mad^t ed bcr fifipige Sc^uler in ber S(ftule ? " How does
the diligent pupil do in school?" Sr gtebt fletd 3((^t auf ba^,
wad ber Se^rer fagt "He always gives attention to what the
teacher says." %RvLf^ mc^n ru^tg fein unb Slc^t 0e6en, urn irgenb
ehoad gu eriernen ? " Must one be quiet and give attention to
learn anything at all ? " 3a, urn irgenb ttxod^ 3U eriernen, mn^
man fletd rn^ig fein unb 9l(^t geben auf bad, mad ber Se^rer fagt.
3)1 ed angene^m eine orbentli^e @(i^ule gu befuc^en ? 3<t/ ^^ i{l
immer angene^m eine orbentlic^e ®(]^ule gu befu(]^n, benn ba !ann
man gro^e Sortfd^ritte in feinen @tubten mac^en. "Yes, it is
always pleasant to attend an orderly school, for there one can
make great progress in his studies."

DeJUiitians: SBtrb (efhaft, gets punished; l^efhafen, to punish; \tld^, such;
itmaU, ever; mtmaH, never; flet^tg, industrious; giebt 9(^t, gives attention;
trlmten, to acquire; irgenb ttxoa^, anything whatever; fletd, continually; ange^
ntffxn, pleasant; nt^tg, quiet; pitnftlic^, punctuaUy.

III. !Der Sel^rer fpric^t (The teacher speaks) : SDteine greunbe,
»er fd^idt eud^ in bie @c6ule? SIntwort: Unfere (iebe Gutter
fci^icft VLti^ in bie @d^ule. "Our dear mother sends us to school."
@(^i(ft f!e tn6^ f^unftlid^ Sormittagd unb 9lad^mittagd in bie
@(i^ule ? 3^; fie fd^idft m^ pituftli^ {eben Sormittag unb ieben
Slad^mittag in bie ®c^ule. SBer ert^eilt eu(^ Unterri^t in ber
©d^ule ? " Who gives you instruction in (the) school ? " Unfer
Se^rer unb unfere Se^rerin ert^etleu und Unterri(]^t jebcn Sormit*
tag unb ieben 9la(!^mittag in ber @^ule. S3ad bringet tl^r mit in
bie ©d^ule ? SBir bringen mit uni in bie ©c^ule, unfere ©ci&ul*
bitc^er, bad l^ei^t, ein Slec^enbuA, ein Sefebuc^, eine (Sc^iefertafel,
einen ®riffel, eine ftS^lerne ©Areibfeber, ^apin, ein Jintenfap
unb fo meiter. " We bring with us to school school-books, that

44 German without Grammar or Dictionary,

is to say, an arithmetic, a reading-book, a slate, a slate-pencil,
a steel pen, paper, an inkstand, and so forth." '^txxtx^i \^x
jemaU cure 93uc^er ? 9}etn, u. f. m* ^tx^xxi^^ bu iemald beine
@(^iefertafel ? 9{ein, u. f. tv.

Paradigm: SKitBringcn, to bring along; id^ hinge mtt, I bring along; i^
hxadiU mit, I brought along; i^ ^aU mitgcbrad^t, I have brought along. 3(^ ger*
Tciff, I tear; td^ gerrifc I tore; id^ ^abe gerriffen, I have torn; ic^ jerbret^C/ 1 break
to pieces; i^ itthtd^, I broke; ic^ bftbe gerbrodjerir I have broken.

lY. SB03U ^icnt ta« SRed&eubu^ ? " Of what use is the arith-
metic?" 3n ^^'w SRe<i^en6u(^ lernen »ir abbireit, fubtral^iren,
muUipHclrett iinb bittibiren. "In the arithmetic we learn to add,
subtract, multiply, and divide." ffiostt bicnt tad Sefebud^ ? SBlr
lefen im Sefebud^. SBoju t)ient ta€ papier? SBir fc^reiben auf tern
©(i^reibpapter. SBoju tient t)te 3:tnte? £)te £inte ttent ^xtm
©(i^rcibcn. "The ink serves for writing." (Bd^xtHit i^ani ftiifr
{la^Iernen Set)er? 3<^> i^ii^ lotui^ Me ^eber in t)ie Sinte im
2:intcnfa§, xint) fc^mben bamit. "Yes, we dip the pen into the
ink ia the inkstand, and write with it." ^abt ifyc aud^ tin
?fneal ? " Yes, we have also a ruler."

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. SBer f^idt eud^ in tite @d^ule ? 2. S3er ert^eilt eud^ Unter«
rt*t ? 3. (B6^xtxbt i^r mit etner jta^Iernen geber ? 4. ©d^reibt
il)r auf mi^tm ^apin ? 6. SBad bringt i^r mit in t)le Sd^ule ?
6. SBad ternt ibr im ?fit6^tnbu6^ ? 7. Sefu^t i^r Sormittagd unb
9la(^mtttagd bie @c^ule? 8. Sefud^t i^r bie @d^ule funf Sage
in ber SBoAe? 9. gliijtcrfl btt in ber ©d^ule? 10. ?lein, \6^
flitflere niemaU in ber @6)uU*

J^eaiinff'Escercises. 45

The Seventeenth Speaking-Ezercisa

Sir 3a1|te9}Ctteil. The Seasons of the Yeab.

I. 3jl (Sottiitag Ux erjle Sag in ^er fflpd^e ? 3a, ©onntag
ijl t)er erfle Sag in ber SBoc^e* <<Yes, Sunday is the first
day in the week." 3^ SWontag ^er gweitc Sag in Der SBo^e ?
3a, 3Botttag ifi t)er s»eite Sag in bcr SBo*f • " Yes, Monday
is the second day in the week." 3jl Dienflag ^er britte Sag in
ber SBoc^e? 3«/ Dienjlag ijt Ux tixiftt Sag in t^er ®o*e, "Yes,
Tuesday is the third day in the week." 3ft Witttoo^ ber
»ifrte Sag in ber ffipii^c* 3«, 9)2ittwod^ i|l ber vierte Sag in ber
SBod^e. "Yes, Wednesday is the fourth day in the week."
3ft £)onnerdtag ber fitnfte Sag ber SBo^e? 3^/ !Connerdtag
i^ ber fiinfte Sag ber SBoAe. "Yes, Thursday is the fifth
day of the week" 3fl Sreitag ber feifle Sag ber »oAe ? 3^.
greitAg ift ber fe^fle Sag ber SBod^e. " Yes, Friday is the sixth
day of the week." 3{l @amdtag ber fiebente Sag ber 3Bcd)e ?
3fl, ®am«tag ifl ber fiebente Sag ber SBoc^e ? " Yes, Saturday
is the seventh day of the week." Slnfiatt ®amdtag, fann man
au(fy @onnabenb fagen ? " Can one say @onnabenb instead of
@amdtag?'' ^a, anfiatt @amdtag, fann man au6^ (Sonnabenb
(Sunday eve) fagen*

II. Sefle^t eine SSod^e au& fiebenSagen? 3^^ bie SBoAe be^
flebt CLU^ fleben Sagen. "Yes, a week consists of seven days."
SJe^e^t ein 3Ronat au^ bret^ig Sagen ? 3^/ "n Wonat beflel^t and
brei^ig Sagen ? " Yes, a month consists of thirty days." J^at
3anuar brei^ig ober einunbbrei§ig Sage ? 3<inMflt beflel)t au^ ein-
unbbrei^ig Sagen. .^at gebruar breifig ober a^tunbstvansig
Sage? Sebruar l^at gen^o^nltd^ a^tunb^manaig Sage. Sefie^t
SRarj an^ breiptg ober einunbbrei^ig Sagen? ^n^ tpiet)iel Sagen
befle^t april? SBie^iel Sage l^at ber 2Ronat Wlaii Sefle^t ber

46 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

Wonat 3unt and bretptg XoL^tn'i $at 3uU fot>teI tote eittunb^
breiptg 3:a9e ? i^at ^ugufl me^r Slage aid September ? Sefle^t
ber SRonat September QiMi me^r ^agen aU Dftober? 31^ ^^^
Wonat Oftober etn langerer S'ionat aU 9lot)ember ? 3f^ December
ber aioolfte unb fe^te 9Ronat bed 3a^red? SBelc^er ifl ber elfte
^Zonat? ffielier ber ^ebnte ? fflelc^er ber Sleunte ? 2Bel(^er ber
^cbte ? SSe^er ber @tebente ? SSelcber ber @e(^{le ? SSel^er ber
guiifte ? SBefd^er ber Sierte ? 8Be(4er ber Dritte ? SBeld&er ber
^XQt\\t\ Unb toeld^er ijl ber Sr|le? {Give the answers in fulL)

III. Sefle^t bad 3a^r axi^ gtoolf 3Ronaten ? SSie^tel SSo^en
l^at ein 3^^^? Sefle^t ein 3^^^ <tud brei^unbertfunfunbfed^Sid
Sagen ? $at ein Za^ t)ierunbgwangig Stunben ? ^a, etn Sag be«
fle^t axx^ t)ternnbatvan)id @tunben« 9lud tuiet^tel ^inuten befle^t
eine Stunbe? J^at eine ©tunbe fe^sig SWinuten? ^at eine
SKinute fet^gig ©efunben? 3a, eine 9Rinnte beftebt aui fe^^sig
©efunben. 2Bie t|l bad 3abr eingetbeilt? 3(1 ed in SWonate ein*
get^eilt? "Is it divided into months?" 3(1 bad 3a^r in 2Bo*ett
etngetbeilt? 3ar ed ifl in SBo^en einget^eilt. " Yes, it is divided
into weeks." 3jl bad 3abr in Xage einget^eilt ? 3a, ed ijl in
Sage einget^eilt. " Yes, it is divided into days."

IV. 2Bie ifl ber lag eingetbeilt? gr i(l in ©tunben einget^eilt*
"It (he) is divided into hours." ffiie i(l bie ©tunbe einget^eilt?
©ie i(l in aWinuten eingetbeilt. " It (she) is divided into min-
utes." 2Ble i(l bie OTinute einget^cilt? ©ie ifl in ©efnnben einge-
t^cilt. " It (she) is divided into seconds."

Se(lc;>t bad 2e6en avi^ 3«t)ren? 3a, bad Seben befle^t and
3a^rcn* " Yes, life consists of years." Sejlebt bad itUn aM
aWonaten? 3a, bad itUn be(le^t and 9»onaten. Sejler)t bad 8eben
and aCoc^en ? 3a, bad Scben bejle^t and 2Bo*en. Sefle^t bad
Sebcn and Sagen ? Sefle^t bad Scben avL^ ©tunben ? g3e(le^t bad
Seben and SKinuten ? Se(lebt bad Seben aucb clvl^ ©efnnben ? 3a,
bad 8eben beflel^t fogar and ©efnnben* " Yes, even a lifetime is
made up of seconds."

S^eaking*Exercis€%. 47

^ Paradigm: 9nd rtoad bcfle^n, to conBist of anything; f« (rflr^r att0, tc., it
is made up, etc ; cd btflanb and, it consisted of} e4 (at au^ Xagrn bfflanbcn, it
consisted of days.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.
{Translate the Answere,)

!• 3fl bad 2cbcn luta? "Yes, (the) life is short." 2. 3fl bie
«unft long ? " Yes, (the) art is long." 3. 3fr bie Oelfflcn^eit
pd^tig? " Yes, (the) opportunity is fleeting." 4. 3f» bad Ur-
4^eil fii^toierig ? " Yes, to decide is difficult." (Goethe.)

The Eighteenth Speaking-Exercise.

JG3tt9 Ue Iierf4itbeiteit Singe fo^eit. What different

Abticles cost.

I. SBie »erlauft ber itaufmann felne ©aaren ? " How does
the merchant sell his goods ? " St ^erfauft fie bent $futtb nadft*
" He sells them by the pound." SBidipeilett »erfatift er (le bem
^albepfuttb ober bem 8ierte(pfunb ttad&, tttci^t lua^r? "Sometimes
he sells them by the half-pound or the quarter-pound, does he
not ? " 3a, bidweilen \)erfauft et (le felbfl bent 8ot^ nad^ ? " Yes,
sometimes he even sells them by the ounce." 3Bte))ieI fofiet
ein 5>futtb I^ee ? (giti |)futtb guten I^'eed loflct iiit Durti^fAttitt
ungefa^r futtfttnbflefijig Cent " A pound of good tea costs on
an average about seventy- five cents." 3|t bad billig ober teener?
Dad ijl ein giemlitj^ bifliger 9)teid. " That is a pretty reasonable
price." 2Bie»ieI fojlet bet *affee unb ber 3ucfer ? Der bejle ^affee
foflet gebraunt, fec^dunbbreij^tg Cent bad |)funb. "The best
coffee costs, browned (roasted), thirty-six cents a pound." Unb
xoit^itl loflet ber 3uder? S)er befie ^yxdtx fpfiet itngefa^r neutt

48 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

Sent bad 5)funb. " The best sugar costs about nine cents a
pound."

Definitions: X)tm SJfunb nad^, by the pound (lb.); bi«tteilen, sometimes;
^alb, a half; bad ^itrttl, the quarter? biflifi, cheap; t^cucr, dear; limli^, toler-
able; unficfdjr, about; im l)ur(!^fc^nitt, on an average; gebtdunl, roasted.

Paradigm : ilojlen, to cost; e« fojtet, it costs ; ed foftete, it cost; ed bat gcfojlet,
it has cost,

11. mt ttcrfauft bcr a:«*:^awt)(er t>a« Sud^ ? gr tjerfauft e«
ter ffitte tta* ? " He sells it by the yard." ffiic t>er!a«ft t)et
8dbttl^ma(^er bie ©d&ul^e oter bie ©Hefel ? " How does the shoe-
maker sells shoes or boots?" fir »cr!auft fie bem ^aax na^.
" He sells them by the pair."

2Bie»lct loflct gett)8^nlid& cin g)aar ©Hefel? fiin fe!ne« 9)aat
@Hefe( foflet getvo^nli^ fed^d bid funfae^n DoUar unb ein ^aax
feine ©^ul^e f ojle t ungcfa^r funf Dollar* ** A fine pair of boots
costs, usually, from six to fifteen dollars, and a pair of fine
shoes costs about five dollars."

' Urn wictjtel \)er!auft bcr %U\^i^tx bad gleifti^ ? Dad 6efle 9ltnb'
^ammel* obcr ©Awcineflctfcft fojlet iingcfa^r ge^n Sent bad
3)funb. " The best beef, mutton, or pork costs about ten cents
a pound." 2Cie»ieI toflet ein 8aib 8rob ? gin 8aib ©rob foflet
Beim ©arfcr \3ier bid gtwBlf gent " A loaf of bread costs, at the
baker^s, from four to twelve cents."

Definitions : <&ad 3:u^, the cloth; bie Sfid^er, the cloths; bie QBtte, the yard;
brr (Stiefel, the boot; getoo^nlid^, usually; fetn, fine; IRinbfleifcbr beef; ^ammeU
fletf(bf mutton; @(!btveine|Ieif(^, pork; ber Saib )Q3rob, a loaf of bread; beim, at
the ; urn XOivoxti, for how much.

III. Urn »iet)tet fann man eine illafter ^olg fanfcn ? " For
how much can one buy a cord of wood ? " T^a^ ifl je nad)bem.
" That is according to circumstances." i^arted ^olg fojlet gttJei*
mat fottiel wie bad ©eic^e. " Hard wood costs twice as much
as soft." gine JWafter weid&ed ^otj fojlet brei bid t)ler Dottar,
abet eine .ftlafter parted ^otj foftet a6)t bid gebn Dottar. ffiletjiel
fofien bie Jto^Ien bie Sonne ? £)er Sonne na^ foflen bie »ei(i^en

Sjpeakinff^Exercises. 49

Jto^Ien vieQeic^t t^iert^alb X)oDar. ^^ According to the ton, soft
coal costs, perhaps, three and a half dollars." X)ie ^arten Ao^If n
foflen fiinf bid ac^t DoOar ^ie Sonne, '' Hard coal costs from
five to eight dollars a ton." Srennen tit metflen Seute me^r
Jto^Ien aid ^0(3 ? 3a, tie meiflen Seute brennen if$t me^r jto^len
aU ^ola, xot\\ tie Jtoi|(en t>ie( me^r ^i^e ^eben aid bad ^ol) unb
aid Seuerung »icl too^Ifeiler finb. " Yes, most people now hurn
more coal than wood, hecause coal gives much more heat than
wood and is much cheaper as fuel."

D^niiions: Die j^after, the cord; je nad^bent, according to circumstances;
tm^, soft; bte Stof)Un, coal; bit Sonne, the ton; viertl^alb, three and a half; bie
meiflen Seute, most people; wo^Ifeiler, cheaper; bit Bf^uerung, fuel.

Paradigm: Srennen, to bum; i^ hxtXMt, I burn; i(^ brannte, I burned; idf
^abe gebrannt, I have burned.

lY. 9Biet)ieI foflet ein Slotf? Sin !Ro(f, toeli^er gut pa^t, loflet
fiinf^ebn bid fiinfai^ ICoHar* '^A coat which fits well costs
from fifteen to fifty dollars." SBic»ieI foflet ein |)aar feine i^ofen?
Die Seinfleiber, toeldb^ mit gut paffen, foflen mic^ fleben bid fitnf^
ge^n DoUar* ^^ Pants that fit me well cost me from seven to
fifteen dollars." Unb wiet)iel foflet eine SBefle, wclc^e gut pa§t ?
Sine SBefle, toelc^e mir gut pa^t, foflet mic^ ungefa^r fec^d Dollar*
^* A vest which fits me well costs me about six dollars."

©tcl^en einem bie ^leiber ^iel beffer, wenn man fie »on einem
©(^neiber ma(iitn ISgt? "Do clothes fit a person much better
when one gets them made by a tailor ? " 3^^ bie ^leiber, ttjelc^e
man mad^tn Vd^t, pa^en einem i^iel beffer, aid bie verfertigten
^leiber. "Yes, the clothes that one gets made fit one much
better than the ready-made clothes." SCie^iel foflet ein newer
^ut? gin neuer ^ut, ber mir gut flel&t, foflet, im Durd^fAnitt,
funf Dollar. " A new hat that fits me well costs, on an aver-
age, five dollars." Driicfen einen bie ©tiefel, loenn fie gu eng
ftnb ? Answer : " Yes, boots press a person when they are
too tight (narrow)."

Definitions: !Die ^ofen, or ©einfteiber, the pants; papt mir, fits me; baffen
mir, fit me; madden Ia$t, gets made; wn, by; paffen einem, fit a person; ein neuer

50 German without Grammar or Dictionary,

^ut, 8 new hat; ©crfcrtigt, ready-made; »el<i^f, which; brfltfen, to press, to be
tight; eng, tight.

Paradigm : 3(^ laffe ma*en, I get made; i^ ltc§ madden, I got made; iit^ ^att
madden laffen, I have got made, ^affcn, to fit; er pa^te mir gut, it fitted me well;
er iat mir gut ^tpa^t, it has fitted me well. (£r ftc|>t mir gut, it fits me well; er
Uanb mir gut, it fitted me well. Cr (ber @(^u^) brucfte miA, it pressed me, it
was tight; meffen, to measure; er nimmt SWag, he takes the measure; ft najm
9)?a$, he took the measure; rr f^at 3Rai getiommen, he has taken the measure.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

!• !Drfi(!t t)i* Ux ©tiefel ? 2. 3fl ber ©d^ul^ gtt eng ? 3.
©te^t t)ir t>er newe ^ut fc^r gut? 4. ^at t»cr neue SRocf bir gut
gepagt? 5. ^aben tic^ blc ©ticfef gebrudt? 6. «ojlc« W
fertigen ^(eibcr fotjiel »ie bie, welc^e man beim ©c^neiber matften
lapt? 7. 5^immt bcr ©c^neiber t)ir fiir eincn 9lo(f 3»ag ? 8. 4)«t
tier ©c^ncibct bit fur cincn SRocf 9)Ja§ genommen ? 9. Driirft ber
engc ©ci^u^ ben gu§? 10. 3fl ber ©c^u:^ ju eng, wenn er ben
gup briirft? 11. ©ie^t ein mod gut au^, ttjenn er eng ijl? 12.
Sajfen ©ie i^re fl:(eiber ntad^cn? 3^/ ^^^ ^^^^^ unfere flleiber
Beim ©d^netber mai)tn. " Yes, we get our clothes made at the
tailor's."

The Nineteenth Speaking-Exercise.

Sir Si^Iange. The Snake.

I. Der Se^rer fagt (says) : gmit, ^at tint ©d&Iange Seine unb
guge, tt)ie bu (()aft) ? gmil antroortet : !Wein, cine ©d^lange ^at
weber Seine nodb gupe. Emil answers: "No, a snake has
neither legs nor feet" ^ounen fid^ bie ©d&fangen bemegen
obgleit!^ fie fcine Seine ober gii§c l^aben? "Can snakes move
themselves, although they have no legs or feet ? " 3a, tro^bem
fie feine C^liebmapen l^aben, fonnen fie ftd^ fe^r fc^neU bewegen.

S^eakintf-Exerciaet. 51

'' Yes, in spite of their having no limbs, they can move them-
selves very swiftly.'^ Aonnen fie ])inauf auf Saume Mtttern?
3a, fie f ouncn l^inauf auf SSume Hettrrn. '^ Yes, they can climb
up the trees." Xonnen |ie fiber ^ie Sr^e ^tntried^en? ''Can
they crawl along on the ground ? " 3«/ Pt foiinen fe^ir fc^neU
iiber tie ffirbe l^infriedben. "Yes, they can creep very swiftly
along on the ground."

D^iUona: Die ^\w%t, the snake; ^in, along; frif^rn, to crawl; tDCbcr . • *
no(^, neither. . . nor; tTP|tem, in spite of; fd^nell, swiftly; ^induf, upwards;
Hettmi, to climb.

Paradigm: Jtriecben, to creep; i(b IntHit, I creep; i^ froc^, I crept; id^ Jabe
9efro(bcn, I have crept. tRufen, to call ; tcb rufc, I call ; i(^ rief, I called ; i^ \9ht
gerufen, I have called.

II. SBie ifi bie @cblaitge ber ©eflalt nac^ ? !Cer ®e{laU mij
ifl fie langgejhrerft ? "As to form, it is extended in length."
93ie ifl fie beberft? ®ie ifl mit ©cbuppen bebetft. "It is covered
with scales." 3fl fic waljenfermig ? " Is it in folds ? " 3a, t)ie
©dblange ift toaljenformig. @inb bie ©dblangen gifttg? "Are
snakes poisonous ? " 3^/ P^ Pnb fo giftig, ta§ i^r Si§ fc^on nad^
toenigen SRinuten tobtet. "Yes, they are so poisonous that
their bite kills after a very few minutes." ©inb bie SRiefen*
fdblangen au(!^ giftig ? 9tein, bie 9lie[enfc^(angen Pnb nic^t giftig.
" !N"o, boa-constrictors are not poisonous."

Definitions: <Dtr ®ejlaU nacb, as to shape; f(bon, already; nad^ tDtnigen ^\*
ituteiir after a few minutes; bte ®(^up)»(n, the scales; giftig, poisonous; brr Sif,
the hite; btr 9lieftnf(^lange, the giant snake; tobtft, kills; bebedt, covered.

III. SBie grog twerben bie Sliefenfd&Tangen ? ®fe toerben bid
^^^H^i 5up IdXi^. "They grow to be forty feet long." fflie
tobten Pe il^re Seute? "How do they kill their prey? ©ie
itmtoinben unb erbriiden dn einem Saume gtterp il^re 33eute, bred^en
bann bie JJnoAen unb »iirgen Pe gan$ l^inunter* " They encircle
and crush their prey against a tree first, then they break its
bones, and swallow it down whole."

Sin @(!^it(er fragt : ©inb bie ©d^Tangen fo gro§, bag pe eine

62 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

SLyx^ ober ^Kixtn ^irf* umwinben foniten ? 3a, bcnn fie flnb loier*
3J9 Swf ^^Wd» "Yes, for they are forty feet long." Srbrtt(!en
fie i^re Seute? 3a, fte ertirucfen t^re Seute ^n txmm Saume*
" Yes, they crush their booty against a tree." ©ad tl^un fie
bann? "What do they do then?" Dann brecjett fie bie Jtno<i^en
unb iDurgen bad arme l^ier ^^^i l^inunter, "Then they break
the bones and force the poor animal down whole."

De/tnitions: SBerbeit, to become by growing; bid, np to; erbru(f(n, to crush;
jnCT|t, first; rom^tix ^inuntcr, choke down (force down); ber -^irfc^, the deer; bic
f&tVitt, the booty ; gatti, whole ; umtoinben, to encircle.

IV. SCelc^ed flnb bie gefai^rlid^ften ©c^Iangen in biefem 8anbe ?
" Which are the most dangerous snakes in this country ? "
Die gefal^rUd^fien <Sc^langen in biefem £anbe ftnb bie AIapper«
f(]^(angen. "The most dangerous snakes in this country are
the rattlesnakes." ginben fic^ biefe (Sd^langen in gan) ^merifa ?
" Are these snakes found everywhere in America ? " ^a, fte
finben fic^ in gan^ ^merifa. Sl^ie grof} ftnb bie groperen Slrten ?
"How large are the larger kinds?" Die gro^eren Slrten ber
^Iapperf(6(angen ftnb armdbicf unb ungefa^r fed^d guf lang. "The
larger kinds of rattlesnakes are as thick as an arm, and about
six feet long." SSarum nennt man biefe %xt @c^(angen ^lapper^
fc^langen ? ^ei( ffe am Snbe be^ (Sc^manjed eine flapper i^aUn,
" Because they have at the end of the tail a rattle." SSarnen
fie bamit bie 3Renf(^en unb bie I^iere, mld^t in i^rer Sla^e finb?
3a, bie ©ci^rangen teamen mit i^rer Jtlapper bie SRenfc^en unb
bie I^iere, welc^e in i^rer 9la()e finb. "Yes, the snakes warn by
their rattle people and animals who are near by."

Definitwfis: @cfa^rlt(^, dangerous ; jld^ finben, to be met with; orrndbitf, thick
as an arm; ungefabr, about; bie Slrt, the kind of; bamit, by that means; ber
@cl^»ani, tl»e tail; bie SRfi^e, any place near by; toarnen, to warn,

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. $at eine ©(i^Iange Seine ober gfi^e ? 2. $at bie ©(i^Iattge
weber Seine no<i^ gupe ? a SBie lang ifl bie 3liefenWIange ?

Speakin^Exerdaes. 53

4. SQie bid uitb lang ifl bie JHapperfc^Iaitge ? 6. jtann bit Stte*
fenfc^Cange einen •^irfc^ um»inben ? 6. ffite erbrttcft bie Slirfen*
fd^Iange i^re Seute ? 7. 3ft bie 9tiefenf(i^Ian0e sefa^rlicj^ ? 8. 3n
melc^em Sanbe ftnben fi(4 bie A(a)>perf(^Iansen ? 9. S3te »ameit
fie bie SRenf^en, melc^e in i^rer 9la^e finb ? 10. Die Atap)>er-
fc^Iangen toarnen mit i^rer A(a|>))ev bie 9Retif(^en unb bie S^iere,
toetd^e in i^rer 9la^e flnb.

The Twentieth Speaking-ExerdBe.

£a0 8nib. The Bread.

I. I)er Secret fagt : ®ett 2I^t, JJinber (Give attention, chil-
dren), l^ter i{l ein Stittfd^en S3rob (here is a little piece of
bread). S^rifline fragt: fytxx it^xtXf barf x^s^ bad ®tii(!(^en
in bie ^anb ne^men ? Sfnttoort : 3a, bu barffl, fpmm^ ^er unb
nimm ed. Answer : ^' Yes, you may ; come and take it." Sena
fragt: !£)arf ic^ bad (Stitcfc^en foflen? ^'May I taste the little
piece?" 3<i freilit!^, btt barfjl e« fojlen, "Yes, of course, you
may taste it." Sena ntft a\x€ (exclaims): D mie gut bad @tit(f«
&itxi fc^medt! "0, how good the little piece tastes!" Stibert
bemerft (observes) : fitted fd^medt red^t gut, tt?enn man fe^r l^ungng
ijl. " Everything tastes very good when one is very hungry."
£)te gan^e ^(affe laAt laut iiber biefen Sinfatt (The whole class
laughs aloud at this remark).

Definitions : ®e^l ^d^t, give attention; bad Stxnh, the child ; Jhnbnr, children;
bttd ©lutfc^en, the little piece; bad S3rob, the bread; ne^mcn, to take; ja frcilid^,
ye8, hideed; foften, to taste; audrufen, to exclaim; ft^mecft, tastes; bemcrft, ob-
serves; Tfd^t gut, very good; ber (£tnfall, the idea; ganj, whole, entire.

Paradigm : From nt^men, we have, i^ ncBme, I take; bU nimmit, thou takest;
tr ntmmt, he takes; toir ne^men, we take; i^r ne^mt, you take; fie ne^men^they
take; i^ na^m, I took; id^ fabt genommen, I have taken.

54 German wiUtout Grammar or Dictionary.

II. Der Sel^m fragt: SBer Bacft biefe^ fii^Bnf, wet^c 93rob?
" Who bakes this beautiful white bread? " ^ntwort : Die Itebe
5Kutter bacft ba^ f^onc, njei§e Srob» "Dear mother bakes this
beautiful white bread." Rann bie Wwittx beffcred SSrob badcn
aU t)cr Sacfer ? ^Inttuort : 3^/ "^^ meiner Slnftd^t, fann |Ic »ict
beffcred ©rob bacfen aid ber Sarfcr? "Yes, according to my
opinion, she can bake much better bread than the baker."
33acft ber Sarfer b(o« urn feiii 35rob ju »crfaufen? "Does the
baker bake merely in order to sell his bread ? " 5Rein, ber
93acfer bacft Srob nicftt nur urn ed ju ©ertaufen, benn er badft au(^
gwted Srob, " No, the baker bake& bread not merely in order
to sell it, for he also bakes good bread."

*

Definitions: 2Bei§, white; fci^on, beantiful; Bcflfcr, better; lick, dear; ^atfctt,
to bake; al^, than; bte ^nftd^t, opinion; nad), according to; loiel, much; ber
©defer, the baker; »erfaufcil, to sell; fcin, his; um, in order to; i^, it.

' III. mt alt ifi biefed ©rob? "How old is this bread?"
?lnt»ort : 3d^ glaube ed ifi fc^on brel Sage aXt " I believe it is
already three days old." Sd njurbe le^ten 9}Jontag gebacft "It
was baked last Monday.?' Stage »on einem ©d^iiJer (Question
by a pupil) : 3fl bad \x\\^t Srob am be^en Ju effeh ? 5lnttt)ort :
Dad frift^e 93rob ifl fe^r gut gum Sffen, aber ed i|l nx^t leid^t tjer*
baulid^. "Fresh bread is very good to eat, but it is not easily
digested." 3fi bad alte ©rob leic^t tjerbaulic]^ ? 3a, ed i(l ))ie(
leit^ter ju verbauen aid bad grlfd^e. "Yes, it is much easier to
digest than the fresh." grage »on einer ©d^iilerin (Question
by a pupil) : SDarum ift bad frifiJ^e ©rob gut aunt gffen ?
" Why is fresh bread good to eat ? " gd ifl gut gum gjfen, toeil
ed fd^macf()aft ifl. "It is good to eat, because it is savory."
gffen »iele 9)?enWen bad alte Srob gem? 3^/ »iele SWeufc^eit
ejfen bad alte Srob fe^r gem. "Yes, many persons like old
(stale) bread very much."

Definitiona: SBie alt, how old; id& fllauBe, I believe; ed »urbe gcbarft, it was
baked; Ic^ten SWontog, last Monday; fc^oit, already; am bcften, literally, at the
best; gut, }C., good to eat; leiii^tr K., easily digested; leid^t, light, easy; verbau^

S^akinff^Exerdaes. 53

n(^, digestible; iiiiR=ittbem; ba^l^fleiir the eating, or food; «Ktnnii»why; iDdl,
because; fc^macfi^aft, good tasting; bad altc, the stale; effrn gcrn« like to eat; fr^
gcrn, very gladly.

Paradigm,: From t\[tn, to eat, we have, i(| cflr, I eat; bit i{[tft, thoa eatest;
er t§t, he eats (the plural is regular, as, ivtr effen, i^r elTet, fie efTen); id^ af, I ate;
i(^ f^abt gegefTeilf I have eaten; t(^ tocrbc efTog I shall eat; cr totrb cfTen, he
will eat.

IV. !I)er itf^xtx fragt bte @(^u(er : SBo^cr (efommen toir bad
We^I? "" Whence do we get flour?" Xnttoort: Son t>em 2anb«
n)irt^ (^cferdmann) er(a(teit toir tad 9Re^L ''From the fanner
we get the floor." SRac^t er bad 9{e^l ? 9lettt, er mac^t ed ntc^t,
er |te^t ed auf bem g^Ibe (Xcfer). ''No, he does not make it, he
raises it in the field." Silt @d^it(er fragt : ^abeit @te nic^t etnen
Seller ^tmad^t, i>txx Se^rer? "Haye you not made a mistake,
teacher?" ^nttoort: ^a, idi^ f^aht mtrf(tc^ etnen S^^Ier gemad^t
(I have really made a mistake) ; id^ ^atte fagen foUen, SQeijen,
anflatt 9)^e^( ; er ^ie^t ben SBeijen auf bem gelbe (I should have
said wheat instead of flour; he raises wheat in the field).
Snetne S^^unbe, moraud »irb bad 93rob gemaci^t? *£)a^ $rob n>trb
aud Wel^t Qtmadft "Bread is made from flour." SSer nia()(t
ben ffieijen? Der gRufler maf^M ben JBeisen in ber OTu^Ie. "The
miller grinds the wheat in the mill." SJ^ac^t er ^e^( baraud ?
3a, er mad^t Ste^l baraud. " Yes, he makes flour out of it."

DefinUwM: 9Bo^, from where; ber £anblotrt^, the farmer; anf bem 9t(fer,
in the field; dneit %t%\vc ma^Xi, to make a mistake; n)trflt(^, really; (one
fagen foUen, should have said; totrb gemad^t, is made; ber Soulier, the miller; bte
3){u^(e, the mill; ber SBei^en, the wheat; baraud, out of it; befommen, to
obtain.

Paradigm: From giejen, to raise, we have, t(^ gteje, I raise; tc^ gog, I raised;
i(^ Jabe ^ty^txif I have raised; and from ina^len, to grind, ic^ mable, I grind;
\^ mo^^tz, I ground; t(b b<tbe gema^Ien, I have ground. See article on Irreguhir
Verbs, Part II. of this Method.

V. ©retd^en fleflt bie Stage (puts the question): jlann man
aud^ Srob aud dtoggenmel^I madnitn ? " Can hread also he made
of rye-flour ?" 3a, Siele ejfen biefe 2(rt Srob gem. " Yes, many
like this kind of hread." * gin anberer ©cfiiiler (lettt bie Srage :

56 German vnthout Grammar or Dictionary.

Stann man att$ Srob au^ ^afermel^I ober attd ®tx^tnmt%\ ^aitn^
'^Gan bread be baked out of oat-meal or barley-meal?'' 3^f
Stele mogett ta^ fc^toar^e Srob, tvelcibed aud ^aferme^I tin^ ®er«
flenme^I gemaAt ivirb. ^' Yes, many like tbe brown bread, wbich
is made of oat-meal and barley-meal."

Dejbiitunu: Sttoggenmr^I, rye-flour; <&aferme^I, oat-roeal ; (Serflenmr^I, barley-
ineal; mdgfii, to like; bad <3(^u>arjbn>br browo-bread; rtn anberrr, another;
brr 9logsnt# the rye; ber ^fer, the oats; bte ^crflt, the barley; Siele, many
•(people).

i^aradigm: 34 nad» ^ ^®' ^4 mo^le, I liked; i^ ^abe gemo^^, I have liked.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

(Questions to he answered in writing,)

1. SBer aie^t ben SSeiaen ? 2. 3ie^t ter Sant)n)trt^ audft t)en
Stoggen, ben ^afer unt bte ®er{le? 3. SBer bacft bad befle Srob?
4. 9Ber maf^U in ber 3){tt^Ie ? 5. Straiten mir bad 9Re^I t)on bent
£anb»irt^ ? 6. SBo gie^t er bie ®erfle, ben ^afer, ben 9logge9
nnb ben SBei^en ? 7. 3^^^^ ^^ ^i^f^ unb aUe anbere ®etreibeatten
auf feinem SIcfer? 8. '^Yes, he produces these and all other
(kinds of) grain on his land."

The Twenty-first Speaking-Exercise.

Sir @etronff. Articles of Drink.
tSMffer, Vlild^, ftaffee, 3;|^e. Watkr, Milk, Coffe£, Tsa.

I. Secret: SBer fann mir fagen n>te ber Aaffee gema^t mirb?
3(^ Unn angeben toit ber j^affee gema^t n)trb, anhvortet SUfe. " I
can tell how coffee is made," replies Elise. £er jtaffee tt^Sd^fl in
@iibameri!a, in Srabien unb auf ber 3nfel ^a^oa^ " Coffee grows
in South America, in Arabia, and in the island of Java."

Speakinff-Exerciaes. 57

Paradigm: SBai^fni, to grow, grives, {4 toad^ft, I grow; bu Oicftfrfl, thoa
growest; tr Wdc^fl, he grows; »« »a<^fcn, we grow; i^r »a(^|l, you grow; fie
n>ad^ftn, they grow; id) n>U(l)d, I grew; bu n)U(^fetl» thou didst grow; rr n>ud)4,
he grew; i(^ bin getoad^feii, I have grown; bu bifl gewad^fen, thou bast grown; tx
ijl gttoad^fen, he has grown. ®tebnt, to boil, gives, ic^ ftcbc, I boil; i^ fott, I
boiled; id) ^abc gefotten, I have boiled.

II. Der ?et)rfr fagt : Sittf, Slife, fa^re mit ber S?ef(3^reibung
fort* '^ Please^ Elise, go on with the description." Slife fa^rt
mit ber SefAreibung fort (Elise proceeds with the description) :
SQenn ber Aaffee reif ifl, toirb er fiber einem Seuer fteroflet, bid er
braun unb gum SRa^Ien bereit ifl. " When the coffee is ripe, it
is roasted over a fire till it is brown, and ready for grinding."
SQrnn ber Aaffee gemabten \% tbut man ibn in eine Aanne.
" When it is ground it is put into a pot." Siebenbed SBafTer
n^irb'je^t barauf gfgoffen unb bann lS§t man ibn focben, bid er
gum Xrinfen fertig ifl. " Boiling water is now poured upon it,
and it is left to cook till it is ready for drinking."

III. ®ie trinft man ben Coffee? "How is coffee drunk?"
Sr mirb in eine Zafjt gegoffen, bid bte Za^t fafl ^oH ifl, bann n>irb
Sf^a^m unb 3"^^^ gu^et^an. " It is poured into a cup till the
cup is nearly full, then cream and sugar are added." 3f^ ber
Aaffee gum Irinfen je^t gubereitet. "Is the coffee now ready to
be drunk ? " 3a, Je^t ifl er gum Srinfen gubereitet.

Paradigm: SaJTen, to let; i(b lajft, I let, permit; bu lajfeft, thou pennittest;
er Id§t, he permits; icb lief, I permitted; bu Ueff(|lr thou didst permit; er lit^,
he let, permitted; i^ i^abt gelafftn, I have permitted. 3(b trinft, I drink; t(b
tranf, I drank; ic^ babe getrunfen, I have drunk. Qutf^vm, to add; i^^ t^ue gu, I
add; t(b tifat gu, I added; [^ i^aU guget^ait, I have added. ®iepen, to pour; xdf
9ie§e, I pour; \^ 906, I poured; i(^ \^aU Bfgoflett, I have poured, gliefen, to
flow; ed flieft, it flows; ed flof, it flowed; ed ijl gefloffen, it has flowed.

lY. SBirb ber S^ee audb fo gema^t? "Is tea also made in this
way ?" 9lein, ber Zl^n wirb ntdbt gemablen »ie i^affee* '^Tea is
not ground like coffee." SBirb ber %f^tt gerojlet? "Is tea
roasted?" 9lein, er wirb nidbt geroflet. "!N'o, it is not roasted."
ffiie lod^t man ben I^ee ? " How is tea prepared ?" Sr »irb in

58 German withoat Grammar or Dictionary.

fiebentem SCajfer gefeampft, bid er gum Irtnfen bereit \% " It is
steeped in boiling water till it is ready to be drunk." SCirb
au&i WxXii (obcr Sla^m) unb ^udtx jugct^an ? " Are milk (or
cream) and sugar added ? " 3a, SJtild^ unb ^Vidtx toerben gu«
get^an.

Rann man bie SBlilc^, oljne f!e ju foc^en, trinfcn? "Can one
drink the milk without its being cooked ? " 3^/ ntan ^^nn
iD?iI(^ o^ne 3"^f^fi^"n9 trinfen. " Yes, milk can be drunk
without previous preparation." 3(1 bie W\\6) tint g(u§igfeit?
" Is milk a fluid ? " 3a, iOiilc^ ifl eine giupigfcit* 8Iie§t bie
SWild^, xotxin man fie in bie lajfe fliegt? Answer: "Yes, milk
flows when it is poured into a cup."

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

{Translate ike Aiiswers.)

1. 93raunt man ben j^affee fiber bem geuer? "Yes, one roasts
the coffee over the fire." 2. ^xt^i maw ben Jtaffee in Slrabien,
in ©ubamerifa unb auf ber 3nf^l 3at)a ? " Yes, coffee is raised
in Arabia, in South America, and in the island of Java." 3.
^a^It man ben Jtaffee in einer Aaffeemu^Ie? "Yes^ coffee is
ground in a coffee-mill." 4. SBirb %t\^t^ SBaffer barauf gegojfen?
" Yes, hot water is poured upon it." 6. ®irb ber Aaffee mit
9lal)m unb Suffer getrunfen ? " Yes, coffee is drunk with cream
and sugar." 6. glie§t ber itaffee fd)netler aid ber fHa^i^m ? An-
swer : " Yes, coffee flows faster than cream." 7. glop bie
aWildb a\x^ bem TOilc^napf, aU man fie in ben flaffee go^? "Yes,
milk flowed out of the milk-pitcher when it was poured into
the coffee."

Speakiny-Exercisea. 59

The Twenty-second Speaking-Exercise.

Sie ®eftt1tb|eit. Health.

I. ®ie befinbet i^r euA, meine grcunbe? "How do you do,
my friends ? " SSiel Danf, $err Se^re r, xo\x be finbe n unfij ^eutc
ganj ivo^I. '^Many thanks, teacher, we find ourselves quite
well to-day." S3ie beftnbet ficfe ber J&err Setter ^eutc SJJorgen?
"How is the teacher this morning?" Siel Danf, mcine junf^en
greunte, \^ beftn^e mid^ ^eute SRorgen fe^r too^L "Many thanks,
my young friends, I am very well this morning." Secret fragt:
Sena, to\t beftnt)et (!^ beinc 5Ruttcr? SicI Danf, ^err ?e^rcr,
meinc SRuttcr befinbet ftc^ ^t\x\t SRorgeit et»ad bcffer. "Many
thanks, sir ; my mother is a little better this morning." $ein^
rt^, mte bt^nbet ffc^ teiit Sater? ^Intwort: *i!!Rein Sater beftnbet
ft(!^ nt(^t fo tvobi tvie geflern. "My father is not so well as he
was yesterday." Scorer : 2(nna, to\t brftnbet f!(^ beine ©d^weper ?
SWeiitc ©d^weflcr beftnbet fid& feit einigen Sagcn fe^r ititmol^I. "My
sister has been quite ill for several days." Secret: Slnttn, P0
tbut mir fe^r 8eib bad gu l^orcn (erfa^ren)^ "I am very sorry
to hear that."

II. SBie ifl ic0t bad SBettcr ? " How is the weather now ? ?'
Sd ifl Ibeutc fe^r na§ in ben @tra§en. " It is very wet in the
streets to-day." 3f^ ^^^ ®cl^cn et»ad fd^mu^ig? "Is it some-
what muddy ? " 3a, ed tfl gu fd^rau^lg, gu gu§ gu gcl^en. " It is
too muddy to go afoot." g(ife, (^el^jl bu gem gu gupe, ttjenn bic
©trajen trocfen ftnb. " Do you like to go afoot when the streets
are dry? " 3a, ^err 8cl)rcr, icfe pcftc gem gu gu§, mcnn ed in ben
®tra§en gang trocfen ifl. " I go gladly afoot when it is entirely
dry in the streets." SBann ifl bad Setter trodfen ? ^m SCinter
ifl bad SCetter gewol^nlid^ trodfen, ivenn ed friert " In winter the
weather is usually dry when it freezes."

60 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

III. "S&Mcx tfl ed itaj (feud^t) ? " When is it wet (moist) ? ''
3nt SLMnter ifl e« nap, wcnn c« fcftmilgt. " In winter it is wet
when it melts." 31^ f^ fewcj^t im ©inter, »cnn cd fc^neit? "Is
it moist in winter when it snows ? " 3a, im SQinter ifl ed im*
mer feuci^t o^er na§, n)enn ed fc^nett.

die^net ed in aden 3A()te^a^iten ? 3<if (^ tegnet in atlen 3^^^^^'
^eiten* " Yes, it rains in all seasons of the year." SQanit rcgnet
e0 ^m meiftent @d regnet im Srii^ja^r unb im @pariat)r am
meifien. " It rains the most in spring and fall." SQann regnet
td am wenigflen ? (Sd regnet im 93inter unt im @ommer am »e»
nigflen. " It rains the least in winter and summer."

Paradigm: From fricrcn, to freeze, we have, ed fricrt, it freezes; cd fror, it
froze; ed ^at geftoren, it has frozen.

IV. Skuarb bcmerit : 3<^ gtaube, ^err it^xtx, bag ed im ®om*
mer weniger regnet aU im ©inter. "I believe that it rains
less in summer than in winter." $einri(^, glauifl tu auiii fo ?
^einri^ antwortet: 3^ V\n berfeltjen 9Reinung toie 6tuarb. "I
am of the same opinion as Edward."

3{l e0 te^t flaubtg in ben @tragen ? " Is it dusty now in the
streets ? " 3^/ ^^ if^ immer flaubig, n>enn bie @tra§en trocfen
ftnb. " Yes, it is always dusty when the streets are dry."

3il ed flanbig, wenn bad SBetter fenci^t i(l ? " Is it dusty when
the weather is moist?" 9Wn, e0 ifl nid^t flaubig, »enn bad
SBetter feuc^t ifl. ^am ifl ed flaubig? Sd ifl immer flaubig,
n^enn bie @trapen trocfen flnb.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. Seftnbet fid^ bie 9JIutter tWoM Beffer ? 2. Seftnbet fid^ bet
Sater fo n^ol^I I9ie geflern? 3. Sefinbet ffd^ bie @c^»efier feit
etnigen Sagen fe^r unmoM? 4. SOte ifl bad ®el^en in ben
®tra§en? Answer: "The travelling in the streets is good."
5. 3fl ed flaubig, tvenn bie ®tra§en trocfen flnb? 6. 3f^ ^^
ftaubig in ben (Strapen, »enn ed regnet ? 7. SBann fc^neit ed ?

S^akiny- Exercises. 61

8. Stegnet e« oftmaU im Snt^tiitg (StitMa^t)? 9. Stegnet e0
oftoiald im Spatial^r (^erbfl) ? 10« SBann ifl bad Settrr am
toarm^en ? 11. Sann ifl bad Setter am falte|leii?

The Twenty-thud Speaking-Exerdae.

%tx ffiaO{{fd|. The Whalb.

I. Der Setter fragt (The teacher asks): ilReine greunbe, xotli^t^
ifl bad gro^te und befaitnte X^ter? ^' My friends, which is the
largest animal known to ns ? " Siiittoort : X)ad gropte uitd be«
fannte £^ier ifl ber SSaHftfcb* Literally, ''The largest to us
known animal is the whale." SBie grof tvirb er? ''How large
does he grow?" Sr toirb gegeit ^unbert gu^ lang unb toiegt
fiber l^unberttaufenb 9funb. " He grows to he a hundred feet
long, and weighs orer a hundred thousand pounds." 3fl feiit
^opf grop ? 3a, er ^at einrn unge^euren ^opf. " Yes, he has a
monstrous (large) head." SQie meit ifl fein Stacben? @eiii
Slacken ifl fa meit (gro^), baf ein Soot mit fed^d ober ac^t ^axvx
binetnfabren fatttt. " His jaw is so hroad that a boat with six
or eight men can enter it."

DefinUiont : tttld (efannt, known to ns; unge^ntcr, immense; bad Soot, the
boat; loteg^ weighs; bar fSta&ftVL, the jaw, throat; ^metitfa^rett, to ride in.

Paradigm : Serbtit, to become; er totrb, he becomes; er murbf, he became;
er ifl gen>orben, he has become. @tnfett, to sink; er finft, he sinks; er fanf, he
sank; er ifl gefttitlen, he has sunk.

IL SBie atbmet ber SBaDfifd^ ? Sr l^at gwei Suftlocber auf bem
ftopfe, bur^ toelc^e er atbmet. "He has two air-holes in his
head, through which he breathes." Stann er ba^ eingefcbtucfte
fBaffer (braufenb) in bie ?uft fpri^en ? "Can he spurt the swal-
lowed water into the air (with a roaring noise) ? " ^a, burd^

62 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

Me iM^tx im jtopfe lattn er bad eingefd^Iudfte SBoffer (raufenb in
bie 8uft fprf^en* ^' Yes, through the holes in the head he can
squirt the swallowed water with a roaring noise into the air.^'
Rann man bad ©etofe meit in ber gerne verne^men (^oren)?
" Can one perceive (hear) the noise far in the distance ? " ^a,
toenn mt^xtxt ^allftfc^e gufammen ftnb unb fpri^en, fann man bad
@et5fe lool^I eine SReile Derne^men. '' Yes, when several whales
are together and spurt, one can perceive the noise at least
one (German) miW

DefinUions: *JbcA SnftlmJl^, the air-hole; dnfd^Iudfrn, to swallow; bad ttnge^
Si^aAit SBaffer, the swallowed water; braufenb, roaring; fpri^tn, to squirt, throw ;
bad ®ct5fe, the roaring noise; bte %txnt, the far-off distance; mt^jfttit, several;
)itfammtn, together; too^I, as much as ; bit S^eile, the Gennan mile is nearly
fiye English miles.

Paradigm : ^iSmtti, to breathe; \6i tA^VM, I breathe; i^ at^mett, I breathed;
id^ b<i^t gtat^mrt, I have breathed. (Ertrinftn, to drown; er ertranf, he drowned;
cr tfl CTtnmfcn, he is drowned.

in. 9So ifl ber Slufent^alt bed 9Baafif(j^ed ? t>tx 9(ufent^aU
bed S^aUfif^ed ifl bad (Stdmeer« ^^The home of the whale is the
polar sea.'' SBie fangt man ben SQadpfd^ ? '^ How is the whale
caught?'' 3Ran irirft ^arpunen in feinen Seib, bid er flirbt
'^ Harpoons are thrown into his body till he dies." SBie ma^t
ed ber SBaUpfc^, n>enn er (i* mle^t fii^It? "What does the
whale do when he feels himself wounded?" (Sr fa^rt mit
Sli0edf(!^nene nnter bad Staffer. "He passes with lightning
speed under the water." ®ebt er bef megen fiir bie gifcber v>er*
loren ? " Is he lost to the fishermen on that account ? " 9iein,
benn bie gemorfene J^arpnne ifl an einem (Seile befefligt, bad anf
einer SRoUe in bem S3oote aufgewirfeU ifl. "No, for the thrown
harpoon is fastened to a rope, which is coiled on a roller (wind-
lass) in the boat." j?ommt ber SBallftfc^ luieber berauf nm Stt^em
gu l^olen? "Does the whale come up again in order to get
breath ? " 3a, er mu§ »ieber I)erauf fommen urn ^t^ern gu ^olen.
"Yes, he must come up again to get breath." SBirb ber SBaU"
fif^ mit jebem SJurfe xaMtx^ ^a, er toirb.na^ iebem SBnrfe

Speakifig-Exerdses. 63

matter* '^Tes^ at every thrust (of the harpoon) he hecomes
weaker (more exhausted)." SAmimtnt (lifSt) er bal^ tott attf
bem SBajfer? ''Does he soon lie dead on the water?" 3a,
er liegt Balb tobt auf tent Gaffer unb fein Slut farbt meit^
^^v^ bad gan^e SReer (and his hlood colors far and wide the
sea)."

DeJmUions: 1>a Sufoit^aU, the stopping-place; bad (i\9mta, the polar lea;
man fangt, one catches; iDtrft, throws; roit mac^t rr ti, how does he go about it!
tnli^t, hurt, wounded; 9Ii^edf(^nefle, with lightning speed; ge^t taloxtn, is lost
{lUeraUy, goes lost); getoorftn, thrown; bad @ril, the rope; kfrfHgt, fastened;
aufgetoiffeU, rolled, coiled up; l^erauffommen, to come up again to the surface;
bit 0tofle, the windlass; 9[t^em }tt \1^tti, to get breath, fresh air; brr SDurf, the
thrust; molt, exhausted; balb, soon; lebt,dead; ia»dt^in, far and wide; farbrn,
to color or discolor; bad Slut, the blood.

Paradigm : ©terpen, to die; tx ^irtt, he dies; nr flarB, he died; nr Ijl flfflorbot,
he has died. S^erlteren, to lose; i(!^ )9crlirrr, I lose; i^ "mivt, I lost; id^ |abe ttt*
lortn, I ha^e lost; xi^ iDtrbe "ottXmtXi, I shall lose.

IV. 3er^auen W Oager je^t ben tobten SBallfif* ? 3^, bie
3a9er gerl^atten je^t ben tobten SBa(Iflfd>. " Yes, the whalemen
now cut the dead whale into pieces." SCie macl^en fit ed, ba^ jle
iji^t audgleiten? "What do they do, that they may not slip?"
©ie fteigen, mit fpifiigen ©ta^eln in ben ©o^len ber ©c^u^e, ^in^
alb in ben 3if^« " They descend, with sharp points in the soles
of their shoes, down into the fish." ^onnen pe Iei(^t audgteiten,
ttjenn bie ®*u^e mit ©ta^eln »erfe^en finb ? " Can they easily
slip as long as the shoes are provided with sharp points?"
«Rein, in biefem 3ujtanbe fonncn fte nic^t leic^t au^gleiten. "No,
in this condition they cannot easily slip." SBogtt bient ber
Sped be« SBatlfifdjed ? Der ©ped (8if*tl>ran) bient aid SrennBI,
welded i)iele JE)anb»erfdIente gelbrau&en. "The pork (stearine)
serves as oil for light, which many working-people use." iftann
man bie ^aute ju ©cbu^werf gebraudjen ? 3^^ ^^^ benu^t bie
^oute ya ©Answer!. " Yes, the hide is used in the manufacture
of shoes." SBie benu^t man ba0 gif#ein ? !Dad gifAbein wirb
jtt |>eitfd|en, SiJgen, ©toden uub ©(jftlrmen 6enw0t "Whalebone

64 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

is utilized in the making of whips, bows, canes, and nmr
brellas."

Definitiona : ^vc^VLtXi, to cnt into pieces ; Sdger, harpooners {Hterallyy hnnters) ;
l^tnab, down; j^inabfa^ren, to descend; ber Buftanb, tlie condition; ber @pecf,
pork, or fat part; bienen, to serve; benu^en, to make use of; bie ^tit^<i}t, the
whip; ber @to(f, the cane; ber 8ogen, the bow; ber S^ixm, the umbrella; bad
Otft^betitr the whalebone; ber ^tfc^t^ran, steariue ; bie Sange, the length ; ber t^er^
le^te, the wounded. *

Paradigm : Sfudgletten, to slip; er gleitet avii, he slips ; er glitt and, he slipped ;
er tfl audgegUtten, he has slipped, ©teigen, to go, cither up or down; er flrigt
l^tnab, he descends; er fHeg l^tnauf, he ascended; er ifl l^inabgefliegen, he has
descended; er ifl ^inaufgefliegen, he has ascended.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 3Bte ()rop mirb ber SBaUftfc^ ? 2. SBad t|l bie iattit bed
gropten SSattftf^^ed ? 3. mmti toiegt er ? 4. SBo ifl feiit ^u^
fent6a(t? 5. SBie fangt man i^n? 6. 3fl er bad aQergropte
2:^ier, bad und befannt ifl ? 7. OSrbt fein Slut bad 9Reer toeiU
]^tn? 8« ^n toad toerbeit bie ^arpunen befefligt? 9. SBitb ber
t)er(e^te gifc^ (alb matter? 10* SSoau bient ber ©ped biefed
gifc^ed ? 11. Senu^ett Diele ^anbtoerfdleute ben gifci^t^ratt ?
12. Dient ber gtfc^t^ran aid Srennot ? 13. Diettt bie ^aut 311
@(j^u^toerI ? 14. Senu^t man bad gifd^bein gu Sd^irmen, Sogeit,
Stoden unb ^eitfci^en ?

The Twenty-fourth Speaking-Exercise.

Ste ^i^nt. The Teeth. Sie Suitge. The Tongue.

Srr ®oumett. The Palate.

I. £)er Se^rer rebet bie Stta^t an unb fragt (The teacher ad-
dresses the class and asks) : SDarum l^aben »ir S^^^^ ? " Why
do we have teeth ? " SBir l^aben S^^^^ bamit »ir effen unb

SpeaJdng-ExerdscB. 05

fprrd^en fonnrtt. ^^We have teeth that we maj be able to eat
and to speak." SJie fiiib ^ie gr funben 3^^ne ? '< How are sound
teeth ? " !Dte gefunbeit 3^^ne fln^ met§ unb fc^ott* '' Soand teeth
are white and beautiful" @tnb tie gefunten 3^^ne iemaU
fc^mara ? 9letn, bie gefunbeit 3S^ne fiitb niemaU f(^n>ar), fonbrrn
immer met§. ^'Ko, sound teeth are never black, but (on the
contrary) always white." @te^t ter 9Runb fc^on aud, toenn bie
3a^ne toeip finb ? 3a, ber Wunb Pe^t fc^oit aud, toenn bie 3S^ne
toet§ finb. ^' Yes, the mouth appears well when the teeth are
white."

Dejiniiums: Damit, in order that; gefimb, sound; fotlbcrn, but; jcmal^y ever;
nitmal^, never.

Paradigm: 9ttdfe^«t, to appear; idf fe^e au^, I appear; bu |!e^ft and, thoa
appearest; er fte^t au^, he appears; er fa^ aud, he appeared; tt ^t au<^efc^,
he has appeared.

II. SRutter, l^at ber 3A^nar3t beine neuen 3^(n^ gebracl^t?
9{etn, er ^at Pe nod^ nt(^t gebradbt '^No, he has not yet brought
them." SBlrb er fie morgen bringen ? 3^/ tr »trb fie ma^rfcbein*
li(!6 morgen frit^ bringen. ^^Yes, he will probably bring them
early to-morrow." SBirb er fie bringen fobalb fie fertig finb ? 3«r
er wtrb fie bringen fobalb fie fertig finb. " Yes, he will bring
them as soon as they are ready (done)."

Definitions : 2>er Btt^nargt the dentist; morgen, to-morrow; fru^, early; n>a|r'
fii^etnltc^r probably; ferttdf finished.

Paradigm: Srtiigfn, to bring; t(^ brinfle, I bring; tcb brad^tc, I brought; t(^
5abe gebracbtr I have brought: i(^ toerbe bringen, I shall bring; bu »irjl bringen,
thou shalt bring; er n>irb bringen, he will bring.

III. SBoau bienen bie 35^ne? "What purpose do teeth
serve ? " Die 35^ne bienen yam 8ei§en. " Teeth serve for bit-
ing." SBoju bienen bie r)orbern 35^n« ? " Of what use are the
front teeth?" Die ttorbern 35^ne bienen anm Snfaffen unb
Set^en. ^'The front teeth serve for grasping and biting."
®caw bienen bie ftintern 3S^nc? I^te l^intern 35^ne bienen gum
RavLtn. "The back teeth serve to chew with."

@inb bie ^^}^^ in obere unb untere ^^nt etnget^eilt? "Are

66 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

the teeth separated into upper and lower teeth ?'^ 3<>; W'e
3a^ne fin^ fo eingct^eilt. " Yes, the teeth are thus separated.'^
@o tattn XAML mit t>en 3^^n^n fauen unt> bet§en ? 3a, mit ben
3S^nrn !ann man fauen yxvi^ bei^en. '^ Yes, with the teeth one
can chew and bite.''

IV, 2Bie ifl t>ie Swwfl^ befd^affen ? " How is the tongue con-
stituted?" !Dte 3und^ if^ betoeglic^, fo ba§ man tamit lecfen
!ann« ''The tongue is movable, so that one can lick with it."
^Xoi^ tann pe beim Sffen unt) ^rinfen enttveber aud|bre(!en ot>er
ein^iel^en, ntc^t toa^r? ''When eating and drinking, one can
either put it out or draw it in, can one not ? " 3<J* \t\\\\ Sjfen
unb ^rinfen fann xa^^ bie 3unge entmeber au^flredfen ober ein^
^ie^en. SBad ifl bie garbe ber 3wngc? '^What is the color of
the tongue?" Die 3unfle ifl rot^ (red). 3fl fte flad^? "Is it
flat ? " 3^, fie ifl flaci^. SBic ifl fie <m aiante ? " How is it on
the edge?" 2lm Sfianbe ifl f!e runbli^* "On the edge it is
round."

De/initums : jtauftt, to chew; eiltdet^filt, divided into ; ^[(^affrn, constituted;
Uxot^ii^, movable; betm (brt btm), at, when; cntweber . . . obrr, either ... or;
audflretf en, stretch ont, extend; etngtt^en, draw in; bie ^axU, the color; fadi,
flat; runblt(i^, somewhat round.

V. SCo befinbet fld^ We 3ttn9e? "Where is the tongue lo-
cated?" Die 3"n9e, wie tie 35bne, befintet flci^ innerl^alb betf
!!Runt)ed. " The tongue, like the teeth, is located inside of the
mouth." SBo beftnbet ft4 ber ®anmen? Dtr ®anmen beftnbet
f!A im obern S^beile bed 9Wunbe«. "The palate is located in the
upper part of the mouth."

®oju bient ber ®aumen? Qt bienl gnm ®(i^me(!en. "It
serves to taste with." SRieAt man »iele ©peifen, el)e man fie
f(j^me(!t ? " Does one scent many articles of food before tast-
ing them ? " 3«/ >n«« tied^t bad Dbfl unb t>iele ®etranfe, e^e
man fie in ben ^}Runb nimmt. " Yes, fruit and many beverages
are tried by the sense of smell before they are taken into the
mouth." (SRan ried|t, literally, one smells the fruit, etc.)

Speakinff^Exercises. 67

X)ie Sitft gfl^t burc^ ten 9Runb in tie Snnf^en, ni^t ma'^r?
''The air passes through the mouth into the lungs, does it
not ? " 3a, tie 8ttft mwf turc^ ben 9!)lunt nnb turc^ tie Suftro^re
ge^en, urn in tie ?ungen ju fommen. " Yes, the air must pass
through the mouth and air-pipe to come to the lungs/'

Definitions: (£^c, before, previous to; innafiaib, inside of; bcr ©ttumtn, the
palate; rtec^en, to scent, to smell anything; ©petfeii/ articles of food; fDb%
fruit of the tree; (Sktrdnfe, articles of drink.

Paradigm : From ricc^en, we have, i^ titbit, I scent; idi ro^, I scented; i(^
}^i>t geroc^en, I have scented.

IV. SRiiffen ani^ afle ©peifen turd^ ten 9Kunt ge^en (gefortert
toerten), urn in ten 9»agen ju fommen ? " Must all food pass
through the mouth in order to reach the stomach ? " ^a, urn
in ten IJla^tn gu tommen (gefortert gu werten), miiffen tie ©peifen
turd^ ten ^unt gel^em

S^a^ (eftntet fid^ gtoifd^en tern tDtunte unt tern ^agen?
ainttoort : X)ie (Bpeifero^re beftntet fi(!b atoifd^en tern 9)7unte unt
tern ^agen* "The food-passage (oesophagus) is located be-
tween the mouth and the stomach." <Bo gibt e« jirci Wo^ren
inner^alb ted 9Wunte«, nic^t »a^r? "So there are two passages
inside of the mouth ? " 3a, eine ©peifero^re unt einc 8uftr6J)re»
" Yes, a food-passage and an air-pipe."

V. 9lid^t toa^T, mittelfl te« 9Runte«, ter 35^"^ ^^^ 3^H^t
u* f. »., ^^^^ ^^^ 9Sie(e« t)erri<l^ten ? " Is it not a fact that one
can do many things by means of the mouth, the teeth, the
tongue, etc. ? " 3<Jf ^«turc^ fann man Sieled »erri(^ten» "Yes,
by this means one may accomplish many things."

SBer fann angeben, wo fld^ tie Sungen Befinten ? Sine @Aii(erin
antwortet (A scholar answers) : 3<^ ffl«tt angeben : Die Sungen
jtnt innerl^alb ter Srufl ; tie red^te Sunge Itegt ta, in ter red^ten
©eite unt tie linfe 8unge liegt l^ier, in ter linfen ©eite ter S3rn|l.

Definitions: Durd^, through, mitteljl, by means of; mujfen geforbert »erbeit,
must be carried; gtoifc^en, between; bie @petfero^re^ gullet,- or oesophagus; )>er>
xi^ttn, to do, to accomplish; babur(^, by that means; Spieled, much, or many
things; bie 93ru{l, the breast; ber ^xu% of the breast.

68 German without Grammar or Dictionary,

VI. SBelcfte 2unge ijl Me grogere? "Which lung is the larger
one ?'' Die re(^te fiunge ifl bebeutenb grower aU tie Sinfe^ "The
right lung is considerably larger than the left (lung)."

9[}ogu tienen tie Sungen? @ie btenen gum 9ieini()en bed Stuted.
" They serve for purifying the blood." SBie wirt bad get^an ?
" How is that done ? " Dad wirb mitteljl ber reinen Suft getftan*
" That is done by means of pure air."

SBo befinbet fidfe ber 3)Zagen ? Der aWagen bepnbet p^ in ber
Iin!en ©eite bed SRumpfed, unb unterl^alb ber linfen ?unge. "The
stomach is located in the left side of the chest and below the
left lung."

%x\%, ben!{l bu oftmald baritber naci^ toad beine Gutter bir in
^inft(^t ber ^Qi%m gtfagt l^at? "Fred, do you often think of
what your mother said to you in regard to the teeth ? " 9?eln,
id) ^abe noc^ niemaU baran gebad^t "Ko^ I have never yet
thought about it."

Dejmituma : ©ie reine Sufi, the pure air; ttt '^tnfld&t, in regard to; bttrait,
about that; nodi nitmaU, never as yet; gum Steinigen, for purifying; bamit, in
order that; bebeutenb, considerably.

Paradigm : X^uit, to do; i^ t^ue, I do ; i^ t^Ot, I did; i(^ ^abe getl^an, I have
done.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1* $at ber SRenfc^ 3S^ne, bamit er effen unb fpred^en fann ?
2. (Sinb ble gefunben 35^ne toeifi ober fci^warg ? 3. SBie fie^t ber
SJ^unb au€, vomn bie 3a^ne toti^ finb ? 4. SBeld^e 3a^ne btenen
3um Seipen ober 3(nfajfen ? 6. Dienen bie borbern 3a^ne jum
Seigen ? 6. Sinb bie Sa^ne fo einget^eiU, ba§ man bamit beijen
unb fauen fann ? 7* 3{l bie 3unge bemeglic^, bap man bamit
ledfen fann ? 8. jtann man bie 3unge beim (Sffen unb 3^rinfen
entttjeber au^jlredfen ober einjie^en ? 9. 3jl bie 3wnfl« ^e^ 5<it^«
nad^ rot^ ? 10. 3jl bie 3nnge flac^ unb am Slanbe runb ? 11-
SBie ge^t bie Suft in bie Sungen ?

Speaking-ExerdseB, 69

The Twenty-fifth Speaking-Exercise.

Sir §llttt. The Skin.

L £er Se^rer fragt : 9Qer Tanit atigeben, mad ben 9rm unb bit
.^aitb bebedt? ''Who can tell what covers the arm and the
hand ? " %t\% anttvortet : 3^ tvet§ load ben SIrm unb bie {^anb
bebedt. Fred replies : '' I know what covers the arm and
the hand." Die ^aut bebedt beibe. "The skin covers hoth."
^einric^, fannfl bu angeben, toad ben Aopf bebedt? "Henry, can
you tell what covers the head ? " 3a, bie ^aut bebedt ben
*opf. "Yes, the skin covers the head." JBad bebedt ben Waden ?
*' What covers the neck ? " ©eorg antwortet : 34 Xot\% ed, bie
^aut bebedt ben 9?aden. " I know ; the skin covers the neck."
fBad bebedt bie ©(ifeultern, bie 93ruji unb ben SKiiden? "What
covers the shoulders, the hreast, and the back ? " Die i^aut
bebedt bie gmei @(!^uUern, bie Srufi unb ben Sliiden.

II. Sebedt bie ^aut beibe @^ultern ? "Does the skin cover
both shoulders ? " 3<»/ t)ie i^aut bebedt beibe ©^ultern. SBad
bebedt bie gii^e unb bie Seine. " What covers the feet and the
lower limbs (legs)?" Die J&aut bebedt beibe gufe unb beibe
9lrme. "The skin covers both feet and both arms." 3P bcr
gauge itorper mittelfl ber i^aut ubergogen? 3«; ber gauge ^6r*
per ijt mittelfl ber ^aut ubergogen. "Yes, the whole body is
covered by means of the skin." Sebedt bie i^aut ben gangeu
^orper? 3«> bie J&aut bebedt ben gangen ^Brper. "Yes, the
skin covers the whole body." 2(ud wad bejlel&t ber gauge ^orper?
Der gauge ^orper befle^t and bem SRumpfe, ben Seinen, ben Slrnieu
unb bem Aopfe. " The whole body consists of the trunk, the
legs, the arms, and the head." ^ei^en biefe, ©liebmapen ?
3fl, atle biefe ^eipeu ©liebmapen* "Yes, all these are called
members."

70 German tvitiout Grammar or Dictionary.

III. Urn gefunb gu fetit, ntu^ man f!d^ aUt £age im SSaffer
toafc^en, nic^t ma^r ? 3a, urn gefunt) p fein, foUte man ficb ieben
^ag im Staffer trafc^en. ^'Yea, to be healthy, one should wash
every day in water." aWup man bic ^dnlt mit ©eife wafcften ?
3a, urn fte rein (fau6er) gu l^alten, mu§ man fie regelmdgig {eben
2iag mit ® affer nn't ©eife »afd^en. " Yes, in order to keep them
clean, one must wash them regularly every day with water
and soap." ^omit trocfuet man bie ^anbe unl) bad ^ngeft^t
ah, mnn man ffc^ tvafd)t? ^an tvodntt |1^ mit einem ^anbtuc^
ah, »enn man fic^ voa^i^L " One wipes (dries off) with a towel
when one washes."

Definitions : Um JU fetltr in order to be; man follte, one should; gefuttb, healthy;
bie (Setfe, the map; bad ^anbtud^, the towel; rein (fauber), clean; regelmaptg,
regularly.

Paradigm : SCbtrodfnen, to wipe; i^ trotfne ab, I dry off; i(^ trotfnete ab, I dried
off; i($ ^bc abdetrocfnet, I have dried off (wiped).

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 3fl bie ^aut bott foxtn ? ^^ Yes, the skin is full of pores."
2. 9Ru§ man bie ^autloc^er offen fatten? ^^ Yes, one must keep
the pores open." 3. ©ottte man Bfterd ben gangen 8ei6 rein
wafc^en, um gefunb gu fein ? " Yes, one should often wash the
whole body clean, to be healthy." 4. 3Wug man bie ^anbe mit
SBaffer unb ©cife wafd^en? "Yes, one must wash the hands
with water and soap." 5. 4>ei§en bie Slrme unb bie Seine ®lieb*
ma^tn ? " Yes, the arms and the legs are called limbs."

SpeaJcifig^Exercises. 71

The Twenty-sixth Speaking-Exercise.

Steiltt|. The Cow. $a9 ^fetb. The Horse.

I. I)er Secret fragt: i^ari, l^fiU beiit Sater fine *iiH 3«*
mctn Sater l^att einc gute ^u^. " Yes, my father keeps a good
cow." Sena, \qM ^eine SRutter au^ eine Xu^? Sntwort: 3a,
$err Se^rer, metne Gutter i^alt gmei au^ge^eic^net gute J^ii^e (my
mother keeps two extra good cows). Unb bn, fRic^arb, n^ieoiel
\Ru^e ^ait tiein Sater? 5Rem Cater ^alt nur eine «u^, aBer ffe ifl
eine ber aUerbeflen jtu^e (but she is one of the very best of
cows).

II. Stage : 3jl fie grog ? 3a, Pe i|l fel^r gro§. " Yes, she is
very large." $at Pe t)ier giije? "Has she four feet?" 3a, fie
M\ vier gii^e. .f)at fie $aar an bent jtorper ? 3a, fte ^at ^aar
an bem ^orper. " She has hair on the body." ^oX fie ^aar auf
bem Sluden ? 3^^ fie l^at ^aar auf bem Sliiden* " Yes, she has
hair upon the back."

III. ®ibt bie «ul& fette 3KiIc^ ? « Does the cow give (fat)
rich milk ? " 3a, bie ««^ gibt fette SWil*. SBie nii^t nn0 bie
^ul^? "How does the cow benefit us?" ©ie nfl^t nnd bur(j&
i^re 3RiI(!^. "She benefits us by means of her milk." 9{it^t und
bie JTul^ bur(]& i^r gieif* ? 3a, fie nii^t nnd burd^ i^r Sl^if*-
" Yes, she benefits us by means of her meat." 9lu^t bie Au^
and bur^ il^t gell? 3a, fie nfi^t un« burd^ i^r gett* "Yes, she
benefits us by means of her hide."

- IV. Der Sel^rer fragt ; SBer fann mir angeBen burA weld^e bret
Dinge bie ^u^ nn« nii^t? "Who can tell me by means of
what three things the cow benefits us?"

(Smi( antwortet: 3<^ ^ann ed angekn; bie Aul^ nii^t un^,
erflend, burd^ il^re WX&i ; gweitend, burd^ i^r gleifd^, unb, brittend,

72 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

burd^ i^r Sell. " The cow benefits us, first, by her milk ; sec-
ondly, by her meat ; and, thirdly, by her hide.''

3fl t»ie ^ut) ein fe^r iiii^U^ed 3:i)ier? "Is the cow a very
useful animal?'' 3fl, (le ifl ein fe^r nii^H^ed Jfiier. 3ft fte
nit^Iid^er aid bad ^ferb? 9letn, fte ifl ttic^t nii^Iid^er dd bad
5)ferb. " No, she is not more useful than the horse." 31^ P^ fo
njt^lic^ trie bad $ferb ? 9{ein, ic^ glaube fte ifl nici^t fo nii^Iic^ toie
bad 5^ferb. " No, I believe she is not as useful as the horse."
3fl bad 5)ferb grower aid bie Aul) ? 3a# ein 3>fetb ifl nod^ grower
aid einc Jtul^. " Yes, a horse is still larger than a cow."

V. 3ft bie Jtul^ \)on »erfd&iebener garbe ? " Has the cow vari-
ous colors?" 3^/ fte ifl »on »erfd^iebener garfce. 3ft fte mit*
unter m\% ? " Is she sometimes white ? " 3«/ ^"^e finb mit*
unter i»ei§ nnb anbere pnb fc^warj. " Yes, some cows are white,
and others are black."

@inb man^e Ait^e auc^ rot^ ? 3^/ mand^e jtii^e ftnb aud^ rotl^.
*^ There are also many red cows." ^at bie ^u^ flewBljnlicft
Corner? "Has the cow generally horns?" 3<i# bie &Vi\i ^^oX
gen^o^nlid^ gwei J^orner* " The cow usually has two horns."

^o!!^zxi atle fiii^e jwei Corner ? " Have all cows two horns ? "
SWein, nid^t alle Jtii^e l^aben Corner. "Not all cows have horns."

VI. $at bie &v^ elnen bufd^igen ®d^»ans? "Has the cow
a bushy tail ? " 3^, fte l^at einen bufcfeigen ©dbwanj. 3ft i^'^
©d^ttjana fcufd^ig? "Is her tail bushy?" 3«/ i^r Sd^wang ift
Bufd^ifl. ^at bie ^ul^ g»ei Corner anf (ober an) bent Aopfe?
"Has the cow two horns on the head?" 3«f fte l^at gwel
Corner anf (an) bent jtopfe. $at fte jtlanen Oi^ ben gu^en?
" Has she claws on her feet ? " 3<J^ bie &yx% l^at Jttanen an ben
giipen.

3ft i^re ©Hmme ein OTnl&en ? "Is her voice a mooing (or
bellowing) ? " 3<>» i^« Stimnte ift ein 9Ru^en. 9lit^t und bie
&}x\j t)orjii9lid& burd& i^re 9RiId^? "Does the cow benefit us
especially by her milk ?" 3^/ ^ie j{u^ nit^t und ))or3iigIic^ burd^
i^re aRil^.

SpeoMng-ExerdBea, 73

SSie Betiu^en loir bie Jtu^? '^Wbat use do we make of the
cow ? " S3tr rr^alteit t^oit ber Jtu^ !IRt(c^, Sleifd), Xalg unt auc^
i^r S^II fur Seter. ''We obtain from the cow milk, meat,
hide, and tallow." Or : !Cie ftuf^ (trff rt un0 aRilcb, S(eif6, 2:alf),
nnb aud^ i^r S^^ fur 2e^er. ''The cow furnishes us with
milk," etc.

VII. grift bie Jttt^ gem ®ra«? "Does the cow like grass?"
{Literally^ "Does she devour gladly grass?") 3a, tic jtu^ fri§t
gem ©rad. gript fie auc^ {)eu ? " Does she also eat (devour)
hay?" 3a, fie fri§t au^ ®ra«. Srigt fie gem l^arferling?
" Does she like chopped feed ? " ^a, fie frift gem ^aderling.
gri§t fie aud^ gem ^om VLXi\i Ao^( ? " Does she also like com
and cabbage ?" 3^, fie frtf t gem Aorn }xn\i Ao^(. Sri§t tie j^u(
lieber tad frifd^e ®rad aU ^eu ? " Does the cow like fresh grass
better than hay ? " 3a, fie frigt tad frif^e ®rad am allerliebflen^
" Yes, she likes fresh grass the best of all." ^ahtn aUe jtii^e
jtoei lange O^ren? 3^^ t)ie Aiibe l^aben geiool^nlicb yvoti lange
D^ren. " Yes, cows have usually two long ears." Stann man
tie R\x\^ mit tern 3)ferte »erg(ei(^en ? " Can one compare the cow
with the horse ? " 3^^ ^^^ f^^nn tie Jtu^ mit tem 5^ferte t)er*
gleic^en, i^aben wir Ibeute tad 3)fert mit ter Rvl^j terglici^en ? 3«f
»ir l^aben ^t\xit tad ^^fert mit ter ^w^ toerglic^en^ "Yes, we
have compared the horse with the cow to-day."

VIII. Der Sei^rer fragt ; 3Ber fann tad 9)fert mit ter itu^ ter-
gleid^en? ^ar( fpridbt: 3c3& fann tad 3)fert mit ter R\x^ ter-
gleici^en, tarf Of (may I) ? Der Sel^rer antiwortet : 3«f t)U tarffl
freilid^ ; fal^re fort unt tergleid^e. " Yes, of course, you may ;
proceed and compare." jtarl fa^rt mit ter Sergleic^ung fort
(Charles proceeds with the comparison) : T)a^ 5)fert ifl grower,
flarfer unt nii^Iid^er aid tie Ru\i\ ed fann jie^en unt tragen.
" The horse is larger, stronger, and more useful than the cow ;
it can draw and carry." Die ^u^ gieljt unt tragt in ter SRegel
nid^t* " The cow, as a rule, does not draw and pull." 2lber fie
nit^t Xixi^ turd^ t^r gleifd^, i^r ged unt befonterd turd^ i^re fitpe,

74 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

fettc ^\\6^. " But she benefits us by means of Ler meat, her
hide, and especially her sweet, rich milk."

Definitions : gafl, almost; ktna^\ nearly; in ber fRt^tl, as a rule.

Paradigm: gortfat^ren, to proceed; i^ fa^rc fort, I proceed; bu ffil^rjl fort,
thou proceedest; cr fa^rt fort, he proceeds; id) fu^r fort, I proceeded; td|f bin fort"
gcfajrcn, I have proceeded, ©aufen, to drink; bad 9)fcrb fauft, the horse drinks ;
ed fcff, it drank; ed ^at gefoffcn/ it has drunk. !Dic Stttf^ frijt, the cow eats; fie
fra§, she ate; fte f^at gefreffen, she has eaten. @aufen is said only of brutes or
drunkards. A great eater is called a Sielfraf .

IX. 4>ilft ta^ 3)ferb bent Mn^mann, temn er ben Slrfer ppiigt?
" Does the horse help the farmer when he ploughs the land ?"
3«, e0 jie^t ben 3)flug, menn ber 2lder«mann ben 2lcfer pfliigt,
"Yes, it draws the plough when the farmer ploughs the land."
i£)alf ba^ 5^ferb geflern feinem ^errn ? " Did the horse help his
master yesterday ? " 3a, e« l^at feinem ^errn geftern bebeutenb
»ie( ge^olfen. "Yes, it helped its master very considerably
yesterday."

Definitions : ©cbcutenb, in a large degree; wenn, when; majlcn, to fatten
Paradigm: ^elfen, to help; id^ ^clfe, I help; bu ^ilfjl, thou hclpest; er Jilft,
he helps; i^ ^alf, I helped; i^ ^aht ge^olfen, I have helped.

BLACKBOAKD EXERCISE.

1. ©off ble An^ fleflern »iel SBajfer ? 2. 3a, geflern foff ble
^u^ »ie( SPajfer (or, geflern f^at bie Stu^ t)iel SCaffer gefoffen).
3. Die Jtu^ Hefert und ttiel frifc^e 5WiI(J^, ni^t wair? ^a, (!e
liefert un«J alle Jage frifcfee 9)?il(^. "Yes, she supplies us
with fresh milk every day." 4. SM^t und bie jtu^ bnr^ il^r
gleif(!& unb burc^ t()ren Salg ? 3*^f Pe tiu^t und burc^ biefe gmet
Din^e, ttjenn f!e f^efc^Iad^tet tt)irb. 5. SCerben fafl aUe jliil^e ge*
f^Iad^tet? "Yes, nearly all cows are slaughtered." 6. 5ri§t
ba« 5^ferb me^r ^eu aid bie ^u^ ? " Yes, the horse eats more
hay than the cow." 7. " Does the cow drink more water than
the horse?" 3a, bie ^no fauft t?iel mcl^r SBa)7er aU bad 5)ferb»
8. ©aufen bie Stu^t *)iel ffiaffer? 9. ©aufen bie M\^t me^r
SBa jfer aU bie 3)ferbe ?

Speahinff^ Exercises. 75

KoTS. In tlie German langaage, do and aim are not used as anxfliary Terbs;
ao we cannot say, ba^ 9>frrb t^ut frrffen; tic jtu^ tjt faufenb, bat, lad 9)fcTb frift,
bir Jtn^ fouft, the horae eats, the cow drinks.

Paradigm : Untrrfi^nbcn, to tell the difference between; {(^ ttntcrff^ftbe, I dis-
tinguish; ic^ unterfc^teb, I diatingiushed; id^ |a^ mtttrfdjitbciif I hare dia-
tingnished between.

The Twenty-seventh Si>eaking-Exerci8e.

®ie ni^. The Watch.

I. The teacher, holding a watch in his band and point"
ing to the watch-case, says : T)ted ift ^ad ©e^aitfe ber U^r.
'^ This is the case of the watch/^ Now he may ask : 3f^ ^i^^
tad ©e^aitfc ter Ul^r ? " Is this the case of the watch ? "
Sltttwort: 3«/ ^«^ <i* ^fl^ U^rcje^aufe. *-Yes, that is the
watch-case.^^ ^ivittx, na^ l^at bie U^r? "What has the watch?"
S(ntn>ort : £)ie 3:afc^enu^r t^at ein @c]^aufe. " The watch has a
case.''

II. In the same way the teacher may proceed with the
other parts of the watch, saying: 3l^ ^if^ cin ^x^zx\>\M^
SInttDort : 3a, bad ifl tin 3iffcrblatt. " Yes, that is a dial-plate
(face)." 9J?pine grcunbe, ^ier ifl ein ©tunbengeiger. "Here
is an honr-hand." ^ier ijl ein Sninuten^eiger. "Here is a
minute-hand." Unb l^ier ijl eitt ©efunben^cifler. "And here is
a second-hand."

III. 9?id^t wa^r, bic U^r l^at brei Betger ? " Is it not so, the
watch has three hands (pointers)?" ^a tro^I, bie Safc^eniijr
^at brel B^^B^^* " Yes, indeed, the watch has three hands."
^art fragt ben Secret (Charles asks the teacher) : Darf id^ an*
geben xoa^ bie Ul^r ^at ? " May I enumerate what the watch
has?" Der Secret antmortet : 3^/ ^w barffl, fal^re nur fort unb

76 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

916 ttn» "Yes, you may just go on and enumerate." &Cix\ fa^rt
fort unt gibt an., '^Charles proceeds and enumerates." 3^^^
Jafci&enu^r ^ai ein ®e()atife unt brci 3^Jd^^» "Every watch has
a case and three hands."

IV. grage: ffiie unterfci^eibct man tie ^zxi^x^ "How does
one distinguish the hands ? " ^ntmort: Soil ten- gwci ®ri)§crn,
beipt fcer ?angere ^er SKinutenjciger ? "Of the two larger ones,
the longer is called the minute-hand." Unb loie l^et^t ter Rvlx^
gerc? "And how is the shorter one called?" Der jtftrgere
^fipt bcr (Stunbengetger. " The shorter one is called the hour-
hand." Unb »ic ^eigt ber jtlcinflc unb iliiracjle? "And how is
the smallest and shortest called ? " 3(nttt)ort : X)er J?Ietnfle unb
jtiirgcjlc bcr ^t\%tx ^ei§t bcr ©efunbengeigcn " The smallest and
shortest of the pointers is called the second-hand."

V. £)ie ganje ittajfc njleber^oTt jc^t im S^or (The whole class
now repeats in concert) : 3cbe ^laf^enu^r l^at ein ©e^aufe, cin
3ifferb(atr unb brei S^^i^^^, na^mli^, einen ©tunbenjctgcr, eincn
SKinutenjeigcr unb einen ©efunbengei^er. "Every watch has a
case, a dial-plate, and three hands, namely, an hour-hand, a
minute-hand, and a second-hand." gri^, to'xt ^eigt ber Sangfle ?
"What is the longest called?" antwort: Der gangjle 5ei§t ber
Winutenaet^er unb ber Jtitraefie unb Jtleinfle ^eipt ber @efunben<'
aeigen

VI. SBie i(l ber ©tunbenjeiger ? "How is the hour-hand (as
to size) ? " Der ®ro§e nac^, iji ber ©tunbenjeiger Wraer aU ber
^inutenaeiger, aber t)iel langer aU bcr ©efunbenaei.qer. "As to
size, the hour-hand is shorter than the minute-hand, hut much
longer than the second-hand." ^einrid^, njiet)iel Slaber l^at eine
U^r? 2lnt»ort: gine llbr %ai »ier cber fiinf SRaber* "A watch
has four or five wheels." fyai eine U^r aud^ eine ©piralfeber ?
3fl, eine jcbe U^r mug mit einer ©piralfeber toerfe^en fein. "Yes,
every watch must be provided with a mainspring."

J^eaiinfi'jEiverctses. 77

VII, SBo jinb ble Sifpf rn ? " Where are the figures (num-
bers)?" Die 3iffern bf|iiit)en f!^ auf Urn SifferMatt. Literally^
*^ The figures find themselves (are) on the dial-plate." 9Din?{rt
3iffern mu§ Jete U^r l^aben? "How many numbers must every
watch have ? " Sine fete Uf^x ntu§ jwolf 3>ff"n ^^abfll• "Every
watch must have twelve figures." 83o brfinbet fi(^ bad U^r«
werf? ^nhoort: Dad U^rmerl befinbet ft$ im innern X^eilr ber
U^r. "The clockwork is located in the inner part of the
watch." SBo bcpnbf t fld^ bad U^^rglad ? " Where is the crystal
(glass)?" Sinttport: Dad UbrgUd ifl am au§ern X^eile ber
U^r. " The crystal is on the outer part of the watch."

VIII. 3ft bad ®f^aufe ani^ ein au§erer I^eit ber U^r? "Is
the case also an outer part of the watch ? " 3(ntn)ort : 3^/ bad
(0e^aufe tfl ber atterau§er{le X^eil einer jeben U^r. "Yes^ the
case is the outermost part of every watch." ^ud toad toirb bad
©e^aufe gemac^t ? " Of what is the case made ? " Dad ©e*
baufe tuirb ani ®oIb, @iI6er, ober SReffing gemac^t "The case is
made of gold, silver, or brass." %n^ toad (tvoraud) toerben bie
9laber gema^t? Die Slaber toerben aud feinem @ta^I gemaci^t
" The wheels are made of fine steel." SSoraud toirb bie ®pxtaU
feber gemad^t? Die ®piralfeber toirb aud bent allerfeinflen @tabt
gema^t. " The mainspring is made of the very finest steel."
9)teine greunbe, in einer anbern Se^rflunbe toerben ti^ir nocb loeitet
iiber bie U^r fpreci^en (in another lesson we shall speak still
further about the watch).

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.
(TranskUe the Ansvoera into OermaTi,)

1* 3fl bie J^audu^r oiel grower aid bie SafAenubr? "Yes, the
clock is much larger than the watch." 2. ^a\t bie Saf(benu^r.bie
tid&tige 3eit ? " Yes, the watch keeps the right time." 3. Se^
jlel^t bad U^rnjer! einer U^r aitd Slfibern ? " Yes, the works of
a timepiece consist of wheels." 4. 9Ritp iebe U^r toenigfiend

78 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

^ttjcf ^z\%tx l^abcn? "Yes, every timepiece must have at least
two hands." 5. 9?ennt man ten au^eren %^n\ tier U^r ba« ®e*
l^anfe? "Yes, the outer part of a timepiece is caUed the case."
6. i^aben t}iele U^rcn au(^ einen ©efuntenjeiger ? "Yes, many
timepieces have also a second-hand." 7/ J^aben alle U^ren ein
U^rglad ? " Yes, all timepieces have a crystal." 8. ^angt bit
^au^u^r an t>er SQant ? " Yes, the clock Langs on the wall."
9. ^at jebe @tant^u^r einen S^enbel ? " Yes, every clock has a
pendulum." 10. 9Wn§ jete U^r mit einent 3ijferb(att \)erfe^en
fein ? " Yes, every timepiece must be provided with a dial-
plate." 11. 3fl l)eine U^r f*ott abgelaufen? 9iein, meine U^r
ifl no(^ nic^t abflelaufen, "No, my watch has not yet run
down."

The Twenty-eighth Speaking-Exercice.

%^l fl^ritl^flttd. The Breakfast.

I. Preliminary: Smil i(l ein ^nalbe »on beutf(!^er SlHunft
(Emil is a boy of German descent). Der Sel^rer rctet \^n an
xoit folgt (The teacher addresses him as follows) : Smtl, mad
faf^t man, »enn man einer 5)erfon auf ter ®tra§c Begegnet?
"What does one say on meeting a person in the street ? "
Slntwort: SCenn man einer 5)erfon auf ber ©trapc begegnet, \iann
fagt man : SBie Beftnben @ie fl(!^ (How do you do) ? SBie ant*
njortet t)ie 5)fi^fon weld^e tu gegriigt 6afl? "How does the person
whom you have greeted answer?" 5lnt»ort: Die 3)erfon, wel^e
id^ griige; antwortet gewo^nlid^ : 3(^6 Befinbe mi(^ l^ente fe^r mo^(
(I am very well to-day). Der Sel^rer tebet je^t W »erf^ie*
benen Sci^iiler, naci^ ber SRei^e an (The teacher now addresses
the different pupils in turn) : 2lnna, tt>ie beftntoefl tu bi(!^ ^*eute
SRorgen? "Anna, how do you do this morning?" 9(nh9ortt

SpecJcifUf- Exercises. 79

^err Se^rer, l^eute Storgrn (rfiitbc i4 mid^ nidftt %ani mol^l, benit
t(^ (etbe fe^r avi ^a\^nxot{f. '' I am not quite well this mornings
for I am suffering much with toothache."

II. ^einric^, n>te befiitbe|t bu t\^ (eute ^orgen? ^nhoort:
^eute SO'lorgen befinbe ic^ mid) nic^t ganj wo^l, benn ic^ leite fe^r
an ^opfwe^. ''I am not quite well this morning, for I am suffer-
ing much with headache." Unb t)u Slmalta, xoit bfftnt)e{i bu bid)?
^err Se^rrr, \6^ beftnbe mic^ nt(^t ganj loo^C, benit t(6 letbe fel^r an
^aUtoe^ (sore throat), gri^ fpri^t: ^err Se^rer, id^ ^atte in ber
)>er9angenen 9la(!^t etn fo ^eftiged AopfmeB, bap t(6 ganj unb gar
ntdbt fc^tafen Tonnte. '^ Teacher, I had in the past night so vio-
lent a headache that I could not sleep at all." granj fpric^t :
^err Se^rer, i(^ Ittt fo fe^r an ^Q\mt% ba§ i^ in ber ))ergangenen
9lacbt gans unb gar nic^t fc^lafen Tonnte. Sena fpric^t: 3(^ auc^,
^err Sebrer, ^abe fo fe^r an 3a^ntoe^ in ber t)ergangenen 9{ac^t
gelitten, bap tc^ ntdbt einen ^ugenblic! fc^lafen fonnte. '^I too,
teacher, suffered so much with toothache last night, that I
could not sleep at all." Der Setter fprtcfet : Sd t^ut mtr leib,
meine greunbe, bag t^r atte eud^ fo unwo^I beftnbet. ^'I am sorry
that you are all so unwell." 8(ber e« freut mic^, ba§ i^r atte fo
gut fprec^en fount. ^'But I am glad that you can all speak so
well"

Paradigm: fietben, to suffer, gives, td^ letbe, I suffer; \^ Ittt, I suffered; \^
^abe gelttteit/ 1 have suffered.

III. 3ett ^^ahtn xoxx nod^ 3"t fur bad gru^jHirf, nidbt wabr ?
**Now we have still time for breakfast, have we not?" 6tn
©driller fpridfet : 3^^ ^f rr 8e^rer, jum gjfen %aUn wir immer npdfe
3cit genug. " For eating we have always time enough (yet)."
Der ge^rer fragt: Srinft maix «ajfee ober %^tt i\xm griit)|liicf ?
3fl, jum grii^jHidf trinft man ent»cber Sl^ee ober ^affee. " Yes,
at breakfast, one either drinks tea or coffee." S3e(d^e0 Don
biefen ©etrSnfcn f^medft am beflen? "Which of these beverages
tastes the best ? " 3^ vot\^ nid^t meld^ed am beflen fc^mecft, aber

80 German wit/iout Grammar or Dictionary.

iil glauie ber Jtaffee fd^medtt am ieflen gum gru^fludf, unb ber
S^ee sum Slbenbbrob. Der Se^rer fragt: Slbolp^, fc^mecft ber
Aaffee beffer am ^JRorgen aU am Slbenb? 9(nh9ort: 3a, er \6^mtdt
am aderbeflen am ^Rorgen.

Definition: ^^ Qi% still time; xi:^ii, yet; bie d^t, the time; fur, for; \m^
mer, always; cnttofber/ either; ober, or; ttm = an bcin, in or at the; \^ gloubc, I
believe; bad Stbenbbrob (3lbcnbc|fen), supper.

IV. ^ad i§t man ^um gritl^fludf?. ^vlvx griti^flucf igt man
gemo^nlic^ S3rob, frifd^e Sutter, aiinbfleifc!^, gebadfene Aartoffein,
ge^adfted gleifd^ unb bidweilen auc!^ Sier unb @(^in!en. ^'At
breakfast people usually eat bread, fresb butter, beef, baked
potatoes, bash, and sometimes also eggs and bam.'^ (Sin
®(!buler fragt: 3^t man auc!^ ,,$eeffleaf' ? 3a, mo^n igt auc^
„9eef{leaf" gum gru^fiucf. 3f^ bad ni^t ein amerifanifcl^ed ®e^
ri(^t? 3a xoo^\, bad ifl ein amerifanif^ed ®erid^t. ^^ Yes, indeed,
that is an American dish.'' 3{i „%ea^* Ckui^ ein amerifanifc^ed
®eri*t? 3a, «nb bad bei^t auf beutf*, „®er6flete« ©rob/' "Yes,
and in German tbat is called ^ roasted bread.' "

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.
(Copy and an^cer these Questions,)

1. SBeld^ed ©etranf trinlt man getoo^nlid^ am 9)}orgen? 2.
^rinft man S^^^^ ^nb Slalom im ^affee ? 3. 3§t man Srob unb
frif^c Sutter am ?Worgen ? 4. ffiirb aud^ „Seeffleaf' ^um ^xup
flud gegeffen ? 5. SSie ^eipt bad ge^adte gleif^ auf englifd^ ? 6.
3§e(l bu lieber ^t^adM gicifd^ aid ,,©eefflea!" ? T. ©d&merfen
©(Jinlen unb gier beffer aid bad SRinbfleifA ? 8. ©inb bie Star-
toffein fo na^r^aft tt)ie bad 8Ieifd& ? 9. 9lein, bie Jtartoffein finb
nai^x^a% aitx bad SItifA ift no^ na^rl^after (still more nourish-

Speahifig^Exercises. 81

The Twenty-ninth Speaking-Exercise.

£a9 aRlMog^effeit. The Dinner.

L Der Secret fpn*t : Weinc Sreunt^r, ^ier ifi r in Iifd& ; fe^t
i^r ^ad Wtttagdeffen auf bem Xifd^e ? SIntmort «on ben @<^u(f rn :
3a, wir fe^en bad 9Rtttag«effen auf bf m Stfd^e. Slnna, tt>ad firl^fl
bu auf bent Xifc^e ? 3(ntmort : $err Setter, auf bent Xtfc^e fe^' id^
bie @upi9e in einer ^ro^en ®(^u{fe(, ben 9ltnb«6raten, bad ©emiife,
bad frifdfee Srob, bie gelbe Sutter, bie gebampften *artoffeIn unb
fo meiter. '^ Teacher, I 8ee on the table the soup, in a large
tureen (dish), the roast-beef, the vegetables, the fresh bread,
the yellow butter, the boiled potatoes, and so forth." SBad fiir
©u^pe ifl bad? anttt?ort: Dad ifl auflern^Suppe ; fie ijl fel^r
f^macf^aft (it is very gooii-tasting).

Dt^nitions: X>tc <S^Vi\ft\, the uoup-tureen; bcr 9ltnb^bratftl, the roast-beef;
bad Oemufc, the vegetables; gelb, yellow; gebampft, steamed; bif Sluftcrn, the
oysters; bie 9ufiem«®Uppe, oyster-soup; toad fur, what kind of; tief, deep.

11. 5Bo ifl ber Minbfleif^braten (fflinbdbraten) ? Der SRinbd*
braten ifl auf ber gropen $Iatte. '^The roast-beef is on the large
plate.'' ffler »irb ben 33raten ttorfdbneiben ? Der Sater »irb i^n
»orfc^neiben. " Father will carve it." ©Aneibet man bad gleifc^f
in bttnne @d^eiben ? 3a, bad gleif^ n^irb in bitnne ©ci^eiben ge«
fd^nitten unb jebem, ber am lifc^e (t^t, t^orgelcgt. " Yes, the meat
is cut into thin slices, and placed before each one that sits at
the table." 3§t jebe 5>erfon ba»on? ^a, jeber ®afl ipt batjon.
"Yes, every guest eats of it." SBad ift man nebfl bem gleifc^?
9)ebfl bem S^tifc^ if t man ®emiife, mie gum Seifpiel, j^artoffeln,
Sliiben, 3*^^rteln, u. f. w. " Besides the meat one eats potatoes,
turnips, onions, etc." SBirb aUtn biefen ©pcifen ©afj unb 5)feffer
gugetban ? " Are salt and pepper added to all these articles
of food ? " 3fl; ®rtU wnb ^]tf(tx werben alien biefen ©peifcn
auget^an*

82 German mtiiout Grammar or Dictionary.

Definitions: Die 9)(atte, the carving-dish; ^orfc^neibeit, to carve; t^n,it; bunn,
thin; hit @(^cibe, the slice; jebcm, to each one; ba^on, of it; ber ®ofl, the guest;
nebfl, besides; bic 9luben, the turnips; toit sum SScifpicl, as for example; bie
Bwiebeln, the onions; ^orgelegt, placed before; guget^an, added;, bic <5peifen, the
articles of food.

III. ©eniept man ait6^ 9lac6tifd^ nebfl tjen axxttxn ©peifen?
"Does one also partake of dessert with the other dishes ? "
3a, man genie§t geroo^nlic^ 3)aftcte, g)ut)t)ing unt) Objl gum 9lac^*
tifc^e, " Yes, one usually partakes of pie, pudding, and fruits
for dessert." 2Bad trinft man gcwo^nlic^ gum aWittag^eflfen ?
3um aRittaggeffen mxttn getrunfen, SBaffer, SL^ee, ^affec unt) fo
ttjciter, " At dinner are drunk water, tea, coffee, and so forth."
Xrintt man an* iWil* gu mitta^ ? Sflf <i«f t)em 2ant>c, wo e^
\>tere *u^e gibt, trinft man meijleniJ frifc^e, fctte SWiI(^. " Yes, in
the country, where there are many cows, one drinks, for the
most part, fresh, rich milk." ©int) l^eipe ®ctranfe fc^a^lid^?
" Are hot drinks injurious ? " 3fl »iel 5)feffcr unb ©enf ^en
^intern fc^atiU* ? 3^, foI*e Dingc finb fiir «inber fel^r ft^abli*,
benn (!c erl^i^en bajS 95(ut unb »erberben ben SRagen. " Yes, such
things are very injurious to children, for they heat the hlood
and ruin the stomach."

Definitions: (£^ gibt, there are ; ber 9?ad^ttf(^, the dessert; bte$aflete,pie; ba9
Dbfl, fruit; fett, rich; mctflend, generally; awf bcm 2anbc, out in the country;
bic Stvif^, the cow; ber 9)ubbin9, pudding; ^erbcrben, to spoil.

Paradigm : From genie^en, we have, i(^ geniepe, I partake of; i^ gcnofc I par-
took of; i4l ^abe genoffettr I have partaken of.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. iiaUn »ir ^eute iibcr bad aWitta^dcflfen gefprod^en? 2. SBa«'
fur gfcifd^ ipt man gu gRittag ? 3. SCad t§t man aum 9la^tif& ?
4. 93ad trinft man aum Wittagdeffen ? 5» @oUte man ^e{§e ®t^
tranfe gcnicpen? 6. ©oUtcn bie ^inber t)tel 9)feffcr unb ©enf
9cnie§en ? 7. 2Ba« tt)irb Wuftg auf bcm Sanbc getrunfe n ? 8.
®iU ed t)tele Au^e auf bem Sanbe ? 9. S3ie ifl bie 9Ri((^ auf bent>
ganbe ? 10. $aft bu gefArieben ?

^eaking-Exercises. 83

The Thirtieth Speaking-Exercise.

%\t Oelourje. The Spices.

I. S« icfinbeit jlcft »or bent ?f^rpr, aiif bem lifc^^e, \)erf(^iebeiic
3liif4c^en (There are before the teacher, on the table, several
little bottles). Commencing with the vinegar bottle, the
teacher says: $ier, meine greunbe, ifl rine S^^f^^ ; fte ifi mtt
Sfjlg angefiiUt (or, gefuflt). "Here, my friends, is a bottle; it is
filled with vinegar." J^ier ifl ein S^^Wd^fn, welded mit 9>feffer
gefiiQt ifi ; l^ier ein«, toelc^ed mit @enf gefuQt ifl ; unb ^ier eind,
melcbed mit Del gefiiUt tfl. ^nna, toad entl)alt btefe glafc^e?
Sdittoort : @ie ent^alt Sfftg. " It contains vinegar." 93ad ent^
l^alt biefe? @te entl^alt (Senf. "It contains mustard." Unb
biefe? Die ent^alt Del. "That one contains oil." Putting
the little bottles in a row, so as to be first, second, third, and
fourth, the class repeats : Die erfle SIaf(^e ent^alt Qfftg, bie
gmeite glafc^e ent^alt ^feffer, bie britte glafcbe ent^alt @enf unb
bie t)ierte glafd^e ent^a(t De(. Or, Dad erfle gtafd^^en ent^alt
SfPdf ^^^ an^eite glafc^d^en ent^alt ^feffer, bad britte glafc^dS^en
ent^alt @enf unb bad ))ierte SISf(6<^^n ent^alt Del«

n. ®eorg, wie ifl ber ®ff!g? *^ George, how is vinegar?"
Slnt»ort: ^err Sel^rer, ber (Sffig ijl fiip. "Vinegar is sweet."
Die Aleine 9Rarie ruft ^)X^ (Little Mary exclaims) : ©eorg l^at
einen %t\iStx gemaAt. "George has made a mistake." Der
Cfftg ifl nid^t \vi%, fonbern fauer. "Vinegar is not sweet, but
sour." Der Setter fragt : ^at Warie ben getter ric^tig corrigirt
(tjerbeffert) ? "Has Mary corrected the mistake correctly?"
9(ntn>ort t>on ®eorg : 3a, ^arie l^at meinen ge^er gan^ riAtig
iorrigirt (wrbeffert). Srage : gmil, tpie ifl ber 9)feffer ? Der 3)feffer
4 jl fc^arf unb fcei^enb. " Pepper is sharp and pungent." j?arl,
toie ifl ber ®enf ? Slnttoort : Der @enf ifi ebenfo fd(^arf unb beipenb

84 German mthout Grammar or Dictionary.

tote ber ^feffrr* ^^ Mustard is just as sharp and pungent as
pepper."

Definitiona: @u§, sweet; ber (Jfltg, vinegar; ruft ttttd, exclaims; bic flrinc,
(the) little; faucr, sour; bcr %t\^it, the mistake; rid^tig, correctly; fonbem, but;
corri9ircn,»erbcffcrn, to correct; ber ^feffcr, pepper; bcifenb, biting; fc^^arf, sharp
to the taste; ber <Senf, mustard.

Paradigrn. : From mr^rufett, to exclaim, we have, i^ rufe dVA, I exclaim ; btt
ntfefl avL^, thou exclaimest; er ruft aud, he exclaims; toir rufen aud, t^r rufet avi^,
pe rufen aud; tc^ rief m^, I exclaimed; t^ \icAt audgerufen, I have exclaimed.

III. .ffann man ben Sfjtg eittbe^ren, toenn man gleif^ if|t?
" Can one dispense with vinegar when one eats meat ? " 3a,
man fann ben Sfjig, ben ^feffer unb ben @enf gan^ unb gar ent«
bel^ren, »enn man gleifd^ ober ^artoffeln i^t. "Yes, one can
entirely dispense with vinegar, pepper, and mustard when
one eats meat or potatoes." S^eld^ed ©ewfirj fann man nid^t
entbe^ren, »enn man fpeifl? "Which seasoning can one not
dispense with when one partakes of food?" ©alj, ®alg! ant*
toorten aUe etnftimmig (" Salt, salt ! " answer all with one
accord). Der Sel^rer fugt %\ni\\ (The teacher adds thereto):
3&r ^abt SRed^t, mefne greunbe; »enn man %U\\^ ober anbere
©peifen fod^t ober tpt, bann fann moiXi bad @ala gar nid^t tnU
be^ren. " You are right, my friends ; when one cooks or eats
meat or other articles of food, then one cannot do without salt
at all."

De/inUions: ®ong unb gar, altogether; »e!c^e«, which; fpeifen, to partake of
food; einjlimmig, all agreeing; ^injufugen, to add to; gied^t l^abett, to be in the
right; (Speifen, articles of food; bann, then, in that case.

IV. SBie tfl ba« 5Ieifc!&, »enn man ©alj nnb 5)feffer ^nif^ut ?
" How is meat when salt and pepper are added ? " Dad ge*
fod^te gieifdb »irb fe^r fc^mad^aft, wenn man ©alj unb ?)feffer
gut^ut. "Cooked meat hecomes very savory when salt and
pepper are added." SBann geniejt man ben ©enf? "When
does one partake of mustard?" Wan tl^ut ben ©enf ju ben
©peifen erfl nad^bem fte gefoc^t ftnb* ^^ Mustard is first added to
the food after it is cooked."

SpeaJdng-Exercises. 85

Paradigm: From gutttm, to add, we haye, id) t(ttf Jl, I add; i(^ t^t }tt, I
added; {^ t<l6e luget^an. I have added; tDcnn man iKt^nt, when one adds; here
{It is not separated because the verb occurs in a dependent claose. See Verbs
with separable particles, in Part II.

y. ®enifpen aOc 2eute @eiif? '^Do all people partake of
mustard?" 9}eiii, ))te(e ^Renfc^en fonneit beu @enf m(bt oer^
trageit. ^'No, many persons do not (cannot) relish mustard.''
mo^tn aUt itutt Un Sffig ? 9{rtn, t>ielf Seute tnogen ten Sffig
ntc^t ''No, many people do not like mustard." Wa6it. ber
<Senf ober ber ^f^ff^v ^i^ @pctfeit tDo^ffcbmetffii))? ^ Does mus-
tard or pepper render the food palatable?" 3a, blefe (^ewurje
mad^m bie @petfeit fe6r fd^macf^aft. ''Yes, these spices make
the food very savory." 3fl bcr ©enf fur tie metfleu ^enfc^en
fe^r letcbt ^erbaultd)? "Ia anstard easily digested by most
persons? " 3iig b«i« Ball, ber 3)fe(fer unb ber @ewf (Inb fur bie
meiflfft 9lenf(6en fe^t (eic^t i»erbau(t(^ unb au^erjl u^o^Ifc^mecfenb
(and very pleasant to the taste), ftonnten t»lr biefe ®e»ur}e
leit^t entbe^ren ? 9tein, wtr fonnten jle nicfet entfee^ren, befonber«
bad ®a(). '^Koy we could not easily dispense with them,
especially the salt."

Definitions : Vl^tn, to like; vertrft^, to relish; tM^Ifc^nuiIenb, palatabl&

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

(Ajiswer the Questums.)

1. SRujfen attc ©peifcn gewfirjt tt?erben? "Must all food be
seasoned?" 2. SBurjt man ben *affee mittelfl be«J ©aljed ober
bed JDfejferd? "Does one season coffee by means of salt or
pepper ? " 3. ^onnen atte ^enfc^en ben ©enf tjertragen ? 4.
3il ber ©enf ffir bie meiflen 5Renfc^ett feid^t ^jerbautic^ ? 5. gri^t
ber ^ttttb ober bie ^a^e ba« gretfA o^ne Oewurje? 6. 3(1 ber
hunger bad al!er1)efle ®e»urj? "Yes, hunger is the very best
sauce." 7. gnt^alt tin 5Iaf*(^en fo»teC Sfftcj wit tin gag?
"Does a small bottle contain as much vinegar as a barrel?"
8. ^ahtn tuir jeftt bie ©etofirae Qtnn^ befproc(|en? "Yes, we have
8^ken suflSciently about the spices."

86 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

The Thirty-first Speaking-Exercise.

Sa9 WienllBrilb. The Suffer.

I. S)rr 2e^rer fragt: SBer fann angeben loelAe 9ta(Igrit bie
le^te ^ed Saged ifi ? ^^ Who can tell which of the meals is the
last in the day?^' 9^arte antn>ortet: £)ie le^te ^k^laeit U^
Xagfd tt>irb SIbcntrffen genannt " The last meal of the day is
called supper." Urn iPtemel \X%x gcnie^t man geiodl^nUd^ ^ad
Sbenbbrot)? ^Dtan genir^t bad Slbenbrffen getDobnlid) itm fe(i(^d
mr. "One usually eats supper at six o'clock." gjfen Stele
frii^er aid gu biefer 3eit? 3o, ^xtU effen nod) fruber aid itm fe^d
VUl^x. "Yes, many eat still earlier than at six o'clock." SRitfen
t>iele ^rbeitd^ itnb ®ef(!^aftdleute ito^ fpdter ef[en? "Must many
workingmen or business men eat stiU later?" ^a, ))tele Strbeitd''
Dber ©efd^aftdlente muffen no^ fpater e{fen, aid ttm feii^d U^r.

Defimtiom: S^trlr, many; nm toievtel tlfr, at what o'clock; Strbettdleitle*
workingmen; ©ff^aPdleutt, business men; xuxi^ f^Mtrr, still later; muffrn, are
obliged to.

Paradigm : From ntnnen, to name, we have, i^ neitne, I name; i(| noimte, I
named; id) \aU grnoimt, I have named.

II. 3fl ed gcfunb ober fd^SMI*, frat am Slbenb git effen ? " Is
it healthy or injurious to eat late at evening ? " 6d mup febt
f(babli(^ feiti, fpat bed Slbenbd gu cjfeit. " It must be very injuri-
ous to eat late in the eyening." S[3arum mit^ ed f(babItA fein,
fpat am ^benb gu fpeifen? "Why must it be injurious to dine
late in the evening ? " SBeil man mitbe i|l, ifl ed fcbablici^ fpSt
am Sag gu fpeifett ? " It is injurious to dine late in the day,
because people are tired." ^ann ber ^agen bie ©peifen leicbt
S)ertrageii, tt?eitit matt mube ifl ? " Can the stomach easily digest
the food when one is tired?" S'Jein, ber ^agett !aitn 9lic^td
Ietd)t )>erbauen, menn man mitbe i|l. "Ko, the stomach can digest
nothing easily when one is tired." SBelci^e fpeifen foQte man

Speaking-Exercises. 87

bed ^Ifteitbtf geniepfit ? Sin 9&enb follte man itur bte lei^t ))fr^au'
lichen ®)»rifeit genirf rn. '^ At evening people should only par-
take of easily digested food." ^ad befommt man, menn yxiQ^n
)U9ieI ift? ^X^n befommt Aopfme^, loenn man unma^ig igt.
'' People have (get) headache when they eat immoderately."

DtjvMiwna: ®rfnnb, healthy ; Ofrtragen, to digest; ber 92agtn, the stomach;
fterbaiini, to digest; mitbe, tired; nan foUtr, people should; nur, only; ttHiium,
why.

Paaradigm: Strtragm is coDJngated like tragen, which see.

The Thirty-second Speaking-Exercise.

Sal S^df nnh btti Si|t9ttn. The Shex:p anb the Swine.

I. 3« einem 93il^e an ber SBanb fte^t man t>frfc^{ctette 3:bifrf^
^audt^tere (In a picture on the waU one sees several animals,
domestic animals). Unter tiiefen brftnt>rt ftd) etn fc^nreivci^rd
@dbaf unb rin fo^lfc^mar^ed (Bdbmetn (Among these there are a
snow-white sheep and a coal-black [jet-black] swine).

Der Je^rer rcbet feine ©(filler an nnb fragt (The teacher ad-
dresses his pupils and asks) : ^IReine greunbe, n>er 9on rud^ fann
bad fd}neeu>ei^e @c^af bort auf bem 93ilbe bcfci^reiben ? 6mi( ant"
»ortet: 3^ ^^wn ^^ befdbreiben* J^err Stirrer, rin ©tj^af ijl nn*
^pfa()r fo gro^ mie ein fe^r grower $nnb; fein ©etvanb (feine
SeHeibung) i|l fBoUe ; feine gu§e (Inb flein nnb fein ganger ^6r*
per i jl fc^on t)on ®eflaU. " A sheep is about as large" as a very
large dog ; his garment (clothing) is wool ; his feet are small,
and his whole body is beautiful in shape.'^

De/miiioTis: Die SBanb, the wall; bad t^an^t^itr, the domestic animal; tet"
fd)iebmer several; f(i)nrtn>ei§, snow-white; foblf<!^»arg, black as coal; feine, his;
rebet an, addresses; bort, yonder; ungefd^r, about; ^oneudj^, of yon; bad@)en>anb«
the garment; gong, whole; ber ^or^er, the body ; loon ©eftalt, in shape.

88 German witlioat Grammar or Dictionary.

11. SBarum i(l t)ad ©*af t>cn Wmfc^en fo nii^Iid^? "Why
is the sheep so useful to mankind?" 6d tfl ben SRenfcbeit
iiuperfl nii0U(^, ioei( fie feine ^oUe, fetn gCetfc^, XLX(Xi feCbfl fetit
Sttt benu^tit fonneit. '^It is extremely useful to men^ because
they can make use of its wool, its meat, and even its skin."
Si3te fanit man bie SBoUe bed ©chafed benu^ett? ^^How can a
person utilize the wool of the sheep?" 9(ntn>ort: Sliid ber
}^oUe bed ©chafed fanit xaOiXi ®arn fptnnen, ober $u(6 mebem
"Out of the wool of the sheep one can (we can) spin yarn
or weave clotk" SBann er^alten mir bie ^ctte ? SBir er^alten
bic 2Co(Ie erjl, toeim fie »oin ©c^afe aBgefd^oren ijl» "We first get
the wool when it is shorn from the sheep." ^irb bie tQoQe
im SBinter abgefc^oren? "Is the wool shorn off in winter?"
9?ein, bie ^ode mup Km @ommer a6gef(^oren iverben, fonfl mitrbe
bad @(^af f((^ fcbwer erfaUen. "Ko, the wool must be shorn off
in summer, otherwise the sheep would take a severe cold."
^te ^eipt bad ©cbafdfleifc^? T>Qi^ ©c^afdflrifd) nennt moiVi ge^
wo^nlic^ i^ammelfleifc^. "We usually call sheep's meat mutton."
(Sffeit Stele bad ^ammelfleifc^ fe^r gem ? 3a, Siele tffdi fr^r gem
lm« $«HnB(^id|il^ ^ Yei^ anaj relifldi mutton very much."

DeJinition8 : ^\k\M6i, useful; mt^ru^, more useful; ant nit^(t(^flen, the most
useful; benu^en, to make use of; du^erfl, extremely; felbfl, even; aud, out of;
bad ®arn, yam; cr^a(ten,to receive; crfl, for the first time; |i(^ erfdlten, to catch
cold; fd>tt>cr, severe; bad ^ammclfleif(^, mutton; gem, gladly; fonfl, otherwise.

Paradigm: From XOtbta, to weave, we have, t(^ loebe, I weave; tc| tOo6, 1
wove; i(j^ ^abe gett>oben, I have woven.

III. Der Scorer fragt: SBer t)on eud^ fann angeben tuie bad
©dftnjein beii iWenfc^ett itii^t? 'l>Ci^ ©cfimein nitfet ben OTenfc^en
burc^ fein gfeifc^. "Tlie swine benefits mankind through its
meat." 3|1 fein Sleifc^ etne gute ^pcife? 3a, fein gleifc^ ifl fe^r
out iwxa (Sjfen. " Yes, his meat is very good to eat." 3jl ber
©djinfen gerSudfterted ©c^weinefleifc^? "Is ham smoked meat?"
3a, ber (5*in!en t(l geraud^erted ©d^weinefleifc^. ^ann man an^^
bad $aar bed @*tt)eined benu^en? 3a, felbfl fein ^aax lann
nxan benu^en. " Yes, even his hair can be utilized." 3ft bad

Speaking-Exercviea. 89

@^b>etn noc^ grower aid bad €(^af ? 3a, ed {ft \m I^urc^fd^nitt
etwad grower aid bad @c(|af. '' Yes, it is on an average larger
than the sheep." (Sin @c&u(eT fragt : &^xcx vx^'a au(^ fetn gett
benu^en ? 3a, fein gett, toelc^ed Sc^mal) genanttt toirb, ifl fe^r
itii^Iit^. '^ Yes, his fat, which is called lard, is also very use-
fill." 3{l bad @(^wein, xaxt bad @(^af, ein fe^r reinlic^ed Vs^xtx ?
9lein, ed tfl ttiAt ein reinlic^ed S^ier n^ie bad @(^af, fonbern ein
fti^ f^mu^iged. ^'Ko, it is not a clean animal like the sheep,
but H very filthy one."

Definition:: 9i{u^en, to benefit; ber @4tnfeil, ham; bad ^aar, the hair; nod^
grower, still lai^et; ^urc^, through; tttoad, somewhat; retnlic^, clean; fonbrrn,
but; fd^mu^tg, filthy; tM ^C^malgr the Urd; gum d^ffen, to eat.

ly. £)er Se^rer fragt: jtann man bad @(^af mit bent (SAtoeine
t^ergleid^en ? "Can we compare the sheep with the swine?"
3a, man fann biefe ixotx ^audt^iere mit tinanber t>er9(eic6en. W^t
fann man fie mit einanber vergleic^en ? ^' How can one compare
them with eadh other?" ^%xtz 9?it0li(^feit mrgen Taiai mfkXi fie
mit einanber ))er9lei(i^en» " On account of their usefulness, «nM
may compare them with one another." ®inb beibe fe^r nii^Uc^e
^^audt^iere ? " Are both very useful domestic animals ? " 3^^
beibe Pnb ben Wenfc^en feftr nii^Iii^. "Yes, both are very useful
to mankind."

3fl bad ©ii^mcin bem ©d^afe S^nlid^ ? " Is the swine similar
to the sheep ? " 9lein, ed ift bem ©d^afe ni(!^t fc^r a^nlidj, fonbern
fe^t nna^nlic^. " No, it does not much resemble the sheep, but
is very dissimilar to it." 31^ bad ©(j^»ein mit SBode ober mit
Sorflen befleibet? (Sd ift mit Sorflen tefleibet. "It is clothed
with bristles." ffiie ijl bad ®*af befleibet? (Sd iji mit SBofle
befleibet. "It is clothed with wool." 3fl bad ©ci^af ein reinlid^ed
%Wt ? 3a, ed ifl ein fe^r reinliti^ed 2:6ier. " Yes, it is a very
clean animal." 3fl bad ©6wein reinlid^ ? 9lein, im ®e(^ent()ei(,
ed ifl fc^r fAmu^ig. "No, on the contrary, it is very filthy."
3fl bad ©d&wein ein lanc^faraed, plnm»>cd a:()ier? 3^, c^ ift f^^^
))Ium)) unb langfam. " Yes, it is very clumsy and slow of mo-
tion." 3ft bad ©(^wein be^enbig? "Is the swine nimble?"

90 German wit/iont Grammar or Dictionary.

9{rtn, fd i{l nt^t be^titbig, fonbern ft^r )»Ittinp* @o ifl bad
@(!^irein btm ^(^afe \t\t uitabnlicb ? 3a, ed i{l i^nt fe^r iina^it«
li(!^, '^ YeSy it is veiy dissimilar to it."

y. 3fl bad @(!^af bem ©c^metne in finer ^tnft^t a^nlic^ ?
^* Does the sheep resemble the swine in one respect ? '* 3a, ed
i{l i^m in etner {>inp(!6t fel^r a^nlicb, bcnn betbr ftnb fe^r nu^Hc^c
^audtbiere (for both are yerj useful domestic animals).

J)tfiwiJiicnk» : SRtt, with; emanber, each other; bie 9{n^U(^fett, the nsefolness;
tPfgen, on aocount of; d^nlic^ frin, to be like, to resemble; bfflfibtt, clothed;
JBorflen, bristles; u\xX\^, dean; im ^egntt^ii, on the contrary; bic SDoIle, the
wool; fcbniu^tg, dirty ; langfam, slow of motion ; plump, clumsy; bebcnbtg, nimble;
iind(^nlt(^, unlike; bic ^infid}!, respect; in einer •^inftd^t, in one respect (way).

Paradigia : From vergleic^cn, to compare, we have, id^ 9crglei(^, I compare;
Id) verglic^, I compared; i(^ ^abr !9eTgUd;en, I have compared; i(^ joerbe V(r^
glei^^n, I shall compare.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. ^aUn toxx in bicfer Jc^rjlunbe ubrr bad ©^af nnb ba«
©^loein gefproc^en ? 2. 9Qad fur 2:i^iere ftnb Tte ? 3. 3Bel(^ed ift
bad 9iu0li(^ere? 4. 3BeI(!^ed i^ bad Sfteinii Aere ? 5. SBelc^ed ifl
bad @(!^ntu0tgere ? 6. SBel^ed bon i^nen ifl bad ^lumpe ? 7.
3CcI(^ed ifl bad Se^enbige ? 8. ®cr*cd ijl bad ®*6nere ? 9.
^CL^ ma^t man m^ ber ffioUe ? 10. (Sinb biefe gwei S^iere ein-
anber fe^r nna^nliA ? 11. ^onn man fte in einer i^tnfl<!^t nttt
einanber ^crgleici^en?

The Thirty-third Speaking-Exercise.

Sal fiti|t Itnb bte Cuft. The Light and the Air.

I. Der Ce^rer rcbet feine Piaffe an nnb fragt: SBer »on eu^
!ann angeben xoad wnd bei %a%t leu(!^tet? "Who of you can tell
what gives us light by day?" Sould antwortet: 3(]&»etped; bie

Speakinff-Exerciaea. 91

©ottiie Ifud^tet ittt« 6ei Sag, a6er ber 9Wonb wnb ble ©terne fewd^-
ten iind bel 9{ac^t "The sun gives us light by day, but the
moon and the stars give us light by night" SBatum fonnrit
xon ^ad Sic^t bed SRonbed unt) ber 8terne itic^t bet Sng fe^en ?
" Why can we not see the light of the moon and of the stars
by day?" ^ntmort: Dad 8id)t bed 9Wontied unb ber ©terne ift ju
fc^wad^, aid bag xo\x ed bet Jag bemerfen fonnten. "The light
of the moon and of the stars is too weak to be noticed by us
in the daytime."

DefinitUms: S^on rU($r of yon; undr to us; atd ba§ »ir fdnnten,that we should
be able; gu ^&fma^, too weak; mtcltti, bemerfen, to notice; aber, but.

Paradigm: From aitrebeit, to address, we have, i(^ rebe an, I address; \^
rcbetc an, I addrejised ; tib b<*bc angerebet, I have addressed. From Ieu(bten we
have, cd Uu(btct, it gives light; cd !cu(btetc, it gave light; ed bat gcJtUibtct, it has
given light. See Fart II. as to verbs whose root ends in d or t, etc.

11. Sflbert fragt : ©inb nid^t ber SWonb unb bie ©terne Bfterd
ficfetbar am Jag ? " Are not the moon and the stars often vis-
ible by day?" Slntwort: 3a, f!e finb 6fterd (Ic^tbar bei Jag, aber
i^r Sicbt ifl nic^t fii^Ibar. " Yes, they are often visible by day,
but their light is not felt." 4>einri(^, mi i jl bad ?ic^t ? " Henry,
what is light?" ^einrid^ antwortet: 'Sxki i\6^t beflebt l)aupt^
facfeli^ CLUi ©onnenjlrablen, "Light consists mostly of the rays
of the sun." SBie fommt bad 8i(!bt »on ber ©onne ? " How does
the light come from the sun ? " Durdb bte ?uft (SItmofpbare)
fommt bad i\&it loon ber ©onne. "Through the air (atmosphere)
the light comes from the sun." Sine ^xa^t t)on einem ©c^iiter (A
question by a pupil) : 2Bie*]^ei§t ,,©onnenflra^(en" auf englifc^ ?
^ntmort : „©onnenflra^len" l^eigt auf englifd^, " rays of the sun."
" * Sun's rays ' is called, in English, * rays of the sun.' " Sin
©(filler fagt : 3clb »erjle^' nid^t xoai fid^tbar ober fii^lbar ifl auf
englifd^. Der Sel^rer fragt Smtf, einen ©dbiiter, ttjelc^er fd^on ixtxa*
It(^ gut beutfd^ lann (a pupil who already understands German
tolerably well): 5Wetn greunb, fannfl bu biefe SBorte erflaren
(can you explain these words) ? SCnttoort : ^d, id^ fann j!e er*
Karen ; „(Idbtbar" ifl " can be seen," unb „f u^lbar" i jl " can be

92 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

felt" aWeine Sreunbe, t)erjlel^t i^r je ^t aUed ? Sfittwort : 3a, {ti^t
t)er|le^en wir 21 Ue^. " Yes, now we understand all."

Definitions: ^^auptfad^Hc^, for the most part; bcr ©onnenflra^l/ the rays of the
sun; turc^, through; gtemlic^, tolerably; erfldren, to explain; je^t, now; ber
Unterf(^teb, the difference.

Paradigm : From «erfle|^en, to understand, we. have, t(^ »crj!el^\ I understand ;
t(^ 9er|lanb, I understood; id^ ^aU )9er{lanben, I have understood.

III. 9Rcine greunbe, wer lann jejt an^tUn n>a« tie 8uft ifl ?
9lntn>ort: !£)ie Suft ifi eine Subflanj toelc^e faum ftc^t^ar. o^er
fitl^lbat ifl. ^^The air is a substance which can scarcely be
seen or felt." Staimunb, fannfk bu t)urc^ We 8«ft fe^en? "Ray-
mond, can you see through the air ? " 2lntwort : ^a, xd^ !ann
turd^ tic 8uft fe^en, »cil fie lDurc^ft(fttig ifl. "Yes, I can see
through the air, because it is transparent." ^ta^t : 3fl bte 8uft
fitl^lbar, »enn man fie bewegt? "Can the air be felt when it is
moved?" 2lnt«?ort: 3a, bie ?uft ifl fe^r fii^lbar, wenn fie be*
ttjegt »irb» "Yes, the air can be sensibly felt when it is
moved." Slitna, fannfl bu bie 8uft mit teinem J^ad^er bewegen ?
>' Anna, can you stir the air with your fan ? " Sitttvort : 3a,
icfe ftabe tie ?uft oftmaU mit meinem ga^er bewegt "Yes, I have
often moved the air with my fan."

Definitions: !D!C ©ubflanj, the substance; faum, scarcely; f!(|t6ar, visible;
fu^Ibar, perceptible to the touch ; bur(^|td^tis, transparent; (etvegen, to stir; oft**
maid, ofttimes; bemegt n>trb, gets stirred; ber $ad)er, the fan.

Paradigm : itonnen- to be able, gives, id) fann, I can (or, know a science) ; totr
fdnnen, we are able; td^ fonnte, I could; t(^ f)aU fonnen, I have been able to.

IV. %nna, »ie Jei^t bie flarf bewegte 8uft (what is the
strongly agitated air called) ? I)ie jlar! bewec^te 8uft ()ei§t
,,S»int>." ma^ treibt t)ie ©Aiffe? T)er SJBinb treibt We ©dfeiffe.
" The wind drives the ships." 2Bad treibt bie JBoIfen l^in «nb
]^er ? " What drives the clouds forth and back ? " Der SBtnb
treibt bie ffiolfen ^in unb j^er. Slrcibt ber SBinb bie SBolfen gu-
fammen uttb au^einanber? "Does the wind drive the clouds
together and apart ? " 3a, ber SBinb treibt bie SBoIfen aufam*

SpeaHny-Exercises. 93

men ttttb autff inanber. SBie ifl bit Suft, tornn rtf geregne t ^at ?
<' How is the air when it has rained ? '' SBenn ed geregnet ^at,
tfl tie 2uft feud^t ''When it hast rained, the air is damp.''
ffiie ijl t>er SBint, »enn e« friert? ©enn ed friert, ift ter ffiint)
getoo^nli^ ^y^ unb fait ''When it freezes, the wind is usually
still and cold." 3fl ^0* Setter triibe, t»enn e« regnet ? 3a, ge*
tpol^nlic^ ifl tad SBetter triibe, tvenn ed regnet. " Yes, the weather
is generally dismal when it rains."

Definitions: @taif, strongly; l^tn, away; (rr, back again; bie SDolft, the
cloud; gufammeit; together; andtmanbtr, apart; ^at dtregnet, has rained; feu(^t,
moist; ed friert, it freezes; fltll, stil], calm; ^ttoh^vXx^, usually; truk, dismal;
bad <3(^tff, the ship; xotwx, if; fletd, immer, always.

Paradigm : ^hrierett, to freeze, gives us, cd friert, it freezes; fd fror, it froze;
ed ^at gefroren, it has frozen. Sreiben, to drive, gives us, t(^ trribe, I drive; td^
trieb, I drove; i^ ^oht getrieben, I have driven. See Table of Irregular Veibs in
Part II.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. SDad (euiibtet und bei ^ag ? 2. Seu^ten und ter 9Ronb itnb
tie ©terne bei 9?a(!^t? 3. 3fl tad 8i^t ter Sonne immer (fletd)
{tc^tbar unt ftt^Ibar ? 4. @(^eint tie Sonne bei Sag oter bet
!Ra^t? 6. SBann fd^eint ter 2Wont? 6. SCann fc^einen tie
Sterne? 7. Wud mad beflel^t tad Sonnenlic^t ? 8. SBad treibt
tie SBollen l&in wnt Ibet? 9. ffiie i|l tie ?uft, wenn ed regnet?
10. SBie ^el§t tie fiarf bewegte ?uft ? 11. SCie ijl tad SBetter,
»entt ed regnet? 12. SBad treibt tie SAiffe auf tern See? 13.
S^a^ treibt tie Sd^iffe auf ter See (salt water) ? 14. 2Sad ifl
ter Unterfd^iet gwifd^en „tie See" unt ,,ter See" ? IS, 3H tie
See tad falsige SBajfer ? 16* 3{l ter See frifd^ed ffiaffer ?

94 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

The Thirty-fourth SpeaJdng-Ezerdse.
%tx @tratt§. The Ostrich.

I. Der ?e^rer fragt : SReine gre unbe, mer t)Ott cuc^ fann qlx^.*
ficben »ad fur efn S5ogeI ber ©trau§ ijl? "Who of you can tell
what kind of a bird the ostrich is?" %t\%, etn (B(^ii(er t>oit
beutfc^er ^bfunft, antwortet: ^err Setter, ic^ fann angeben mie
bcr ©trauf ijl. " Teacher, I can tell how the ostrich is con-
stituted." Der Strang ge^ort gu ben Saufvogelu. "The ostrich
belongs to the (class of) running-birds." ©eine glugef finb nut
ttJcnig audgebilteL " His wings are but little developed." ©ciiie
®ri)§e if! "q^^ fteben ^\^ a^t guf . " His size is from seven to
eight feet." @ein ^orper ifl (larf, breit unb fraftig. "His body
is strong, broad, and vigorous." @etne gti§e ftnb fab(, (ang unb
griinftd^braun gefdrbt. " His feet are bald, long, and of a green-
ish-brown color." ©cine '^XL^tn pnb grop unb (eb^aft. "His
eyes are large and lively." @ie ftnb me^r nac^ t)orne gericbtet aU
bei ben iibrigen Sogeln (They are located nearer to the front
than in other birds), fo ba§ er bie (^egenflanbe mit betbcn Sugen
gugleicb fe^en fann (so that he may look at objects with both
eyes at the same time). @etne git^e flnb mit gtoei (Stad^eln
(©pornen) tterfe^en. " His feet are provided with two spurs."
9)?tt biefen ©pornrn fann er flc^ ))ert^eibigen. "With these spurs
he can defend himself." Die 8ange biefer ©tacbein ijl ein 3ofl.
^^xi. fann ben ©traup gum !Reiten benu^en. ^ The ostrich can
be used for riding purposes." SDenn er tterfofgt wirb unb flc^ .
nicbt me^r tjert^eibigen fann, fledt er ben ^opf in ben ©anb.
"When he is pursued and can no longer defend himself, he
hides his head in the sand."

II. ©er Se^rer fragt : gri^, l^afl bu beine Sefci^reibung tjoflen*
bet ? 2Cnt»ort : 3<^f icb \i^^t meine Sefc^reibung »oUenbet. " Yes,
I have finished my description." Smil, fannft btt biefe Sef(i^rei*

Speakinff-'Exercises. 1)5

(itng tvieber^olf n* '' Emil^ can you repeat this description ? "
3a, ^err Se^rer, ic^ fann 9IUed, mad Sn0 angrgeben l^at, wieter*
^olen ; i^ ^^^t SIQed, 93ort fur SBort, abgrfd^rieben. ^^ Yes;
teacher; I can repeat everything that Fred has said ; I have
copied everything, word for word." ^einric^, ein Anabe eben*
faUd 9en ^eutf(i^er SIbfunft, bittet ben Se^rer um Srlaubnt§ biefe
Sefc^reibung auf ter @(i^uUafeI abgufd^reiben (Henry, likewise
a boy of German descent, asks the teacher for permission to
copy this description on the blackboard). Der ^^\^nx gema^rt
il^iii feine 3)ttte (The teacher grants him his request).

Paradigm : 9ib\6iTi\btn, to copy ; id) f(^reibe ah, I copy; idf fdf^rieb ab, I copied;
\^ haht abgeft^rieben, I have copied.

III. (Sobalt ^einri(^ SlOed abgef(!^rieben l^at, fangt bie ganje
Alajfe an gu mieber^olcn (As soon as Henry has finished copy-
ing, the whole class begins to repeat): Der @trau^ ge^ort gu
ben Saufpogeln. ®eine S^^d^t ftnb tvenig au^gebillDet. ®eitte
©ro^e ifl t)on fleben bid a(!^t gup. @ein X'ixpix ifl flar!, breit unb
frafttg. Seine giipe finb U% lang unb gritnlic^braun gefarbh
@eine Sugen finb gro^ unb lebi^aft ; fie finb me^r na^ "ooxnt ge«
ri^tet aU M ben ubrigen iBSgeln, fo ba§ er bie ©egenfianbe mit
beiben Sfugen gugleid^ fei^en lann. @eine git^e finb mit gtvei
Stac^eln (<Spoxntn) t^erfe^en. !D7it biefen &ad^c\n fann er fid^
»ert^etbigen. Die 8ange biefer ©tac^eln ijl ein ^oU. 9Wan fann
ben @trau§ 3um Sieiten benu^en. SSenn man i^n t)erfoIgt unb
bie ®efa^r fo nalbe \^, ba^ er nid^t me^r entge^en fann, fiecft er
ben Stop\ in ben @anb.

IV. ©er Sel^rer fragt : $abt i^r 3rae« \jcr jlanben ? Sine fleine
@c^itlertn fagt : 3c^ l^abe nid^t SlQed t^erflanben (A little pupil
says: "I have not understood everything"). (Sd gibt einigc
ffiorter, tpelc^e id^ nidbt »erfle^\ " There are some words which
I do not understand." 3^^ tterfle^' nic^t bie SCorte, ,,ttjleber*
f^oUn/' ,,ge]&6rt/' ,,?auf»6gel/' „au«gcbilbet/' ,,gerid^tet/' „3Ugleid^/'
„t>ert^eibigen/' unb „t)erfledfen."

96 German toilhout Grammar or Dictionary.

Sllbert, fannfl bu an^eBen »ie biefc ©orte, auf englifci^, l^ciflcn ?
"Albert, can you tell what these words are called in English V^
2lnt»ort: 3^^ t^ ^«n"f ^^"^ 8e^rer. ^ffiieber^olen" ^eift, auf
englifd^, "to repeat"; „ge^>6rt" ^eipt "belongs"; „?fluf»6gfP'
l^etpt "birds that cannot fly high, but run with the aid of
their wings " ; „audgebilbet" ifl " developed " ; **%ti\^iti** ijl
"turned toward"; ,,3U0lci(^" ijl "at the saine time"; „t>cr*
t^ei^igen" ifl "to defend one's self"; „»erjlec!en" ijl "to hide.^'
Der Scorer fragt: 9Serfle^t i^r ie^t Sitter? Slntivort )9on ^en
@(^ulern : 3a, jie^t ^erfle^en toir SlCied.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 3fl ^ff ©traug ein grower, jlarfer Cogcl ? 2. ©c^ort er gu
ben Sauft^ogeln ? 3. 38ie ifl feine ©roge ? 4. SQie flnt) feine
glitgel ? 5. SBie flnt) feine guge gefarbt? 6. StCiXiXi ber @trau§
mit beiben ^ugen augleic^ fe^en? 7. 3Bd flnb bie Sugen? 8.
SDomit !ann er ftd^ t^ert^eibigen ? 9. SBie long ftnb bie Stad^eln?
10. 8Ba« tl^ut er mit feinem ^opf, wenn er »erfoIgt »irb? "What
does he do with his head when he is pursued?"

The Thirty-fifth Speaking-Exercise.

2)tt«0Bfl. FruW.

I. Preliminary : 2luf bem Sifc^e ttor bem Secret, Beftnbet jld^
aOerlei Dbfl, wie jum Seifpiel, Sirnen, 3)ftrP(i^en, 9)flaitmen, itir*
f(!^en, Slepfel unb Irauben aHer SCrt (On the table in front of the
teacher, there is every kind of fruit, as, for example, pears,
peaches, plums, cherries, apples, and grapes of every kind).
The teacher, holding up the dish containing the fruit, says :
Weine greunbe, »a« ijt bied? Slntwort: Da« ifl Dbfl. "That is
fruit"

Speakinff^Exercises. 97

D?finitiona: 9uf brm %\\^, on the table; ttft, in front of; (efinbd fl(^, finds
itself (is); aVitxUx, all sorts; D(fl is the fruit of the tree; tie 9tme, the pear;
tie S^firfic^e, the peach; tie S^flaume, the plum; bte jttrf(^e, the cherry; b(r
9l>ft(, the apple; bit Xrau^nt, the grapes; a0rr Srt, all sorts.

II. Der ?e^rcr fragt weiter (further): Jtarl, ife|l ^u jerii
SlepffI ober $ftrpc6en ? " Do you like apples or peaches?" ^arl

ontmortet : 3(^ eff^ ^Q^ ^^i^^ d^^n^ <i^^^ i(^ ^JT^ li^^^^ ^^^ 9ftrflc^en
aU bie 3lepfet. '' I like both, but I like peaches better than
apples." 9(nno, »a« i^ejl bu gem ? 34 cffe gem tic 5)firft*en,
aber td^ effe lieber tie Orangen. "I like peaches, but I like
oranges better."

SWarte, »a« i§efl bu «m liebjlen, bie Sirneit, bie 9)fir|I(^ett,
ober bie Drangen? "Mary, which do you like best, pears,
peaches, or oranges?" Die fleiite SWarie antwortet: 3c^ effe
am aUerliebjlen, ade brei. " I like all three the best." Die ganjc
Alaffe la^t laut (The whole class laughs aloud). Sena, xoai fiir
Cb(l i§efl bu gem? "Lena, what kind of fruit do you like ? "

SIntwort : 3<^ ^ff« 9^^n ^i« Sirfd^en ju i^rer 3^ i^» " I li^^ t^®
cherries in their time."

III. 3Be^rere ©d^iiler fpre^en iejt nai) ber JRei^e (Several of
the pupils now speak in turn), ^eiitrid^ fagt : 3nt g^fl^^ng ejfc
i(^ gem bie firbbeeren, weld^e auf ber Srbe n?a(i^fen. "In spring
I eat gladly (like) the strawberries, which grow upon the
ground." Albert fagt: 3nt frii^en Sommer effe ic^ gem bie Srb*
beeren unb bie J^imbeeren, wel^e auf bent ^elbe unb in bent JBalbe
ivadbfen. " In early summer I like the strawberries and rasp-
berries which grow in the field and in the forest." SCann
reifen bie 5)f{rP(6en? 3n bent 9Kitfommer reifen bie 5)flrfi(^en.
"The peaches ripen in midsummer." SBann reifen bie Slepfel ?
3m ©patjal^r reifen bie Mepfel* "Apples ripen in autumn."

IV. ^lar^en, »a« fur Dbfi ifiefl bu am llebflen? "Clara, what
kind of fruit do you like the best ? " 2lm atterliebflcn effe \if bie
fc^ntad^aften 3^rauben, ober bie aarten ^firfid^en* " I like most

98 German wifJiout Grammar or Dictionary.

of all the savory grapes or the luscious peaches.'' Unb bu
©ainuel, n?ad fiir Dbft genie^ejl bu am Uebjlen? "And you,
Samuel, what kind of fruit do you relish the most?'' ©emo^iii'
lid^ gcnicpe i^ Slflcrlei, n?cnn cd gu ^aben ifl. "Generally I
partake of all kinds, when they are to be had."

Definitions: @(^ma(!^aft, savory; latt, tender, luscious; toad fur, what kind
of. Q^nititn, see paradigm of it in Lesson 29, III.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. SQann reifcn tk Slepfel? 2. 9ietfen tit Seeren frii^ ober
fpat im ©ommer ? 3. SReifen lit 5)ftrftdjen frii^er aU tit Slepfel ?
4. (5tnt> tit ^ftrftcben garter aU tit Sirnen? 5. SQad^fen tie
Srtbeeren auf t»er Srte? 6. @int tit Strnrn grower aU tie
^flanmtn ? 7. 3Cad)fen t)ie Strauben an tern SCe inflorf ? 8. 36t
man meijlend ta^ Cbjl au ^awfe ? 9. 3a, gu ^awfe unter unfern
greunten effen toir bad Dbfl«

The Thirty-sixth Speaking-Exercise. .

®er ^ttttb ttiill bte Aa^e. The Dog and the Cat.

I. Preliminary: !E)er Scorer bcmerft bag in ber geflrigen
©preti^iibung meftrcre SWitglicber »ott ber Alaffe abwefcnb toaren
(The teacher observes that in yesterday's speaking-exercise
there were several pupils absent from the class), gr fragt
bic »erfcbicbenen aWitglieber (He asks the different members) :
SWcinc greunbe, mx wax gcflern ab»efcnb? "Who was absent
yesterday ? " 3lma!ia antwortet ; 3* war gcjlcrn nidbt ahtot'
fcnb, foubern aiiwefcnb. "I was not absent yesterday, but
present"

Speakittff-'Esrercises. 99

11. !Det ?e^rer fpric^t : fBar^ tu ge flem atwe fenb, mdn liebrr
Siaimun^ ? 3a, ^rrr 2e^rer, ic^ mufte geflern gu JE)atife Meiben,
JDeil i(6 fin ff^t ^eftiged ^opfme^ ^attc. " Yes, teacher, I wa»
obliged to stay at home yesterday, because I had a very violent
headache." Gilbert fagt : ^uc^ \^ inu^te geflern gu ^aufe blriben,
ttjeil i^ cin l^eftiged Acjofme!^ b<»tte. " I too stayed at home, be-
cause I had a violent headache/^ Smil, mad ^attefl ^u geflern ?
"Emil, what ailed you yesterday?" (Smil antwortet: ©ejlern,
J^err Setter, l^atte ic^ gang un^ gar 9lt(!^td {ovj ©eftern fe^Ite iiiir
92i(^td), ttnn \i^ mar nic^t abmefenb. '^ Yesterday, teacher, noth-
ing wa» ailing me, for I was not absent." %x(i^t )9on tent
8e^rer: SRcine greunte, maret i^r allc »orgcpfrn onmffent? "My
friends, were you all present day before yesterday?" 3^/ ^^"^^
8ebrer, t>orgcjlcrn maren mir allc anmefenb. " Yes, teacher, day
before yesterday, we were all present."

Dejinitiona: ^itglicbCT, members; verf^iebtti, different; fonbrni, bnt; mvi^it,
-was obliged to; l^eftig, severe; bad ^o)?fn>e^, the headache; bad ^a^lDOf^, tooth-
ache; gu <^aufe, at home; bleiben, to remain; batte, had; gang unb gar, none at
all; 9{i(^td, nothing; (£tn>ad |abnt, to have some ailment; )9orgfjlrrn, day before
yesterday.

Paradigm : From bleiben, to remain, we have, id^ blfibc, I remain ; bu blftbj!,
thou remainest; er bleibt, he remains; totr bleibrn, we remain; ibr biribft, yon
remain; fie Meiben, they remain; i(b blieb^.I remained; i(b bin geblieben, I have
remained; blfibe, stay; t»enn i(b bliebc, if I stayed; tt>enn i(b gcbUebftt toart, if 1
had stayed.

in. Der ?e^rcr fragt tie ©c^uler: Weine gteunte, moHt
i^r l^eute iiber ten ^unt unt tie *a^e fpre^en ? Sof^P^ «nt«»
mortet: 3^/ Mi^ g^tn mollen mir jept iiber tiefcn ©egenjlant
fpredben (Joseph answered : " Yes, very gladly will we now
speak about this subject "). !Der Sel^rer fragt : ^aUn mir noc^
niemaU tiefen ®egcnjlant befproc^en ? " Have we never yet
talked about this subject ?" Die gange Piaffe antmortet: !Wein,
^&err Sel^rer, Bister l^aben wir tiefen Oegenflant nod) nit^t be*
fprod^en. Literalli/, "No, teacher, hitherto we have this sub-
ject not as yet considered." grage: ^ahcn mir noc^ 3^^^ ^^^f^"
®egfn{lant gu bcfpreii^en (betrac^ten)? "Have we yet time to

100 German tmthout Grammar or Dictionary.

consider this subject?" 5Inh»ort: ^d, xoxx ^abcn ttO(i cine J^alte
.@tuntie iibrig. " Yes, we have still a half-hour remaining."

De/iniiions: Ucber^ about; ff^r gcrn, very gladly; toir n>olIen, we wish to ; ®t*
gcnflanby subject of conversatioii; no(^, yet; nitmai^, never; befprec^, to talk
about; gange, whole; hi^fftt, up to this time; betrad^trn, to consider; ffolb, half;
<StUttbc, hoiir; ubrig, remaining.

Paradigm: From toofleit, we have/i(^ toiH, I wish; i(^ tDoHte, I wished; t(^
^abe getrottt, I have wished.

rV. ©er Secret fangt an ju frozen (The teacher begins to
question) : ^vahtila, ifl bet 4)unt treu? "Is the dog faithful?"
SlntWDtt: 3a, ber i>iin't> ifl fe^r treu. "Yes, the dog is very
faithful (true)." 3fl t>ie Stal^t audi treu ? 9lein, bie ^a0e ifl tiid^t
treu, fonbern fc^Iau. "No, the cat is not faithful, but sly."
Stann man aw^ fagen, bie ^o0e ifl tiirflfcb unb falfd^ ? " Can one
also say, the cat is tricky and false ? " 3^; ^i« ^^^^ tfl guglei^
fd^Iau, tiicfifc!^ unb fatfci^. "Yes, the cat is at the same time sly,
tricky, and false."

V. 3fl ber ^unb eitt SRcnfc^ ? 5Rein, ber ^unb ifl feiit 9Wenf4
fonbern ein I^ier, "No, the dog is not a human being, but an
animal (brute)." 3fl bie ^a^e ein 3»cnfc^ ? ?»ein, bie ^a^e ifl
fein ^enfci^, fonbern ein I^ier. S^a« fiir ein 3:^ier ifl ber $unb ?
"What kind of an animal is the dog?" Slntn^ort: Sr ifl ein
fe^r trcue^ unb freunblid^e^ 3:^ier. "He is a very true and
friendly animal." 2Ba« fiir ein J^ier ifl ^ie «a^e? ©ie ifl ein
fe^r fcifefaue« unb falfc^cd 3:^ier. ^*She is a very sly and false
brute."

De/lnitiona: Sttxn, not a; juglcit^, at once, at the same time; n>ad fur, what
kind of; frfunbU^, friendly; trcu, true; falf(^, false; tutfifd^, tricky.

VI. 3jl bie Stai^t \m ^aufe not^wenbig? "Yes, the cat is
needed in the house." SCojU bient bie Stai^t ? « For what is the
cat serviceable?" @te bient jum ©iaufen. "She serves for
mousing." ma€ fangt bie jta^e? "What does the cat catch ?"
(Bit fangt flatten unb SWaufe. " She catches rats and mice."

I^eakin^' Exercises. 101

Spittfe, ^at bein jti^en f(^on 9Raitfe grfangen? ^^Louke^ has
your kitten already caught mice?" 3a, ^txx Se^rtr, pe ^at
term fd^on )»iele gefangen, ''Yes, teacher, she has already
caught many of them (teren)." Smma [priest : {)err Se^rer, metn
jta^c^en ftng teren gefiern Sib^nt nn ganged Dit^enb* ''My kitten
caught a whole dozen of them yesterday evening." Die gange
Alaffe ma^t f{(^ luflig fiber biefe praMerifd^en 3Qorte (The whole
class makes fun over these boastful words).

Dejimtions : 9Bop, for what purpose ; jbtent, is it serviceable ; gum (}tt Um), for
the; fangt, catches; f^at gefangen, has caught; brrrn, of them; fing, caught; bad
Du^enb, the dozen ; ber Slbenb, the evening.

Paradigm : From fangen, to catch, we have, tcb fange, I catch; bu fangfl, thou
catchest; er fangt^he catches; \&i ftng, I caught; x^ b^be gefangen, I have caught.
For full illustration of the subject of Irregular Verbs, see ** Essentials of Gram-
mar " in Part II. of this Method.

, VIL SBie ijl We ©Hmme t>er Jta^e ? "What is the voice of
the cat?'' Die ©timme ber ^a^e ifl em SWiauen (a mewing).
Aann t)ie Ra^t miauen ? 3a, fte niiaut (mews), ffiad t^ut ter
J&unb^ mm ein Diet in i»a0 J£)au« einbred^en »ifl? "What does
the dog do when. a thief wishes to hreak into the house?"
SCenn ein Dieb ind J£)au0 einbre&en will, beflt er. "When a thief
wishes to hreak iiito the house, he harks." ^ann er <k\i6:i bei^en?
"Can he hite too ?" 3^; tt>enn e« not^ig ifl, fann er auc^ beipen*
" Yes, if it is necessary, he can hite too."

Definitions: 2)ie ©timmc, the voice; tbttl, does; will, wishes to; eittbrec^ett,
to break into; bcr jDieb, the thief; mnn, when; notbig, necessary.

Paradigm i From t^ViXL, to do, we haVe,^ i(b tbue, I do; bu tbufl, thou doest;
tr tbut, he does; tt>ir tbun, we do; ibr tbut, you do; ftc tbun, they do; t(b tbat, I
did; t(b b<tbc,getban, I have done. From bfi§cn, we have, t(b bet§e, I bite; idb
bif, I bit; t(b b<J^e gcbtiTcn, 1 have bitten. From brctbcn, to break, we have, er
bricbtr he breaks; er brd^# he broke; er b<tt gebrotbtn, he has broken.

VIII. ^ra^t tie ^a^e mit ibren fdbarfen ^tauen ? Answer:
" Yes, the cat scratches with her sharp claws." ^onnten mx
bie Rai^tn entbel^ren ? " Could we dispense with cats ? " 9lein,
loir fonnten tie ita^en nxi^i entbe^ren? "Ko, we could not dis-

102 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

pense with cats/' SOurten bit flatten un^ ^aufe 9(0ed gerna«
gen, wcnii wir fe ine Ra^ux fatten ? " Would the rats and mice
gnaw everything to pieces if we had no cats?" 3a, 9etvt9!
"Yes, most assuredly I " gri^t tie ^afe tie 9}2aud fobalt ftc
tiefelbe gefangeii l)at? ^^Does the cat devour the mouse as
soon as she has caught it ?" 5^ein, fte fpielt guerjl tamit. "No,
she first plays with it." 9{ad^t)er \)erf(^!in0t fie biefelbe. "After-
wards she devours it (the same)."

Definitions : Jlonntcn Xoxx, could we; cntbc^ren,do without; tDurben, K., would
gnaw to pieces; ^Ilrd, everything; bie 9)'?aud, the mouse; gen)t§, assuredly;
feine, none; fobalb aid, as soon as; fpielt, plays; ivxx% first, beforehand; bamit,
with it; )»erf(^Ungen, to swallow entire; nac^^er, after a while; biefclbe, the
same (it).

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 2Bte ift t)er i£)unt>? 2. 2Da« ijl er nicJ^t? 3. SBa« t^ut er?
4. 38ie ift tie ^a^e ? 6. 3)1 fte etit nii^Iic^ed Sl^ier ? 6. ^eld^ed
S^^ier ifl freunt)(ic6, ter ^unb oter tie Aa^e ? 7. ^onnten toir
tie Ra^tn leid^t entHren? 8. 9Qie ifl tie @Hmme ter Aa^e?
9. Aann tie jta^e bei§en ? 10. Aann ter ^unt !ra^en ? 11.
Ara^t oter beigt ter $unt ? 12. fyai tie jta^e f^arfe JKauen ?
" Yes, the cat has sharp claws.'^

^te ®te(etittnbbtet^tgfie ^ptt^nhwx^.

The Thirty-seventh Speaking-Exercise.

2)ie 8(ttme« The Flower.

I. Der Setter moge ten ©(^utern eitte Slume ^eigen (Let the
teacher show the pupils a flower). SWeitte juttgen greunte, »a«
ijl tie«? "My young friends, what is this ?" JJie fleiite Sena
antwortet : S)ad ifl eine S(ume (Little Lena answers : " That is

Speaking^Etvercises. 103

a flower"), attert, ifl tic 53(ume fcftott ? "Albert, is the flower
pretty ? '* antwort : 3<i, tie Slume ifl wunterf^on. " Yes, the
flower is magnificent." grage : $at tie Slume etne it @tamm ?
3rt, tie ^lurne ^at eliieii @tamm« "Yes, the flower has a stem."
^einrtc^, oerfle^fl tu tad? 3a, i4 t>er{leV tad; tie Slume ^at
etnen @tamm. S^age: ftann man ^^StengeC' fagen, att|latt
„®tamm" ? " Can one say ,@tetigel' instead of ,®tamm' V Slnt*
toort: 3<if man fantt ten @tamm ter Sdtme aixA @tenge( nen^
nen* " Yes, one can call the trunk of a flower the stem."

De/inUions: Betgett, to point out; mogt, let him; tounbtrfi^^on, extremely
beautiful; bet @tamm (or @trngr(), the trunk; anfiatt, instead of; itemien, to
name.

n. ^at tie 95tume au(^ SBur^eln ? " Has the flower also
roots ? " 3a, tie Slume f^at aud^ SCuraefn. Serfle^t i^r tad ?
3a, »ir t)erjle^en Sltted, antworten aU^ ©c6iiler (" Yes, we un-
derstand everything," reply all the pupils). $at tie ^Inmt
ani^ Slatter? "Has the flower also leaves?" 3a» tie S3Iume
l^at and^ ©latter? ^at tie Sfume t)iele Slatter? ^a, tie Slume
iat »iele Slatter. SKeine Sreunte, fe^t i^r tie ©latter ? 3^, ant*
mortet eine titint Sc^iilerin : mir fe^en aUe tie ©latter ; (ier i|l
ein groped ©latt unt ta ifl tin Heined ©latt (we see all the
leaves ; here is a large leaf, and there is a small leaf).

9li^t xoaf^T, tie ^flangen f^ahtn aud^ ©liit^en? LUeraUyj "Is
it not so, plants have also hlossoms ? " Slntmort : ^a, tie
^flan^en l^aben fammtlid^ ©liit^en. "Yes, flowers have hlossoms
in common."

DefinUions: Die SBurgelr the root; bad Slatt, the leaf; ^latttt, leaves; "o'kU,
many; ntc^t U>a(r, is it not so; bie ^flange, the plant; ^floiticn, plants; fammt^
lid), in common; bie Stutl^e, the blossom.

in. 9tennt man tiefe ©liit^en ani^ ©lumen ? ^a, man nennt
f!e and^ ©lumen. "Yes, one also calls them flowers." SBo
ma^fen tie ©lumen ? 9(ntwort : Die tvilten ©lumen wad^fen auf
tern gelte. "Wild flowers grow in the field." 2Bo wadfefen tie
fc^onflen ©lumen ? 3n unferm ®arten wac^fen tie allerfc^onflen

104 Gennan taitAout Grammar or JHctianary.

Slmnrn, antwortt t We f^one Wane (" In our gaiden grow the
prettiest of all the flowers,'* replies handsome Mary).

S)ie gauge Jtlajfe lad^t iiber biefe Sntwort (The whole class
laughs at this answer). Un^ ber ge^rer fragt : ^at aRarie nic^t
3lle*t? "Is not Mary in the right?" ^lOe anhvorten einflimmig
(All answer without dissent) : 3a, "Slaxxt %at SHe d>t, ber ®arten
ibre« 3Saterd i|l ber fd)dnfle Slumengarten in ber ganjen ©tabt.
" Yes, Mary is right ; her father's garden is the finest flower-
garden in the whole city."

DeJtnUums: ffio, where; »Ub, wild; bad gtlb, the field; ft^on, pretty; aflcr*
ft^nflr, prettiest; imfcr, our; gon}, whole; vba, over, at; lacbt* laughs; finjlim«
nig, unanimously; \oX 9te(^t, is right; i^rtd, of her; bie @tabt, the city. .

IV. SBad^fl We 9?elfe im Slumengarten ? 3«, ^ie S'leWc »a*il
ebenfatfd im Slumengarten. " Yes, the pink likewise grows in
the flower-garden." SBoAjl bad Seild)en avL6i ba ? 3«»f bad 3Sei(-
^en iinb bie ^pacint^^e »a4fcn e^enfafld ba. "Yes, the violet
and the hyacinth, in like manner, grow there." 93o macfefen
bie Sflofen ? Die diofen, loie aVit bie anbern Slumen, mac^fen im
Siumengarten. "The roses, like all the other flowers, grow
in the flower-garden." ©o macbfen aderlti Slumen im Slumen*
garten, nid)t tva^r ? So all sorts of flowers grow in the flower-
garden, is it not so ? " ^ntwort : ^a, allerlei Slumen wnb SRo*^
fftt n>a(!bfett im 93Iumengarten ober im 2:rei6^aud (or in the
nursery).

Definitions: Die 9lflff, the pink; ebenfafld, in like manner; bad Sfilt^cn, the
violet; bie ^pocintl^C, the hyacinth ; bie9^ofc,the rose; ollfrlei, all kinds of ; nic^t
toa^r is used with an assertion, making it interrogative; bad 2:reib^aud, the
nursery for plants.

V. Der Se^rer frogt: ^cine junpen Srcunbe, !6nnt iftr bie
33Iumen unter^eibcn? "My young friends, can you distinguish
flowers from each other ? " 3lnttt)ort : 3a, (|f wig, n>ir Unmn bie
©lumen gana Ici*t unterfAeiben. " Yes, to be sure, we can very
easily distinguish flowers from each other." %xao^t : Stonnt x^v
bie J^eile ber Slume mtterf(^eibcn ? " Can you distinguish a

Speakinff'Uxercises. 105

flower as to its parts ? " Slnt»ort: 3d, {(^ lann tie X^rile bet
SlB«e Ibefii^teibeii, arittvortet gri^ (^'Yes, I can describe a flower
as to its part^" rej^im Fred) : Die 93iume ^at einen Stengel ;
fie ^at t»iele Slitt^en, voi\6^z man Slnaun nennen !ann ; tie Siu*
menpflanie befle^t aud trei Si^eilen ; au^ etRcm Stengel, and
Slattern unt and 93Iiit^en.

^ac^fi tie 93Iume and ter Srte ? ^' Does the flower grow out
of the earth?" 9lnt»ort : 3a, tie Slume »a^fi and ter (Site.
SBa^fen allerlei Slumenarten and ter Qrte? 3a/ aOerlei 931u«
menarten wacbfen and ter Srte. ^'Yes, all kinds of flowers
grow out of the earth."

Dejinitums: Unterfc^eibeti, to separate, distinguish; bff(^rfi6en, to describe;
ba^ %itH, the part; tie (ixU, the earth; gttpip, sure.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. S3ie)>iel S^eile l^at eine Slume ? 2. 3Bo »ac6{l tie Slume ?
3. $at tie Sluine ))iele 931atter ? 4. SBie ^eipt ein 2:reib^aud auf
englifc^? 6. 3{l tad Xreibj^aud au§erfl warm? 6. 3{l tie
Slume »unterf^3n ? 7. 3fl tie Slofe ebenfaUd »unterfti^8n ?
8. SQo ma^fen tie »ilten Siumen ? 9. SBo wac^fen tie aUer*
fc^onflen Slumen, auf tent gelte oter im Xreib^aufe ?

The Thirty-eighth Speaking-Exercise.

Sir @i|teffttd[fe(. The Slate. «

I. Der Se^rcr ^alt eine ©c^iefertafel in tie ^6^e (The teacher
holds up a slate), gr fragt: 3fl tie ©(Jfeiefertafel tang? ?lnt=«
toort : 3a, tie S^iefertafcl ijl lang. " Yes, the slate xb long."
NoW; looking at its breadth, he asks: 3fl tie Safe! (reit? 91nt«

106 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

»ort: 3a, Wf %a\t\ ifi Brcit. "Yes, the slate is broad.'' SBirb
bie Xaff( aud ^tetn gemac^t? ^ithrort: 3^, bie ®(^tefertafe( wirb
au^ ^(^irffrflftn gemac^t. " Yes, the slate is made out of slate-
stone."

DeJmUions : 3n bit ^o^, into the air; btr @tct]l, the stone; lang, long; breit,
broad; toirb gcmac^t, gets made.

II. Dcr 2e^rer fc^reibt mit einem ©turf Stxtxtt auf brr ©^icfer*
taffi (The teacher writes with a piece of chalk on the slate),
grage: ©c^reibe i(t mitttlfl Ux ^rribf ? ^ntwort: ^a, {if ^aben
mit eincm Stiicfc^fn jtreibe auf brr ©cibiefertaffl gefcfericbrn. "Yes,
you have written on the slate with a piece of chalk.'' 3{^ ^i^
jtreibe wei§ ? 3^/ ^i« Jtreibe i(t »fi^. " Yes, the chalk is white."
3{l t)te ©c^iefertafel »ri§ ? 9lein, Die @(6iefertafel ifl nicbt meip,
fonbern fc^toari. " Ko, the slate is not white, but black."

Definitions: Dad @tit(f(^n, the little piece; bit Stttxht, the chalk; mtttelfl,by
means of; n>(t$, white; f(^tt>ar), black; fonbcnir but (used only in a negative
sense^ to introduce the opposite).

Paradigm: From f(breiben, to write, we have, i(b f(br(ibe, I write; \^ fcbrieb,
I wrote; x^ ^abe gefil^rieben, I have written.

III. Die 6(fen ber ©(feiefertafel ga^lenb, fragt ber Secret (Count-
ing the corners of the slate, the teacher asks) : jtonitt i^r ja^len ?
*' Can you count ?" 3*^ wir fonneii ja^Ieu. Die ©d^uler fongen
on ju ga^Ien (The pupils begin to count): (Sine g(!e, gwei grfen,
brei Scfen, ttier Scfen (One corner, two corners, three corners,
four corners). Die ®d)iefertafel ftat ttier 6cfen. "The slate has
four corners." gmil, ijl bie ©dbiefcrtafel \)iere(!ig ? " Is the slate
four-cornered?" 3(nttoort : 3^^ t)ie ©c^iefertafel ijl bieredig.
^JReine Sreunbe, n^iebiel Scfen ^at bie ®c^iefertafel ? $lntwort :
Die @(!^iefertafel ifl t)ieredig; fte ^at bier g(fen.

Definitions : Die (£(fe, the outside comer; ber SBinfeIr the inside comer; ga^^
leu, to count; ^jieretfig four-cornered, square.

IV. Die ©Aiefertafel anfti&auenb, fragt ber ?e^rer (Looking at
the slate, the teacher asks) : 3(1 ble« ber Sla^men ? antroort :

Speaking 'Exerdsea. 107

3fl, bdd ifl ber JRa^men ber ©d&iefertafel. "Yes, that is the
frame of the slate." ^iid mad toirb ber Stal^men gemac^t ? 3lnN
n>ort: 3(ud J^ol) toirb ber Slaf^men gemad^t Die ganje Alaffe
toteberl^olt biefe ^nttvort : I^er iRa^men ber Scbiefertafel »trb aud
$o(j gemac^t '^ The frame of the slate is made of wood." 3Bo«
ntit fd^reibt vaoi^ auf ber Sc^iefertafel ? ^ntwert: 9{an fc^reibt
Slit einem ®riffel auf ber ©^iefertafel. "One writes with a
pencil on the slate." SBirb ber ©riffel ebenfafld aud ©tein ge*
mad^t? ^nttoort: 3a, ber ®rtffe( toirb ebenfaQd ^yx^ Sd^ieferfiein
gemac^t

De/initums: ^nfdbauenbi looking at; bn dtal^men, the frame; bad ^olj, the
wood; tt>iebrr(o(en, to repeat; ber Q)rife(, the slate-pencil; e^enfaOd, in like
manner; gema4)t, made, from mac^eit, to make.

V. ®er fann ie^t bie Sd^iefertafel befd^reiben ? "Who can now
describe the slate ? " gri^ antmortet : ^err ?el)rer, id) glaube i(^
Unn, menigfleitd toitl ic^ ed ))erfucl^en (Teacher, I believe I can ;
at least, I will try it): Die ©c^iefertafel ifl ein fel)r nii^Uc^ed
@(^u(0erat^ ; bad ^^eil, morauf man fc^reibt, tvtrb aud ®d^iefer«
flein gemadbt, unb ift fc^warj ober fd^war^blau ; ber 9lal()men ifl
aud $ol3 unb ifl meifiend t)iere(!ig.

Definition : ®Iauben, to believe ; 9erfu(^en, to try ; nu^li(^, useful ; totnigflcnd,
at least.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 3fl bie ©cftiefertafel and Sd&ieferflein ? 2. Sud ttja« ivirb
ber Sia^men gemac^t? 3. SSorauf f^reibt vaoiXi mit bent (^riffel?
4. S^omit f(!^reibt man gewo^nlid^ auf ber ®d^iefertafel ? 5. ^xt^
t)iel eden Ibat eine Sd^iefertafel ? 6. 3|l bie Sc^iefertafel ein
nii0(i(be^ (Sdbulgeratl^ ? 7. i!Ru§ jeber ®(^u(er in ber ®&i\\U eine
©c^iefertafel ^aben ? 8. 3(1 bie ©djiefertafel fuq ? 9. 3fl bie
®*iefertafel fd^mal ober breit? 10. 3(1 bie Safe! birf ober bunn ?
11. ffiie ^eipen bie augern gden ber @d&iefertafel ? 12. SCie
]^ei§en bie innern Scfen einer ©d^iefertafet ? 13. 9lennt man bie
innern gdfen einer ©d^iefertafel „2Bin!el" ? 14. JBietjiet au^ere
(Sdfen ober SBinfet l^at eine ©d^iefertafe! ?

108 German tcit/iout Grammar or Dictionary.

The Thirty-ninth Speaking-Exercisa

Sal Sogedfiner. The Bikd-cage.

L Der Stirrer {lent tin Sogelbauer Dor flc^ attf trit Stf^, fo ba^
iftrr ®c^u(er unb ietr ®(bulertn ed betrad^teit fanit. (&\n Stana*
rien«)Ode((ben befin^ft fid) bartn, ed ^upft 'oox greube uitb fingt
(The teacher places a bird-cage before himself on the table
so that each pupil may observe it A canary-bird is in it ; it
hops around joyfully, and sings.)

Ser itbxtx rebet tie Sd^iiler an unb fragt (The teacher ad-
dresses the pupils, and asks) : SBad fe^t i^r ? ^' What do
you see?" 2lntwort: 2Bir fe^en auf bent Sifd^ ein Bogelbauer.
" We see on the table a bird-cage." Stage : 2Ber tann an*
gebeit toa^ flc!^ barin befinbet? ^^Who can tell what there is
in it?" Smil anttvortet: 3(!^ fann angeben mad {td^ barin 'be^*
finbet ; barf iA angeben (may I tell) ? " ^a »o^I, bu barf jl an*
geben. "Of course you may tell." Smil fa^rt fort unb gibt an
(Emil proceeds and tells): Sin Aanarien))09eld^en befinbet ffd^
1m $$ogclbauer ; ed flngt unb ppft "oox greunbe Return. "A canary-
bird is in the cage ; it sings and hops around for joy."

D^nition^: ffttUt an, addresses; ft^ beftnben, to be (literally, to find Qjie*8
aelO; barin, therein; fa^rt fort, proceeds; bu barfjl, you may; WPffW# to hop;
^crum, around; »or grcube, for very joy; gibt ttit, recite; bic (£(!tn, the comers.

Paradigm : From ktra(^ten, to regard closely, we have, tr bctrac^tet, he surr
veys; rr betrad^tfte, he regarded; tr ^at betra(]^trt, he has surveyed. Durfen gives
us, t(b barf, I may (dare); x^ burfte, I was at liberty to; \^ (abe geburft, I was
permitted.

II. I)er Sel^rer fragt bie ©d^iiler: SBo fommen biefe f^onen
(Sing)>oget b^r ? " Where do these beautiful singing-birds come
from?" Slntwort: @te lontmen nrfpriingfid^ "o^n ben Aanarifc^eit
3nfe(n.. " Their original home is the Canary Islands." Srage :
38er fann \ti^i angcbeti tvo ftc^ bie Aananfc^en 3nfe(n befinben ?

German without Grammar or Dictionary. 109

'' Who can now tell where the Canary Islands are located ? "
3(4 fanit ed angrben, anttvortrt 2ouife ; tiefe 3nfe(n brftn^eu f!4
im 'St(antif(l»eit Wrere, na^e ber nortwefiltc^eit jtufle oott 9(frt!a.
'^ These islands are situated in the Atlantic Ocean, near the
northwestern coast of Africa." X)er it^nt fragt: ^at Souife
rt(!4ttg geantioortet ? ^nttoort: 3a, Souife \^Cii xx&jix^ geanhvortet
Die Jtaiianfc^eit 3nfe(it Wt^tn im 9(t(anttf(ben Dcean, na^e ber
SBefKttfle t)i>n ^Jlfrtfa. '^ The Canary Islands lie in the Athuitic
Ocean, near the western coast of Africa.'' %xa^t : ^^aben mt
}e^t genug iiber beit ®ebrau(6 bed Cogelbauerd gefproc^eii? "Have
we now spoken enough ahout the use of the cage ?" ^ntmort:
3a wob^ n)tr \:iCLh^ix fcbon genug iibet bad Soge(bauer gefproc^ett.
" YeSy indeed, we have already , spoken sufficiently about the
cage."

Definitions: SBo^er, whence; mfiptm^lidf, origimilly; na^, near to; gcmts,
enough; bad 93ogtIbauer, the cage; ubcr, about; [a \Doffl, yes, indeed; bad 9{cer,
the ocean; fd^n, already; ric^tig, correctly; bit SBeftfuflCr the western coast

Paradigm: From tontmen, we have, td^ fomme, I come; t(^ fan, I came; t((
bin gefommeit, I have come; i^ toetbe Femmen, I shall come.

IIL Der 8e^rer fragt ie^t bie ©(ftiiter: SBottt l^r gem eiit
toenig fiber bie ^errtAtttng bed Sogelbauerd fpredben ? " Would
you like to speak a little now of the construction of the bird-
cage ? " 9nttoort : ^a, ^err Secret, wir tvoQen jc$t gem eiii wetiig
i5on ber ^erric^tung bed Sbgelbauerd fprec^en. "Yes, teacher, we
would like to speak a little now about the construction of
the bird-cage." grage : SBie ridbtet man ein Sogelbauer l^er ?
"How is a bird-cage constructed?" 9(nttDort: ^Stan ric^tet
ein S$oge(bauer b^r, inbem man auf etne Unterlage t)on $oT) ober
©rabt Heine @tabcben aufridbtet. " A bird-cage is constructed
by placing on an underlying foundation of wood or wire some
little staves." grage: SBieifl biefe Unterlageeingericfttet? "How
is this foundation constructed?" 3(nt»ort: @ie ijl teClerartig.
"It is in the shape of a plate." Slidbtet man biefe @tab(iben
fenfre6t auf? "Does one place these small rods perpendicular-
ly?" tSintwort: ^a, man fleOt biinne <Stab(ben fenfrec^t auf bie

110 SpeaJnny^Exercises.

lltttrrlagf* '^ Yes, one places tbese thin rods perpendicularly
on the bottom (of the cage)/' ^xa^t : ^ann man t^iefe tuntten
@tabi^rn ober^alb giifammeiibirgen ? "Can these thin rods be
bent together at the top?" Sntivort: 3a, man fann biefelben
oberbalb gufammrn birgt n. ^ Yes, one can bend the same to-
gether at the top."

Definiiions: Sin tornig, tma9, a little, somewhat; bit •^rrri^tintg, the con-
struction; noUtn gmi, woald like to; bnrii^tni, to constract; bie Untorlagr, the
fonudation; l»im ^Iju of wood; bar 2)Ta(|t, the wire; |hllnw to place; fenfre<^t,
perpendicular; oberbalb, at the top; biefelbou the same; teHerartig, plate-shaped.

Paradigm: From tooUtn, to will (wish), we have, i(b n>iU, I will; id^ tOoUttf
I wished; i^ (obf gnooltf 1 have wished.

IV. grage : ©tn^ V\t ©tabc^en and ^olg ober an^ detail t>er*
frrtigt? ''Are the small rods constructed ont of wood or
metal ? " Wland^c votr'ttn and ^clg itnb manAe mermen aii^
WletaU ))rrfertigt ''Many are made of wood, and many are
made of metal." Srage : ^ann man t)ie ©tab^e n biirc^ Buf^w*
menbirgen gu fine m Dacbe »crbint)en ? " Can the rods, by bend-
ing, be framed into a roof ? " ^a, man fann bie ©tabd^en bnrd)
3ufammenbiegen gu rinem Dac^e )>erbinben.

Sin ©Aitler fragt : Xann man nic^t au^ bie ©tab^en £)ral)t
Itennen ? "Can we not also call the rods wire?" ^ntmort:
3a, bie and SD^etafl finb wirnic^ Dra^t. " Yes, those made of
metal are really wire." Gin anberer ©Auler fragt (Another
pupil asks) : 3ji bad SJauer n\(bt au^ Dra^t gefloc^ten ? "Is not
the cage woven out of wire?" 3a, bad obere Il^eil ijl and
Dra^t geflocbten. '* Yes, the upper part is woven out of wire."
grage: ffiirb bie Unterlage oftmald and detail gemacbt? "Is the
bottom often made of metal?" 3^, bie Unterlage ipirb manAmaf
an^ WlttaU gemacbt, aber meiflend tt^irb pe and $0X3 gemad)t (but
mostly it is made of wood).

Definitiona: (Sinb, are; bad ^oTj, the wood; ijfrffrtigen, to make mechani-
cally; mait^C, many; bicgen, to bend; bttd !lDa(b, the roof; »nrbinbfn, bind np;
burcb, by means of; ncnncn, to name; ber Dra^t, the wire; tDirfli^, really; ge-
fIo(bten, braided (woven); oft, often; matld^malr many times; abrr, but; meiflen^
mostly ; bad %%vX, the part.

German toithout Grammar or Dictionary. Ill

Paradigm: From ^xt^fXL, to bend, we have, t^ titgf, T bend; \^ bo^ I bent:
id) ^abe gebogtn, I have bent. Scrbinbtn gives, id) orrbinOc, I bind up; xAj 'otx*
banb, I bound up; id) b^bc vertimben, 1 have bound up. $led)ten gives, id^ fled;te,
I braid, or weave; id) ftod^t, I wove; ic^ (abe geflo4)tfn, I bave woven.

V. ®tngt ber Sogel in feiner ®efangeiif(!^aft ? " Does the bird
sing in his captirity ?" 9(ntn)ort: 3a, beina^e aflc Sogel Pngfit
in il^rer ^efangenfc^aft. ''Yes, nearly all birds sing in their
captivity .'' ©ingt tcr Aanarienoogel in feiner ®efangenf(!^aft?
3a wobl, ter ^anarient)ogel flngt njunberfd^on in feiner ©efangen*
fc^oft " Yes, the canary-bird sings admirably in his captivity."
^fl jet)er Sogel gliidli^ in feiner ©efangenfdjaft? 9lein, nicfet aflc
Sogel ftnt) in i^rer ©efangenf^aft gliirfli*. " 2^o, not all birds
are happy in their captivity."

lint) t)enno^ pnt> We ?^6gel gemol^ntiA gliidliA in i^rer ©efan*
flenfi^aft, ni^t Xoal^x ? " And yet, nevertheless, birds are usually
happy in their captivity, are they not?" 3«i beinal)' alle 55e0fl
ftnt) in i^rer ®efangenfAaft fe^r gliirfH* nnt) 3«friet>en. "Yes,
nearly all birds are in their captivity very happy and con-
tented."

Definitions: !Dic ®ffangfnfd^af*, the captivity; i^rnr, their; feiner, his; »un-
berfASn, very beautifully; (^Iiirfltdb, happy; benned), and yet; beintt^* (fafl),
nearly; giifrieben, contented; jeber, every; ja tto^t, yes, indeed.

Paradigm: From ftngcn, we have, i^ jiltge, I sing; id^ fong, I sang; \^ Jabc
gefungen, I hare sung.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. SBie flngt ber ^anarien^ogcl? 2. 3f* er in feiner ©efangen-
f*aft glurfli* nnb sufrieben ? 3. ©inb atfe Sogel gliidlidb in i^rer
©efangenfd^aft ? 4. SBoraud »irb etn S5o||eItauer »erfertigt ? 6.
©inb bte meiflen Sogel gufrieben nnb gliiili* in i^rer ©efangen-
f*aft? 6. ffiirb ba« Saner ^auftc^ and ^oTj tfiemac^t? 7. SBo
f!nb bte ^anarifdben 3nfeln? 8* 3n toelc^em 9Reere fceftnbcn fld^
bie Aanarifd^en 3nf(ln ?

112 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

The Fortieth Speakjng-Ezercise.

Set <BIifrrtie Otlfrrlel^itter. The Glass Aquarium.

L Der Sr^rer ytxoji ber i^Iaffe etneit glafernen SBafferbe^after,
toe((6er 90II Staffer ifl. ^m 9ol)en teffelben beftnben ffc^ ^tefel
(or Aiefii) unb @tetnf. Drrt ^olbfift^e fc^mitntnen bartn. (The
teacher shows to the class a glass water-tank, which is full of
water. At the bottom of it are gravel and stones. Three gold-
fish are swimming in it.) Der Secret fragt: @(^n>immen bie
gifcfec? 5lnt»ort: 3a, bic gifc^e fc^wimmcii im SBajfer. "Yes,
the fish swim in the water." jtonnett bic gifcfte gut fc^totmnten ?
3a, bie gifcfte fonnen fc^r gut f(^tDtmmen. " Yes, the fish can
swim very well." ^einric^, pe^(l bu brei gifAc ? 3<J# i^ W ^wi
Sifc^e im S^^ffer ft^wimmr n. @^wtmmen bie gtfcbe im 9Qajfer6e«
falter? Answer: "Yes, the fish swim in the aquarium."
Souife fprtc^t ivivx Sebrer: ^^ met§ toad im 3Qa{ferbef^a(ter if^;
barf \6^ angeben.^ " I know what there is in the aquarium ; may
I tell ?" ©er 2ebrer fagt : 3^, 8o«ife, gib gefaUtgft an. ©ie gibt
QiM : 3(^ W SOaffer, bret ®o(bftf(^e unb auc^ Jtiefel (jtied) im
SBafferbebalter.

De/inUions : ®(afcrn, of glass; totld^, which; *olI, full; beffcrbeil, of the
same; ber Stit^, gravel; bfT Soben, the bottom; barf t(^, may I; ^tfaUi^ft, if yon
please; ic^ tt>et§, I know; gib an, tell; bariit. in it.

Paradigm: From fc^tvimmeit, we have, t(^ fd^tototme, I swim; {(^ fc^UHUnm, I
swam; x^ ^abe gefcbtvommen, I have swum.

II. Stage: 3ft ^^r ^iffet oben ober unten im ffiajfer? "Is
the gravel above or below in the water?" (Sr ift unten im
5Baffer. 3ft ber itiefel am 93oben bc^ ffiafferbebalterd ? "Is the
gravel at the bottom of the aquarium ? " ^a, ber Aiefel ijl am
Soben be« ffiafferbebalter«. grage: ^aben bie Sifcbe ^u^t, fo
ba§ fie laufen fonnen ? " Have the fish feet, so that they can
run?" 9lein, giipe b^ben pe feine. Literally^ "No, feet have

Speaktng^Exerdses. 113

they none." SBa« ^aben fie anflatt bet guf e ? " What have they
instead of feet ? '' ^nflatt t)er gupe ^aben fie gloffrit. '' Instead
of feet they have fins." jtonnrn fie mittelfl ter glojfen f^toimmen ?
" Can they swim by means of the fins ? " 3<^f fi^ fd^wimmen
mittelfi \izx gloffen.

Definitions: Him Sobftt, at the bottom; Uufen, to mn; bit flfloffen, the fins;
anjlatt, instead of; mittelfl, by means of; ba§, that; fo, so.

Paradigm : From Ittufen, to run, we have, id) lauff, I run; t(^ lief, I ran ; ic^
bin gelaufen, 1 have run.

III. gangt Ux gifAer bie gifd^e mit einem 9{e^e? 3a, ber
gtfc^er fangt fie mit einem 9te0e. '^ Yes, the fisherman catches
them with a net." dtatmunb, l^afl bu jemaU gifcf^e mit einem
9{e0e gefangen? 9tein, ^err ?e^rer, ic^ ^abe nod^ niemald gifcf^e
mittelfl eined 9{e^ed gefangen* "No, teacher, I have never yet
caught fish with a net." X)er Ce^rer fragt: SCie fangjl bu benn
gifc^e? "How then do you catch fish?" Stntwort: 3(^ fatige
gifdje mittelfl eined ^afend. " I catch fish by means of a hook."
gdngfi bu t)iel gifc^e auf einmal ? " Do you catch many fish at
a time ?" 9lein, auf einmai fange id^ nur einen gifc^. "Ko, at a
time I catch only one fish."

SJie fangt man ben SBaClfifcft ? " How is the whale caught ? "
Sntwort: X)en 9$a0fif(!b fangt man n^eber mit einem 9)e0e, noc^ mit
einem $afen. " The whale is caught neither with a net nor
with a hook." grage : 3fi ber 2Baflfif(fe gu gro§ aU bap man xbn
mitteljl eined 9}e^ed ober eine^ ^afend fangen fann? "Is the
whale too large to be caught by means of a net or a hook ? "
3a, er ifi menigflend fo gro§ wie ein fieined ^an^ (ober ^audc^en).
" Yes, he is at least as large as a small house ($aud(!^en).

Definitions: Dad 9lc^, the net; nod^ nientald, never yet; bnr ^afrn. the hook;
auf rininal,at one time; aid bag, that; mbti , . . noc^, neither ... nor; i^n, him.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 3(1 ber 3Ba jferBe^arter aui ©lad ? 2. SJo ifl ber i^iefel ? 3.
SBomit fd^mimmen bie gifc^e ? 4. SOarunt !onnen bie gifd^e nic^t

114 German without Grammar or Dictionary,

(aufrn ? 5. SBomit fangt man bte gtfAe ? 6. SSarttm lann man
Den fL^aOfif^ nic^t mit rtnem 9{e|e fangen ? 1. 3{l ter SQaUfifc^
IVL grof aid ta$ man i^n mit einem $afen fangen fann? 8. 3fl
t)er SBaQfifc^ fo gro§ n>ie ein ^audcl^en ? 9. SBte))ie( gifii^e fangt
man auf einmal mittelfl bed ^afend ? 10. Sluffen bie gifd)e im
SBaffer (eben ? 11. 3a, urn gn leben, muffen bie gtfc^e im SQaffer
bleiben*

The Forty-first Speaking-Exercise.

Ste SBol^nung. The Residence.

I. "^an flebt in einem Silbe, welched an ber SBanb ^angt, ein
SBo^ngimmer. 3" biefem 3immer befinben fic^ bie gftern unb i^re
gwei Winter (In this room there are the parents and their two
children).

Der ?e^rer fragt: 31* bied ein gflfijimmer ober ein SSJoingimmer?
" Is this an eating-room or a sitting-room ? " ^ntn^ort : Died
ijl ein SBobnjimmer. ^xa^t : ©i^t t)ie Wutter in einem ©Aaufel*
flubl ? " Does the mother sit in a rocking-chair ? " 9(ntn)ort :
3a, We gWutter ji0t in einem Ocibflw^clftul)!. 3n n>ad fur einem
^tvi%\t fl^t ^er Sater? "In what kind of a chair does the father
sit ? " antttort : Der Sater fi^t in einem armflu^Ie* " The
father sits in an arm-chair." SBo f!0t t)ie Sot^ter ? ^ntwort :
®ie ft^t auf bem ©ofa. SBo p^t ber ©ol^n ? gr f!0t auf einem
Heinen ©tu^te (©ejfel). "He sits upon a small chair.''

Definituma: ® clewed, which; bit GEItertt, the parents; bad SBilb, the picture;
bit ®anb, the wall; ttr @{^aufcl|lu^I, the rocking-chair; toad fiir, what kiud of;
auf, upon.

Paradigm : From jl^cn, we have, x(Si fl^c, I sit; i<^ fa§, I sat; idi f^U gefeffen,
I have sat. From l^ancjen, to hang, we have, ed ^angtr it hangs; ed ^tng, it hung;
ed ^at ge^angeitr it has hung.

Speaking-Exerdsea. 115

II. Srage : SBieviel @Ht^(e fc^ i^r in ber SDo^nfluBe ? 9(nt«
YDort : 9}ir fe^eit acf)t @tu^(e in ber SBo^nflube. '* We see eight
chairs in the sitting-room." ®e^t i^r etn Alaoier (f)iano) in
ber S^o^nfiube? StutoCp^ antwortet: 3(b fel^' etn groped unt)
fc^onec^ Alamer in ber SSo^nflube. '' I see a large and beautiful
piano in the family-room." Dcr Se^rcr fragt bie @(^it(er : ®e()et
i^r auc^ ©emalte an ten SQanben ^o^^^x^tix V '^ Do you also see
pictures hanging on the walls ? " ^ntwort : 3a, mx ff ben fec^^
fcbone @emalte an ben SBanten. '' Yes, we see six beautiful
pictures on the walls." ©e^t i^r aucb tie gro^e Sainpe ? ^nt*
wort : 3«Jf »ir f^^cn bie grope Si^vx^z. " Yes, we see the large
lamp." 93rennt moiXi ®ad in ber 8amf>e? 9}ein, moi^ brennt
petroleum in ber Sampe; aber im Sbanbelier brennt man bet
9la(^t ®afi^ (but one burns gas in the chandelier at night).

Definitums: %a^ ^0»\tt, the piano; tie SBo^nfhibf, the sitting or family
room; tie Sanbe, the walls; ba^ ®emdtbe, the picture; man brennt, one burns.

III. ©er Se^rer fragt: 28o fc^Iaft man? Sntmort: man
fd^faft in bem <S>^\a^i\mmtx (ober in ber ©c^lafflube). "People
sleep in the sleeping-room (bedchamber)." 3ff bie ©dblafjlube
fo grog n?ie bie JCofenftube? 3!ntnjort: 9^ein, bie Sdjlaffliibe ijl
etwa«J fleiner aU bie 2Sobn(lube. "No, the sleeping-room is
somewhat smaller than the sitting-room." gra^^e : 98ad t|l in
bem ©dbtaftimmer ? 3" j^bem ©d^lafjimmer ifl ein Sett. " A bed
is in each sleeping-room." ©tebt ein ©piecjet in ber ©c^Iafjlube?
"Is there a looking-glass in the bedchamber?" 3fl> tin ©pie*
^ti befinbet ft^ in ber ©d^lafjlube. Literally, " Yes, a mirror
finds itself in the bedroom."

Definitions: 9Bo, where; ftn>ad, somewhat; ber Spiegelf the looking-glass;
bad Sett, the bed; befinbet fl(b, finds itself; fle^t, stands.

Paradigm: From fi(^ befinben, to be, we have, ed befanb flcb, {literally) it
found itself; ed b<tt f!(b befunben, it has found itself, or was. ®te^en, to stand,
gives, er fle^t, he stands; er flanb, he stood; er tfl geflanben, he has stood.

IV. 2Bo f*Iaft ber ©o^n ? 5lntmort : gr fcbtaft in fcinem
eigenen ©(i^lafjimmer. "He sleeps in his own sleeping-room ."

116 German without Qrammar or Dictionary,

SBo fc^Idft bie Xoii^ter? @te fAIaft in intern eigenen @(!^(afjtmmer«
'* She sleeps in her own sleeping-room." %if0 {<|lafni bte Ais^
ber, ein je^e^, in feinent cigrncii ^^afgtinmtr? 3<^/ ^i^ Winter
f(^(afen, tin i€t€^, in feinrm eigenen ®d^Iaf|immer. ^^Yes^ the
childien sleep severally iu their own sleeping-rooms."

^rage: SBo i^t (fpei^t) biefe Sainilie ? ^ntioort: Diefe gamiUe
i^t (fpetpt) im 6^jimmcr» "This family eats in the dining-
room." SCo n^o^nt tit Samilic? "Where does the family live?"
!£)ie gamiUe loo^nt ^auptfad^icb im SSol^ngtmmer. " The family
lives for the most part in the sitting-room."

grage: @int bie (Sftern glitrflic^'^ 3a, fte ^aben gute, artige
itinber, t>a0 inac^t fie fefcr giiicflicfe. " Yes, they have good, well-
behaved children, which makes them ver}'^ happy."

V. Resume: !Dic ©c^iilcr roicbcr()o(en fe^t im S^or, xoa^ iiber
tie 3l^ol)nung gefagt wurte (The pupils now repeat what was
said about the home [residence]): 'Diefe Samilie befle^t and
ben (Sltern, einer S^cc^ter unt) eincm @o{)ne ; t)ie SItern ftnb au^erfl
gufrieben unt gltidlic^, tveil fte gute, artige Winter l^aben. %5laix
n^ol^nt (auptfad^Udb in t>er S^o^nflube ; in ben <Sd^Iafjluben fc^Iaft
man n)d^rent ber !Ra^t, unb bie @peifen geniept man in bent
@peife'« ober Sp^immer. Diefe SQo^nung ifl ein ^arabied auf
(Srben.

Definitions: ®efagt murbe, was said; bcfl«^t, consists of; auSerfl, extremely;
glucfUc^, happy; jufrieben, contented; bauptfdd)Ii(^, for the most part; tpei^
because; wdbrenb, during; bie <S|>eife, footl; i>bcr, or; 8cnic§en, to partake of;
^arabied, paradise; auf (Srben, on earth.

Paradigm : From fd)lafen, to sleepj we have, er fc^ldft, he sleeps ; cr fc^liffr he
slept; er ^at gefc^Iafen, ho has slept.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. SBie\)iel ©hWe befinben ftd^ in bcr SBo^nfluBe ? 2. ®5o igt
man ? 3. SJo fd^laft man ? 4, ®ie finb bie gUern ? 5. SBa«
fiir «inber ^aben fie ? 6. ffiad ifl eine folfte SBofinung auf grben?
7. ©ihb.bie Jtinber gut unb artig? 8. 3Cie ^ei§t bie SJo^nflube
auf englifc^ ? 9. SBad nennt man bad Speife^immer auf engtifc^ ?

J^eaHnff'JSscercMCS. 117

The Forty-second Speaking-Exercise.

SerO^I. ThbOx. Sal WttttotelH. Cattle.

I. @tn ®ema(be ^an^t an Ut SBan^. Sin ^dtx^mann pflfigt brn
9(fer (^en Soben) mit eiiiem |)p[uge. 3»«i DAfen finb an t»fn
|>f[ug an()rfpannt. (A picture hangs on the wall. A farmer
ploughs the land with a plough. Two oxen are harnessed to
the plough.)

Se^rer : ^tint greunt^e, mad fe^t i^r in brm ®rma(t>e ? (StU"
arb antwortet: 3(^ fe^' ta, ein 3)aar Dc^fm, »e^e cinen 5)ffu9
gte!()en. "I see there a pair (yoke) of oxen, which are drawing a
plough." S8a0 mad)t ter Slderdmann mit ben Cii^fcn? "What
is the farmer doing with the oxen ? " gr pfliigt tad ?anb mit
i^ne n. " He ploughs the land with them." ©int bit Oc^fen fo
flar! »ic ^ii^e ? " Are the oxen as strong as cows ? " 3a,
f!e flnb n^^ tjfel flarfer. " Yes, they are much stronger still."
3^ btr j(u^ fo grop aU ber Dd^d? 9?ein; bie .^u^ i|l !(einer unb
fc^mad^er aid ber DAd. " No, a cow is smaller and weaker than
an ox."

Definitions: ^ngefpannt yoked; pflugen, to plough ; no^, still, in the sense of
more; fidrfer, stronger; fc^tpdc^et/ weaker.

II. 3fl ber D^d, »ie bie Xn% feftr nii^U^ ? ^a, im 8e6en
pfliigen bie Deafen bie gelber unb nac^bem fte gef(ib(a(i^tet ftnb, ge*
nte§en »ir i^r 5(eif(i^. " While alive, the oxen plough the field,
and after they are slaughtered we partake of their meat."

Aonnen bie Deafen auc^ bie SBagen gie^^en? "Can oxen also
draw wagons?" 3^/ in ©egenben, »o ed wenig ^^ferbe giebt,
benu^t man pe gum 3^^^^^ ^^^ ©agen. "Yes, in regions where
there are but few horses, they are used to draw wagons."

SBie ifl bad gieifc^ ber DAfen? "How is the meat of oxen?"
Sd ijl f^macf^aft nnb fraftig. " It is savory and strengthening."
3fl bad «u^fleif(^ fo fd^marfl^aft toit bad gleifd^ ber Ddjfcn ? " Is

118 German withoat Grammar or Dictionary.

cow's meat as savory as the meat of the ox?" 9lein, bad ^u^^
Peift^ ijl mcijlend etroad jS^c. "No, cow's meat is for the most
part somewhat tough."

Df/inUions: X)ie ®egmben, the parts (regions) of the country; toenige, few;
tvtnig, a little; fraftig, invigorating; mtiflend, for the most part; tttoa^, a little;
lattf tough.

III. ©crben aUe Ddbfen sum 3i^^^tt gcfcraucfet? " Are all oxen
used for drawing?" 9lein, ed twerten nic^t aUe Deafen lum
3te^en gebrauc^L "No, not all oxen are used for drawing."
^lanc^e toerben gemaflet. " Many are fattened." ^ud toa^ mac^t
man bad @o()tteb6r ? " Of what is sole leather made ? " T>a^
©o^Ueber mirb metflend aud Dc^fen^duten gemac^t. " Sole leather
is mostly made of ox-hides." 3Bo9on iwirt) bad Dbcrlcbcr ge-
maci^t? Dad Dberleber n>irb ^auptfdci^Itc^ aud ber $atit bed ^albed
^tmad^t "The upper-leather is chiefly made of calf-skin."
SBirb bad fRint^ ober ^albUber ai^ DOerlebcr loerwcnbet? "Is
ox-hide or calf-skin employed (used) for the uppers ? " 3a, bad
^alb* unb aud^ bad 3flinbleber tuerbcn jum Dbcrleber ^^ertoenbet.
"Yes, calf -skins and ox-hides are used for the uppers."

Definitions: Die Od)fen|aut, the ox-hide; tvirb gema(^t, is made; toerben gf**
mCL&jX, are made; )9tmenben, to employ for any particular use; bad 9ttnb, gener-
ally a young beef; bad RoXh, the calf.

IV. 3jl ber Od^d be^enb ober ^\\m)p^ gr i|l ntd^t be^enb,
fonbern plump* "He is not agile (nimble), but clumsy." Stanxt
er fo fd^nctt (aufeu wie ein 9)ferb? ^Wein, bad g)ferb lauft tjiel
fc^netler a(d ber Ddbd \3ber bie ^u^. "No, the horse runs much
swifter than the ox or the cow." $Ccr fdbtad^tet ben Deafen ?
" Who slaughters the ox ? " Der gieifc^er fAIad^tct ben £>6)\tn.
" The butcher slaughters the ox." ©dbladb^et ber gleifci^er bic
^ub, wenn fie fett ijl? 3^, er fcblac^tet D*fen, ^iibe, Mlbcr unb
S'linber* "Yes, he slaughters oxen, cows, calves, and young
beeves." SBie ^eigen afle biefe ? " How are all these called ? "
^fle biefe 2:biere nennt man SRinbttie^* " All these animals are
called cattle."

Speahififf'EiVercises. 119

D^nitums: ^e^enbr nimble; i^luntp^clamsy; MneQ, swift; bad (or ber) S^eit,
the part

Paradigm: (£r f^lad^ttt,he slaughters; er f(^Ia(^tfte, he slaughtered; er f^at
gef(^la(^te^ he has slaughtered, dx lauft, he runs; er lief, he ran; er ijl gelaufen,
he has run.

BLACKBOAKD EXERCISE.

1. mtx f(^Ia(!^tet fad Stintide^? 2. S3te tfl bad gleifd^ t)er
«ii^ ? 3. 3fl t>ad D(^fcnfleif(fe [Amacf^aftcr aid tia^ «u^fleif* ?
4. ffier pflugt mit tien D*fcn ? 6. ffier f^la^tct tie StalUv ?
6. 3w writ^ew I^eile ted ©c^u^ed wirt tad j^albleter MT»entet ?
^ntwort: 3^1" oberen $^eile ted @(!^ut;ed loirt tad J^alb(eter
wrwentet. 7. SDelc^ed ifl tad grojere wnt flarfere Il)ier, ter
D^d oter tie Au^ ? 8* 33enu|$t man tie Aii^e gum Bi^^^n ? 9.
SBerten mand^e Deafen gemaftet ? 10. Sertventet man tad D^fen^
leter gum ©ot^Qeter ? 11. 3fl tad 9lintt)te^ be^ent wit ein $fert?
12. @tnt aQe tiefe X^iere fe^r nit^lii^ ?

The Forty'third Bpeaking-Exercige.

Set Saurn. The Tree.

I. Der Secret geigt ten @d&ulern einen 93aum in einem Silte,
metered an ter SCant fiSngt (The teacher shows the pupils a
tree in a picture which hangs on the wall). 6r (ter Jel^rer)
^tUt Je^t tie grage : 3(^ tied ein Saum ? antwort : 3a; tad
L ifl ein 9aum. "Yes, that is a tree." 2luf ten <Bt<imm ted

' SSaumed geigent, fragt ter Se^rer (Pointing at the trunk of

the tree, the teacher asks): SBad ijl tied? Mutorp!^ antwor*
tet: t)a^ ifl ter ®tamm ted Saumed. "That is the trunk
of the tree." Der ge^rer fragt : 3J?arie^ tt?eigt tu roa^ tied ifl ?
"Mary, do you know what this is?" Warie antwcrtet: ^d

120 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

tt)o^I, ^txt Je^rer, idfe »eig »a« t)a« ijl ; t>a« Ifl ber ©tamm bed
Saume^. ''Yes, indeed, I know what that is; that is the trunk
of the tree." Winter, t?crftcl)t i^r aUe wad bied ijl? "Do you all
understand what this is ? " Wit ®(bii(er antmorten gugleic^ :
3a, ^err fic^rer, wir ^flc oerfle^en (roijf^n) wad bad ifl; bad ifl ber
Stanim bed ©aumed. "We all understand (know) what that is;
that is the trunk of the tree." ^^iifff n aUe Saume einen @tamm
l^aben ? " Must all trees have a trunk ? " 3a wo^T, aQe Saunte
miiffen einen Stamm baben. " Yes, indeed, all trees must have
a trunk." Aonnten bie Saume o^ne einen ®tamm befle^en?
" Gould trees exist without a trunk ? " Slein, o^ne einen (Stamm
fonnte fein ^aum befle^en. " No, without a trunk no tree could
exist."

Definitions: 5Wu(fcn, must; bed @tamme^, of the trunk ; ojne, without ; forni*
ten fie, could they; bejle^en, to exist; fein, not any; terfte(^en, to understand.

Paradigm: From wiffen, to know, we have, t(^ XOi\%, I know; \^ tt>ti§tt, I
knew; id) ^abe gen>U§t, t have known (a fact), j^enneil, to be acquainted with,
gives, id) fenne, I know, ic^ fannte, I knew; t(^ \ioAt gefannt, I have known.

11. Der Setter fracjt; Weine greunbe, lonnt iftr bie SCurseIn
fe^en ? " Can you see the roots ? " Slntwort : !Wein, wir fSnnen
bie SQurjeIn nic^t fe^en, benn fie liei^en in ber Srbe t)erbor<|en.
"No, we cannot see the roots, for they lie hidden in the
earth." grage: 2Cad t^un bie JBurgeln bed 33aumcd ? 2lntwort:
Die SDurjeln ftalten ben ^anm fefl in ber Srbe. "The roots
hold the tree fast in the earth." gri^, woju bienen bie SSurgeIn
iined Saunted ? ^Intwort ; Die SBurjeln eined feben 8anmed
bienen gnm gefl^altcn bed 93anmed. "The roots of every tree
serve for holding firmly the tree." grage : Jtonnten bie Sauine
ot)ne SBurjetn befle^en? "Could trees exist without roots?"
antwort : 9}ein, o^ne SCnrjeln fennte gar fein 'S>mm beflel^en.

Definitions : ©ie Uegeit, they lie; in ber Crbe, in the ground; fefl, firm; wogtt
bienen, of what use are; ^alten, to hold; ciar fein, none at all; bad ^ejlf^alten, the
holding fast; tbun, to do; terborgen, hidden.

Paradigm : From Uegen, we have, ed liegt, it lies; ed lag, it lay; ed i(l detegen,
it has lain.

Speaking' Exercises, 121

III. Der it^xtx auf einen Sfjl aelgenb, fragt (The teacher,
pointing at a branch, asks) : 3fl tied ein 3lfi ? ^ntivort : 3a,
tad ifl rin ^|l ted Saumed. ^^ Yes, that is a branch of the tree."
3luf s»ei ^Icfle'geigcnt, fragt ber 8e^rer (Pointing at two branches,
the teacher asks) : ©inb tied gWf i Sleflc ? " Are these two
branches?" ^Intwort : ^a, bad pnb ymn 3(cfle, Der Setter gci^It
ic0t mit ben ®*ulern : gilt afl, a»el 2le|le, brei 5lefte, t)ier $lejle,
fiinf Stejle (The teacher now counts with the pupils: "One
branch, two branches, three branches, four branches, five
branches"). S^age: ^^icine Sreunbe, ^abt i^r fiinf 3le(te gega^It?
" Have you counted five branches ?" 2lnt»ort : ^a, ^txx Setter,
j»ir l^aBcn fiinf Slefle gesafelt. SBiet^tel »e(le ^at bicfer ^auxa ?
"How many branches has this tree?" ^einrid^ antwortet:
3ener Saum ()at t)ieUefd^t fiinfjig ^ejle, "That tree has perhaps
fifty branches."

Dejmitions: Der 9fl, the branch; bte 9fftr, the branches; ^at gega^U, has
counted; biefer, this; jener, that; 9tellei(^t, perhaps; toievtelr how many; bad
fbXOiWf the leaf; bie flatter, the leaves.

IV. S5iet)iel Slefle fonnen an einem Sanme fein? 2lnt»ort: STn
eincm ©aume fonnen fotoiel n?ie funfi|ig ^efle fein. " On a tree
there may be as many as fifty branches." g^age : SBad befinbet
f!c^ an biefen ^eflen? "What is there on these boughs?" 2lnt*
wort : tHn biefen 3le(len gibt ed »icle ^xot\%t, " On these branches
there are many twigs." ^einri^, tt?ies)iet $^wt\^^ fte^ft bu an
jenem f&anmt ? 2lntn?ort : 3^ W wenigflend gwangig ^\y>t\^t an
jenem Saume. "I see at least twenty twigs on that tree."
Sena, mieviel fle^fl bu ? Slntwort : 3^^ W ^^ ren wenigflend brei^iiV
"I see at least thirty of them." Unb bu, mein ficiner greunb,
(Sbuarb, wietjiel fie^fl bu? "And you, my little friend, Edward,
how many do you see ? " ^ntwort : $err f el^rer, ic!^ feC)' beren
l^od^flend ^ierjig, "Teacher, at the most, I see forty." T)er
Sel^rer fagt: Wc^t wa^r, bie Saume i^aben oberl^alb tjieic ^Tefle
unb S^totx^t, unb unter^alb SBur^eln, aber in ber 9Ritte eincn
biefen ®tamm. "Is it not so, trees have at the top many

122 German vntJiout Graminar or Dictionary.

branches and twigs, and at the bottom roots, but in the mid-
dle a thick trunk ? " ^nttoort : 3^, ober^alb beftnt)en fic^ bic
^cflc unl) bie 3weige, unter^alb beftnten ^^ bie ajurjcln, aber in
ber 9Witte bepnbet fid^ cin bidter, flarfer ©tamrn*

V. SBo bauen bie Sogel i^rc 5lejler ? 3lnt»ort : 3m 8flube bcr
SSaume baucn bie ^Sogel i^re ^'^efler* " Birds build their nests in
the foliage of trees." (Sinb bie Sdunie etne fc^i)ne ^\tx\it bed
Sflnbed ? Slntwort : 3flf in ber ©tabt unb auf ben gelbern finb bie
Saume bie flflerfc^onpe Sif^^^^* " Yes, in the city and in the
fields trees are the very finest ornament."

DeJinitUms : I)cr 3tt>ct9, the twig; bercn, of them; wentgjlcttd, at least; ober*
^alb, above; unter^ttlb, below; in bcr Witt, in the middle; jlarf, strong; bad
flefl, the nest; bie 92efteT, the nests; bie Bterbe, the ornament; bie @tabt, the
city; bad O^elb, the field; bie ^elber, the fields.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. J£)at ieber ©aunt einen Wjl? 2. SBo befinben ffd) bie 2Bur*
^eln? Answer: "The roots are located in the earth." 3.
SB03U bienen bie SBurjeln ? 4. ^Bnnen bie SCurgeln ben 93aitm
in ber Srbe feflbalten ? Answer : " Yes, the roots can hold the
tree firm in the ground." 5. ©inb bie 3lefle grower aid bie
Smeige? 6. 2Bo Uutn bie SSogel i^re 9?e(ler? 7. ©inb bie
SSaume eine 3if^be ber gelber unb ber ©tabte? Answer: "Yes,
trees are an ornament to the fields and to cities." 8. Aonnten
bie 53aume obne SBurjeIn bcjlet)en? Answer: "No, trees could
not exist without roots." 9. 9Riij[en alle Saume einen Stamm
I)aben? 10. ^onnten bie SSfiume i^rc ©latter entbe^ren? An-
swer : " No, trees could not dispense with their leaves."

Spedkiny^Exercises. 123

The Forty'fourth Speaking-Exercise.

Set ®fft4ilf(lflt« Tb£ Sknbe of Sight.

I. SRrine %xvxxCtt, l^abeit tvir fd^on rtwad uber bie Slugen ge^
f^rod^en ? ^nt»ort : ^a, xo\x \^ahtn f(^on t>telfd fiber bie ^u()eit
gefprod^en* "Yes, we have already spoken much abont the
eyes." ©el&en xoxx mittelfl ber 5lugen ? 3a, njir fe^en mittelfl ber
Slugeit. " Yes, we see by means of the eyes." -^ef §t bad (Se^en
ber ®eff^tdftnn? 3a, biefen ©inn nennt man ben ®e|t(^t«(inn.
"Yes, we call this sense the sense of sight." ^onnte man
fe6en, wenn taan biefen @inn niii^t l^Stte? ^' Could we see if we
did not have this sense?" 9?ein, wenn »ir biefen @inn nid)t
l^atten, fonnten »ir ganj nnb gar 9lid^t£i fe^en^ "No, if we did
not have this sense, we could see nothing at all." i^arl, funnteft
bu fel>en, »enn bn biefen ©inn nitj^t befa^efl ? " Charles, could
you see if you did not possess this sense ? " 9tein, i(^ n)itrbe
gani nnb gar 9}i(i^td fe^en fonnen, n^enn i^ biefen ©inn nicS^t be^
fa§e. "No, I would be able to see nothing at all if I did not
possess this sense."

DefinitioTis: SJielfd, many things, much; Jei§l, is it called; ganj ttnb gar, at
all; nntnt, calls; 97t(^td» nothing; befa§en, possessed ; (efd§ej), didst possess.

Paradigm: From bfjt^en, we have, id^ bejt^f, I possess; {6:^ ^ffa§, I possessed;
i^ ](ia&e bffeffen, I have possessed; ipenn id^ bcfa§e, if I possessed; xotxM tvtr U*
fdjen, if we possessed. (£r WUibc fe^oi fonnen, he would be able to see.

II. Sine fjrage »on bem ?e^rer : ^TOeine S^ennbe, wie nennt mcLXi
ben ?Wenf(^en, welder nic^t fel^en !ann ? ©en ^Wenfd^en, welc^er
hic^t fe^en !ann, %t\^i (nennt) man einen Slinben. " The person
who cannot see we call a blind roan." J£)ef^t ein folder ^enfd^
ein Slinber, )pei( er nic^t fe^en fann ? ^a, eben be^wegen l^ei§t er
ein ©linber, weil er nid^t fe^en fann. S^age: ®ibt ed »ielc
©olc^e ? " Are there many such ? " 9?ein, gliidflid^erweife, gibt
ed beren nxifi %$iele. "No, fortunately there are not many

124 German vnthout Grammar or Dictionary.

such." @inb t)le SSUnben fe^r ungludlic^? Sntwort: 3flr t)ic
SHnbeit ffnb &uperfl itng(ii(f(t4 tenn fie muffen "o'xtX Sergniigen
tntbe^ren. ''Yes, the bliud are extremely unfortunate, for they
must dispense with many pleasures."

Definitions: Dcr Slinbe. the blind man; fol(^, such; rten, exactly; bffwegctt
(befi^alb), on that account; glu(fU(^cm>etfe, fortunately ; au§erfl, extremely; bad
Sergnugeit, pleasure; unglucfU(^em>eife, unfortunately; entbe^ren, to do without.

Pa/radigm : From fd ^ibi, there is, there are, we have, ed gab, there was; cd
^at gedebtn, there was, there were; ic^ gebe, I give; bu gtbfl, thou givest; tx gibt,
he gives; n>ir gfbeitr we give, etc.

III. Q^retc^en, (ijl t)u ^ufricbeit meil tu gtoei gefitnte 3(ugcn
1^0 ft? "Gerty, are you contented because you have two sound
eyes ? " 3^^ e^ freut mic^ bap ic^ fo gut mit meinen 2(ugcn fe^e n
fatirt. "YeSj t am glad that I can see so well with my eyes."
itna, »ad fannfl bu mittelft beiner *](ugen fc^en ? "Lena, what
can you see with your eyes?" ^ntroort: SRittcIft meiner Slugcn
fef)' tc^ ben blauen 4>intme(, ben 9Ronb, bie ©terne, bicfe ^di^om
ffielt unb befdnberd meine lieben greunbe. "By means of my
eyes I behold the blue sky, the sun, the moon, the stars, this
beautiful world, and especially my dear friends."

Definitions: Der ^immcl, the sky, or heavens; blau, blue; bcfottbcrd, espe-
cially; bie SDelt/ the world; ed fireut mic^, I am glad; ber^that one; n)el(^er, who.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. Seftnbet f!d^ ber ®ef!c^tdf!nn in ben 9lugen ? 2. SQie ^et§t
ber, »elc^er nid^t fe^en !ann? 3. .ffonnten bie 9Wenfc^en fe^en,
wenn fte ben ©eftd^t^ftinn nic^t befapen ? 4. ®xht e0 biel Slinbe ?
5. Siegen bie Slugen in bent 2lngef!(6te ? 6. SSitrben n)ir gut fe^en
fonnen, »enn toix nicj^t gute Slugen fatten? 7. 3Rufl ein ieber
Wenf(6 gute 3(ugen l^aben, urn gut fe^en gu Tonnen ? 8. SBomit
fiel^t man bie @onne, bie @terne, ben 9)tonb unb biefe fd^one SBelt ?
9. ^aben tt)ir genug iiber bie 5lugen gefproc^en ? 10. 3(1 bie ?e^r*
flunbe ie^t gu (Snbe? '^ Has the lesson-hour expired?" 11. 3a,
bie (e^rflunbe ifl gu (Snbe.

SpecJcin^'Rverciaea. 125

Sie Srftttftttttoietsigfite ^ptt^iihnn^.

The Forty-fifth Speaking-Exercise.
Set Oel^iirfinil. The Sbnsb of Hearing.

I. SRtttelfi toeld^ed @tnned Tann man ^oren ? *' By mesons of
what sense can one hear?" ^nttoort: 9)^an l^ort mittelfl bed
©e^orflnnd. " We hear with the faculty of hearing." %xa^t :
ffio fi^t bicfcr ©inn ? " Where is this sense located ? " ©iefer
@tnn fi^t in M%tn @eiten bed Aopfed. ^' This sense is located
in both sides of the head."

SQad nennt man ben au§eren X^eil bed O^red ? '' Wliat is the
outer part of the ear called ? " Den an^eren X^eil bed O^red
nennt man ,;C^rmufc6e(.'' ''The outer part of the ear is called
'auricle.'" SBte ]^ei§t ber untere S^eil bed au§ern D^red?
"What is the lower part of the outer ear called ?" Dcr untere
S^eil ber D^ren ^eigt ^C^rlappen." "The lower part of the
ears is called 'ear-lobe.'" ^a^ tragen t)iele !9lenf(6en in ben
DH<^P)>(>i? 3i^ ^^>^ D^rla)>pen tragen i^iele SRenfAen diinge
ober Serloden. " In the ear-lobes many people wear rings or
ornaments."

Definitions: ^\%X, has its seat; Sufer, outside; ber or bad %\ivl\, the part;
unter, lower; bie D^rlappen^ the lower part of the outer ear; (etbe, both.

II. Rann man beffer l^oren, »enn man Oefc^meibe an ben
D^ren tragt ? 9letn, man fann mittelfl ber ®ef(6meibe nicftt beffer
^oren, aid »enn man feine trSgt? "No, one can hear no better
with jewels than when one wears none." j^ann ber laube gnt
<)oren ? 9?ein, ber %axxlt ^ort nit^t gut ; ttiele lauben i&6ren gang
unb ^ax 9liAtd (many deaf persons hear nothing at all). Stann
bie ZavL^bt aud^ niAt gut l^oren? 92e{n, bie ZanU fann nid^t
beffer Joren, aid ber XauBe. "No, the deaf woman can hear no
better than the deaf man." grage : SBer fann gut l^oren ? Siele
SRenfc^en fonnen gut ^oren; bie Aa^e (ifrt fe^r gut, nic^t tva^r?
3a, bie Jta^e l^ort {ebed ®eraufc^. "Yes, the cat hears every

126 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

noise." $Srt W dtatte fo gut wie bie Jta^e? 3a, fie l^ort elbetifo
0Ut wie tie Jta^e. '^Yes^ she hears just as well as the cat."
^aben bie 9)taufe, t)ie flatten unt tie fta^en ein feined ®e^or ?
3a, aUe tiefe ^au^t^iere fonnen rec^t gut l^crem

D^niiions: X)te ^erloden, the jewels; ®ef(^meibe, trinkets; ber 2:au6e, the
deaf man; bte Zaubt, the deaf woman; ®er&uf(^, noise; bie 3Raud, the mouse;
bie fD^aufe, the mice; fein, delicate; ebeufo, just as.

III. Aann t>er Zaubt bad Sauten ber ©loden t^erne^men ?
"Can the deaf man perceive the ringing of hells?" 9lein, bcr
Xaube t^ernimmt bad Sauten ber ®(o(!en nicbt, meil er feine ®t*
l^ordfraft ^at. " No, the deaf man does not perceive the ring-
ing of hells hecause he has no power of hearing." Stann bie
^aube bad Xouen bed ^lat^ierd ^oren ? 9lein, bie ^aube vernimmt
bad Zonm bed AIat)ierd nic^t, menu id^ barauf fpiele. "Ko, the
deaf woman does not notice the playing of the piano when I
play upon it." Sernel^men bie £aubeit bad @ingeii, menu man
ffngt? 9iein, fie t^ernel^men fein Sauten, fein @ingen unb fein
Sonen ber mufifalifcib^n 3nflrumente.' "No, they perceive no
ringing, no singing, and no playing of musical instruments."

^^J'tiiffen bie Sauben t)iel SSergniigen entbe^ren? Slntmort: 3^/
bie Zanbtn mitffen fe^r ))iel Sergnitgen entbel^ren, »ei( fie taub
finb. " Yes, deaf persons must do without many pleasures
hecause they are deaf."

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. 9tennt man bad Supere O^r bie D()rmuf(!^el ? 2. SBad nennt
man ben untern I^eil ber D^rmufc^el ? 3. ©i^t ber ®ebi5rflnn
in beiben ©eitcu bed ^opfed ? 4» SBad tragen »iele SWenfd&en in
ben Cl^rlappen ? 6. ^6rt man beffer, wenn man Slinge ober ©er»
loden in ben O^ren trSgt? 6. 9Qad nennt man tint %xan, totldit
fc^Mt ober ganj unb gar nicftt l&6ren lann ? ?• 5lennt man eine
©ol^c eine Zauht^ S. 9lennen wir benjenigen, weld&er 9}iAtd
l^oren !ann, ben Zanhtn ? 9. SJlitjfen bie lauben t)icl Sergnu^
gen entbel^ren? 10* greut ed bi^ bap bu fe^r gut ^Sren fannfl?

SpeaJdng^Exerciaes, 127

The Forty-sizth SpeaMng-Exercise.

%tX 0fntl|filt1t. The Sense of Smell.

I. Der Secret ifiXi in etncr $anb etne loo^Ineci^ente Slume. 6r
fragt tie @(^ii(er : SBad bemerft i^r \t%\ ? Sine fleine @(^uleritt
antmortet: 9Qir bemerfen einen aitgene^men ®eruc^. ^^We no-
tice a pleasant odor." ^einric^, toad bemer!(l tu ? 9Intn>ort :
3c6, ^err Se^^rer, bemerfe einen au^erfi angenebmen ®eru(!^. ^^I
notice an extremely pleasant smelL" %t^^t : SBad bemerft
man, wenn man ein Sreibbaud betritt? ^ntwort: Wan bemerft
einen auperfl angene^men ®eru(b, toenn man ein Xreib^aud be^
tritt. " One perceives an extremely pleasant smell (perfume)
when one enters a hothouse." Sbuart) fagt: Wcine Wutter
bat ein ^(umengartd^en, wo bie Slumen einen nod^ angzne^meren
©erud^ befi^en aid bie{enigen Shtmen toelcbe in einem Xreib^aud
tvac^fen. "My mother has a little flower-garden, where the
flowers possess a still more pleasant odor than those which
grow in a hothouse."

Dejinitions: ^dU, holds; tpol^lried^enb, fragrant; angene^m, pleasant; ber
®mi(^, the smell; bad Xret6^aud, the hothouse: bad 9(umengaTt(ben, the little
flower-garden; an^tnt^mtt, more pleasant; toelcbe, which; tt>a(^fen, to grow;
btejenigen, those; berientge, that one.

Paradigm : From bemerfen, to perceive, we have, i(b bemer!e, I perceive; {(b
bemerfte, I perceived; t(b ^abe bemerft, I have perceived. S3etreten, to enter,
gives, t(b betrete, I enter; t(b betrat, I entered; i^ ^abt betreten, I have entered.

IL Der Sel^rer fragt bie S^uler: ^aUn aw^ anbere Dingc
einen angene^men ©erud^? 3«r antwortet Albert; bie ©uppc
l^at einen angenel^men ®erud&, »enn man l&ungrig i(l." "Yes,"
answers Alhert ; " soup has a pleasant smell when one is
hungry." (gin anberer ©dftfilcr bemerft: 9Wcin Slinbfleifd^braten
ried^t fel^r angenel^m, twenn icb nad^ ^aufe fomme. "My roast-heef
smells very agreeahly when I come home." Sine @(i^itterin be*

128 German vnthout Grammar or Dictionary .

merft: X)er jtud^en itnb ^ad frtfd^e Srot im Sadofen ried^en fe^r
(tngenel^nt, toenn meine Itebe Sautter ha^* ^'The pastry and the
fresh bread in the hake-oven smell very agreeably when my
dear mother is baking." (Smil fagt : !£)ie ^wiebeln rie^en au^erfl
angenei^m, menn unfere Aoc^in fie in ^er $fanne bratet ^^ Onions
smell most agreeably when our cook fries them in the pan.''

DeJinUiona: 2)ad Ding, the thing; bie @U1»)^, soup; na^ <&aufe, homeward;
9ttnb01braten, roast-beef; Itmtttvx, to observe ; frif(^, fresh ; ber Sacfofen, the oven ;
bie Btt>iebel, the onion; braten, to fry.

in. £)er Se'^rer fragt : 9tid^t tpal^r, jebe @)>eife l^at etnen an«
gene^men ®eru(^, toenn man etnen guten 9lp)>etit befl^t? WXt
@(!^itler antmorten sug(ei(]^ : 3a, jebe @peife l^at etnen angene^men
@erudb, »enn man etnen guten 9p|>ettt befi^t. (All the pupils
answer at the same time:) '^ Yes, every kind of food has a good
smell when a person is hungry."

Srage: SBie rtec^en )>te 3)Iumen, toenn etne $erfon Iran! tfl?
" How do flowers smell when a person is sick ? " 3(ntn)ort :
Qtner Aranfen ot)er etnem ^ranfen ried^en ^ie ^Sinrntn au^erfl
angene^m. '' To a sick woman or to a sick man flowers smell
very pleasant." grage : ^aben bie wtlben $Iuinen ebenfaOd einen
angene^men ©erud^? SIntmort: 3^/ ^t^ tt){Iben tinmen in ten
Selbern l^aben ebenfaQd einen angenel^men ®eruA ; abet tie SIu^
men mel^e in einem ®arten gepflegt unb gegogen tt>erben, ]()aben
einen t){el angene^meren ®eruA aU bieienigen toeldbe auf ben
gclbern n?a4fen. " Yes, the wild flowers in the fields have like-
wise a pleasant smell, but the flowers which are nursed and
raised in a garden have a still pleasanter odor than those
which grow in the fields."

Definitions: Suglei^, at the same time; etncr jtraitfen^ to a sick woman ; einem
^anfen, to a sick man ; ebenfaUd, in like manner; ba^ Srelb, the field ; n>ilb, wild ;
gepflegt, taken care of; gegogen, raised; franf, sick.

Paradigm: From md^tn, to smell, we have, td^ ried^e, I smell; td^ rod^, I
smelled; \^ ^abe gerod^en, I have smelled.

BpeaMng-Exerci^es, 129

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1* ^albeit mir ^eute fiber tie Slumen gefprod^en ? 2. SBie l^ei^t
ein Xreib^aud auf engttfc^ ? 3. SQerben bie 93(umen in ben Selbern
oon ben SRenfc^en ge^^flegt? 4. S3el(^e Slumen befl^en ben ange«
ne^m(len ®eru(i^, ttejenigen mel^e in einem Xreib^aud, in etnem
Garten ober auf ben gelbern ma^fen? 5. SBerben bie gerudb^
doUflen Slumen in ben ®arten gejogen? Answer: ^'Yes; the
most fragrant flowers are raised in gardens.''

-•o*-

The Forty-seventh Speaking-Exercise.

%n Zaftflnn. The Sense of Feeling.

I. aWeine greunbe, wo ifl ber ©i^ be« lajljtnnji ? " Where is
the seat of the sense of feeling?" ^ntmort: !£)er @i0 bee ®e>
fu^Iflnned ifl unter ber S^OiyxX. " The seat of the sense of feeling
is under the skin." grage: 3fl ber gange Seib mitteU einer J^aut
fibergogen? Slntwort; 3a, unfer ganjc 8eib i|l mitteld einer ^aut
fiberjogen. " Yes, our whole body is covered with a skin."
3fl biefe $aut bitf ober bunn ? ©ie ift fe^r biinn. " It is very
thin." 3|l j!e fo »ei* bag »ir bamit ffi^len fonnen ? Slntwort :
3a, fie i|l fo bunn unb weid^ bag xo\x leid^t bamit fubten lonnen.
" Yes, it is so thin and soft that we can easily feel with it."
«onnen »ir mit ben !RageIn fu^Ien? 9lein, mitteld ber ^Wagel
fann 9liemanb fiiblen. " No, with the nails nobody can feel."
«ann man mittel^ ber J^aare fublen ? " Can one feel with the
hair?" 9lein, mitteld ber ^aare fann Sliemanb fiit)Ien. "No, no
one can feel with the hair." fonnen loir mittel« ber %\n^tx^
fpi^en gut fut)Ien? Slntwort: 3fl, mittel« ber Singerfpi^en lonnen
ttir red^t gut fu^Ien, benn ba bepnbet p^ tin fe^r feine« ®efu^U

130 German without Grammar or Dictionary,

"Yes, we can feel very well with the finger-points, for in them
there is a very delicate sense of feeling."

Definitions: Die ^aut, the skin; ganji, whole; bcr Seib, the body; uBergogett,
covered with; bamit, with it; Icid^t, easily; bunn, thin; bi(f, thick; unfer, our;
9?tfmanb, no one; bie ^ingerfpt^e, the finger-point.

II. Seftntct flc^ eitt feine« ®efii^( in ben Sippeii ? 3a, in ben
Sippen unb aud^ in ben Slugen l^aben »ir ein fefcr feine« ©efii^L
" Yes, in the lips and also in the eyes we have a very fine
sense of feeling." Sefii^len luir gewo^nlicft bie ^orper mitteld
ber JE^anb? 3a, mit ber ^anb befii^lcn wir 9e»6()nli(^ bie ^orper*
"Yes, we usually feel bodies with the hand." Seflnbet (td^ bad
feinfle ®efut)I in bem fRudtn ? 3a, im mMg^vat befinbct fi* bad
aflcrfeinfte ®efii^L " Yes, in the back-bone there is located the
very finest sense of feeling." ^ann man niitteld biefed tinned
nnterfd^eiben ob bie ^erper twcid^ ober t)art ftnb ? 3a, initteld bed
3:a|lflnnd lann man leiAt unterfc^eiben ob bie ^orper »ei(^ ober
l^art ftnb. " Yes, by means of the sense of feeling one may
easily decide whether bodies are soft or hard."

III. Stann man mitteld bed Saflflnned unterfc^eiben oB bie
^orper rnnb ober ^iererficj finb ? ^a, mitteld biefed ©inncd fann
man fe^r UiAt unterfcfcciben ob bie^orpej rnnb ober tjieredig ffnb^
"Yes, by means of this sense a person can very easily decide
whether bodies are round or square." ^'\6)t wai^v, mitteld biefed
@inned unterfd^eibet man avL6^ (eid^t ob bie Aorper thtn ober nn*
tUn finb ? ^a, mitteld biefed ©inned unterfdbeibet man fe^r leidbt
ob bie ^orper tUn ober uneben finb. " Yes, by means of this
faculty one decides very easily whether bodies are even or un-
even." Gilbert, wie nnterfc^eibejl bn ob bie ^iirpcr glatt ober rau^
pnb? Slntwort: Durdb ben J^ajljtnn unterf^eibe id^ ob ein ^orper
^lait ober ran^ i|l. "Through the faculty of feeling (touch) I
decide whether a body is smooth or rough." Sena, loie unter-
fcbeibefl bn ob ein ^orper lang ober fuq, bidf ober bitnn ifl ? 9lnt*
tvort ; S)urd^ ben Zafifinn unterfd^eibe id^ ob ein Jtorper lang ober

Speakinff' Exercises. 131

!ur3, t)id obcr bunn ifl» " Through the sense of touch I decide
whether a body is long or shorty thick or thin."

Paradigm : From iintfrf($ctben, we have, xH^ unterfc^etbe, I distinguish; xiij un^
terf(^ieb, I distinguished; ic^ l^abe unterfc^tebeitr I have distinguished.

IV. ^ann ter 93(inbe mitteld feiner ginger unterfc^elben ob
cine Ru\) iveif ober rot^ ifl? "Can a blind man by means of
his fingers decide whether a cow is white or red ? " 3a; t>er
33(inbe fann mitte(d feiner ginger fe^r leic^t unterfd^eiben ob eine
^u^ tt)et§ oter rot^ tfl. Aann bie Slinbe ebenfatid unterfc^eiben
ob eine Au^ f(^)f ar^ ober grau ifl ? 3a, bie SHnbe fann ebenfatid
nnterfc^eiben ob eine ^ul^ fc^warj ober grau ifl* "Yes, the blind
woman can in like manner decide whether a cow is black or

gray."

Sefi^en aUe SWenfc^en biefen ©inn ? ^a, afle gefnnben SWenfc^en
beft^en biefen Sinn* "Yes, all healthy persons possess this
sense."

Dejinitwna : ®ltttt, smooth; cbenfaUd, in like manner; raul^, rough; fc^tt)ari{,
black; grau, gray; tt)ei§, white; Xotxisi, soft; gcfunb, healthy; rot^ red; eben,
even; uneben, uneven; uberaQ, everywhere.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. @i^t ber laflflnn iiberaff fm TOenfAItd^en jlorper ? 2. SBo*
mit ifl ber 5Wenfdfe(id^e Rox'ptx iiberaogen? 3. Sefinbet (Id^ bad
®efii()I wnter ber ig)aut? 4. jtonnen atle gefunben SKenfdfcen
fii^Ien? 6. fyabzw bie ginc^erfpi^en ein feined ©efii^I? 6. 2Ba«
fiir ein ©efiil&t beff^en bie ?l^)pen ? 7. Sefi^en an* bie ^ugen
ein feined ®effibl? 8. ^ann ber Slinbe unterfd^eiben ob eine
R\x% rotl^ ober tt»eig ifl? 9. ^ann ber Slinbe ebcnfalf« unter*
fAeiben ob eine R\x^ fd^ttjarg ober ^xa\x ifl ? 10. SKng ber SBIinbe
ober bie Slinbe ein fe:^r feined ®efii:^t befl^en ?

132 German toithout Grammar or Dictionary.

The Forty-eighth Speaking-Exercise.

Set ®efi|mai(f{nn. The Sense of Taste.

I. Durd^ wel^eii ©inn unterfti^eibet man ben ®efd^ma(f bcr
©pcifen ? " By which faculty does one distinguish the taste
of food ? " 3lntwort : SWitteld bed ®cf(!^ma(fflnnc« unterf^eibet
man ten ©efcj^macf ber verfd^iebenen ©peifen. " By means of the
sense of taste, a person decides as to the taste of the various
articles of food." 3Bo befinbet flc^ biefcr ©inn ? "Where is this
sense located ? " Der ©i^ bicfed ©inned ifl im ®aumen. " The
seat of this sense is in the palate."

fflBie fc^mecft bcr S^yxitx^ "How does sugar taste?" 3fnt*
wort: Der 3«rfcr fc^mcrft fii§. "Sugar tastes sweet." 2Cic
fc^merft ber Sfflg? "How does vinegar taste?" Der Sfflg
fc^merft fe^r fauer. "Vinegar tastes very sour." ©(j^mecft ber
$ontg fei^r fii§? "Does honey taste very sweet?" 3a^ ber
^ontg fc^medt au§er|l fii^ unb angene^m. 3fi ber ^onig gut gum
6ffett? 3«#^cr ^onig ijl fe^r fd^mad^aft unb na^rl^aft* "Yes,
honey is very savory and nourishing."

Definitims: Der ®eWmttcf, the taste; fd^matfjaft, good-tasting; naH^fc
nourishing; bte ©petfeil, various articles of food; fu§, sweet; fd^metft, tastes; jium
Qgffen, for eating.

II. SBie ifl bn« DBfl »enn e« faul tfl ? " How is fruit when
it is decayed ? " Da« Cbfl, ttjenn ed faul ifl, l^at einen au§erjl
f(6(ed^ten ©efc^mad. "Fruit, when it is decayed, has an ex-
tremely had taste." 2Cie [(^merft bad Sutterbrob einem fc^r
l^ungrigen ^naben? "How does hread-and-hutter taste to a
very hungry hoy ? " Sinem fe^r bungrigen Jtnaben fAmerft bad
Sutterbrob Sugerjl angenel&m* " To a hungry hoy hread-and-
hutter tastes extremely pleasant."

S^ie fci^medfen bad gleifci^ unb bte Jtartoffein, xotnix man lange

Speaking-Escercises. 133

Tlici^td aegeffeit l^at? SBentt matt lange Tlid^td S^d^fT^n ^at,
fd^metfett ^ie einfac^fiett @))eifett ant allerbeflen. ^^ When one has
eaten nothing for a long time, the plainest food tastes alto-
gether the best."

(Bint) ber itu(6en unt tie ^^flete ^u na^r^aft fur bte jtinter ?
^^ Are cake and pie too rich for the children ? " 3a, ter Jtuc^f it
unb bte ^aflete ftitb ben Atnbern fe^r fc^ablid^. SBarum f(^abet
t^nen biefe Spcife? Diefe ©pcife fcfiabet i^nen, toell (ie autJtel ba*^
t}on effen tooHen. '' This food injures them because thej wish
to eat too much of it." @o{Ite man ftc^ betna^' ganj bet Sedfer^
btffen ent^alten? ^^ Should one almost entirely abstain from
dainties ?" 3a, e^ tvare am beflen tvenn man ftd^ ber Se(!er6iffen
ganj ent^ielte* '^ Yes, it would be the wisest if people abstained
entirely from dainties."

DeJinUums : Smfad^r plain; Xmo^t, a long time; ber StaOitXL, cake; bit 9aflttt,
pie; fd^abeUf to hurt; bie Sederbifftllr dainties; betna^ donj, almost entirely;
tcCQ^VLt of it; ed toare, it would be; fi^dbUd^, injurious.

Paradigm: From fi(^ etttl^alten, to refrain from, we have, td^ ent^altr mt(|, btt
entl^dlfl bt^, er ettt^dU flc^r I refrain from, etc.; er eiUl^ielt jid^, he refrained from;
er l^Ot {14 ent^alten, he has refrained from.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. Stegt ber ® efii^madftnn im ® aumen ? 2. ^at ber ©efd^mad^
finn fetnen @t^ im ©aumen ? 3. 3Qo beftnbet ffc^ ber ©efci^mad^
ffnn? 4» SSie fd&medt ber ^onig ? 5. ®le iflbec3uc!er? 6. 3jl
ber Sfftg fauer ? 7. ©d^medt ba^ faule Obfl fe^r unangene^m ?
8. SBie f(^mecft bie frifcfie Wild^? 9. SBie fc^medt ba« Sutter-
brob ? 10« @oIIte man bie £eilerbi|fen fe^r maptg geniepen ?

134 German wifJiout Grammar or Dictionary.

^te 9{ritmtttb»teir}tgfte ^ptt^hnn^^

The Forty-ninth Speaking-Exercise.

Sir ^til^tltr. The Fowls.

I. 3n einem Silbe, tad an t)er SQanb ^angt, pe{)t man me^rere
i^u^ner (J^ennen), melc^e ein ^al^n fammt ten Auc^Ietn im $au^^
l^of flol^ l^erunt fii^rt 3m ^tntergrunte pr^t man eine groge
unb an§er{l fd^one @(^rnne. (In a picture that hangs on the
wall^ one beholds a number of barnyard fowls, which, together
with their chickens, a rooster is proudly leading around in
the yard. In the background there is observable [to be seen"]
a large and yery beautiful bam.)

!Der Se^rer geigt mit einem S^W9^^ ^"f ^^^ 53ilb nnb fragt :
SQeld^e ftnb tie nu^ltdb^en unter ten $aud)>69eln? gri^ ant«
tportet : Unter ten ^aMdt>6geIn pnt tic ^ii^ner »ol)I tie nii^Uc^*
flen. ^' Among domestic fowls the hens are of course the most
useful." ®arnm ijl tad fo ? 2lnhi>ort: Dad \\i \o, mil tie ^iij-
ner grope Sier legen, tie man effen fann. " That is so because
the hens lay large eggs which we can eat." 3fl tied ter eingige
©runt ten tu fiir teine ©e^auptung angeben fannjl? "Is this
the only reason you can give for your assertion ?" 9lein, tied
ifl nicbt ter einjige ®runt fiir meine 95e^auptung, tenn tie jungen
wnt fetten ^ul)ner ^aUn ein fe^r iro^lfd^medented gfeifd^. "No,
this is not the only reason for my assertion, for the young and
fat chickens possess a very savory flesh."

Dejinitions : !J)a^ ^U^lt, the fowl ; fantttit, together with ; tie ^^lein, the
chicks; tie ©^cune, the barn; bcr -^intcrgntnb, the background; ^tr ^af^n, the
rooster; fblj, proudly; ^cnim. aronnd; bcr Qd^f^od, the pointer; unter, among;
Voof)lf sorely; bet ^ou^^ogfl, the domestic fowl; eingtg, the only; ber ®runb,
the reason why; bte $e^au)»tung, the assertion; tt)0^lfid^me(fenb, good-tasting;
bad dUif^, flesh, meat.

II. Der ?e:^rer fragt gmil : SJJein greunt, n>urtejl tn auf tem
?ante er^ogen? SIntmort: 3a, J^err ?el^rer, idb tvurte auf tem

Speaking-Exercises. 135

!?anbe ftjcgen* "Yes, teacher, I was raised in the country."
^annfl t>u angrbrn ipojii ^er $a(n tient? "Can yon tell of
what service the rooster is?" 3^^ i<^ (<>nn ti angebrn, cr t)er^
theitigt bie J^rnnrn unb tie Aii^Irin. "He protects the hens
and the chicks." SBedt er utid frit^ am ^^orgen auf ? Slnttvort:
3iJ, er wfrft iin0 frfi^ am SRorgen oiif* "Yes, he wakes us up
early in the morning."

Wit pflegt Wt $rnne i^re Aii(]^Ietn ? €ie ))flegt bie jtud^lein,
intern fte i^nen turc^ @^arren geigt, n?ie fte Corner itnt) SBiirmer
ftnten fonnen. " She cares for her chicks hy showing them,
through scraping the earth, how they may find grain and
worms." SSerfammelt fie oft tiefelbeu wnter i()ren gliigeln ? 3a,
fie )>erfammelt tiefelben oft unter i^ren glugeln unb erivarmt iinb
befc^ii^t pe, xoxt einc 3Wutter ibre lieben ^'inber. " Yes, she often
gathers them (the same) under her wings, and warms and pro-
tects them, as a mother does her dear children."

Definitions : SDurbe erjogen, was brought up; auf bem Sanbe, in the country;
ttogu bient, of what service is; tctf^cibigen, to defend; pflfgen, to take care of;
bad ^orn, grain; ber SBurm, the worm; tnbtm fte geigt, as she shows; vrrfam^
mrln, to gather; hit %\viQtl, the wings; lieff^u^en, to protect; btefelben, them,
the same; bad ©d^anrntr the scraping up of the ground.

III. Der Setter fragt gmil (The teacher asks Emil) : 3fl ber
^iW^^a^n grower itnb fAoner aid bie ^ennc? "Is the domestic
rooster larger and handsomer than the hen ? " Slntwort : ^a,
bad ©epeber bed J&aljned ifl oft j)rad^t\)on gefarbt. "Yes, the
plumage of the rooster is often handsomely colored." ^a^ l)at
er an jebem 5Ǥf? "What has he on each foot?" 6i l^at an
jebem gupe einen ©porn ber nii6:^ innen pcfcl^rt iji. " He has on
each foot a spur which is turned inward." 2Cad ()at er an bem
^opfe? "What has he on his head ?" Sinen ^amm ^at er an
bem ^opfe. "He has a comh on his head." f[Qa^ fiir J^ebern
bat er an bem (Sc^mange? "What kind of feathers has he on
his tail?" 9Jn feinem buf(i^igen Sdbtoange l)at er pd^elformig
gebogene gebern. "On his hushy tail he has sickle-shaped
feathers." SSad ^at er an ber ^e^(e ? 2ln ber ^e^Ie ^at er fleifci^ige

136 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

ia'p^n. ^ On his throat he has fleshy laps." Die ganse Jt(a{fe
mifber^olt \t^X mtt tent ^e^rer ^\t Seff^rciftaas ^c« ^Mr«^
(Hie whole class now repeats with the teacher the description
of the rooster) : X)er {>aud^a^ii ifl ftboner uitt grower aid bte
^enne. Sr ^at einen rotten Xamm aitf bent j^opfe unt) ffeif^tge
happen an ter J^e^(e. ®etn ©c^tDanj ^at ftcl^elformtg gebogene
Severn. 9n jebem gu^ ifl ein @porn, welc^er nacb innen gefe^rt
tfl. Der ^a^n ^at gemo^nltc^ ein pra<!^tt>ott gefarbted ®efteter/'

Dejbutiofu: Die jtr^lt, the throat; TOt^, red; ber ^ttpTpm, the lap; {li^Iformid,
in the fonn of a sickle; grbcgni, bent ; bcr Spont, the spur; na4 UUien, inwards ;
ifl gcfr^Tt, is tained; pTa(^t)»ofl, splendid; geforbt, colored.

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

!• B^i^t t)ie ^enne ten J(it(!^(ein burc!^ Sd^arren, toie fte Aorner
unb fBurmer ftnben fonnen? 2. 3{l ber S^af^n {lolg itber bie
^ennen ? 3. ^firgt bte ^enne i^re Jtiic^lein mie eine ftebe Wlnt"
ter ? 4. SBad fitr gleifc]^ l^aben bie jiungen fetten ^it^ner ? 5,
@inb bie ^it^nereier ftj^macf^aft unb na^r^aft? 6. Segt eine
^cnnt einl^unbert Ster in einem 3a^re ? 7. SBad t^ut ber ^a^n
frii^ am SRorgen urn und aufgutveden ? 8. @tnb bie i^itl^ner bie
aQernu^Itd^flen unter ben ^audoogeln ? 9. @d^(afen bie ^ii^ner
in ber gropen fcbonen @^eune ? 10. Serfammelt bie i^enne oft
i^re JtiiAlein wnter i^ren giiigeln urn fie ju befftiiften ? Answer :
" Yes, the hen often gathers her chicks nnder her wings to
protect them." 11. ^onnte man bie ^fibner (eic^t entbe^^ren ?
" No, one could not easily do without chickens."

Speaking-Exercises. 137

The Fiftieth Speaking-Exercise.

Ste ®etiierlie. The Meghajcical Tbadbs.

I. Urn tt)ie»iel Ul^r ^e^ ilWorgen«f jle^t ber ^uff^mieb aiif?
" At what o'clock does the blacksmith rise in the morning ? "
Sci S^agedanbrudfe Pe^t er auf. " At daybreak he rises." ©te^t
er auf e^e bic Sonne anfge^t ? " Does he rise before the sun
rises?" 3flf ^^ Prt)^ ^^\ ^^^ ^tc ©onne aufge^t. 2Bo arbeitet
CT ? Sr arbeitct in feiner SBerf jlatte. " He works in his work-
shop." Si^ad brennt er ? @r brennt Ao^Ien, unb blafl bad geuer
mitteld feined Slafebalged, ba§ ed lufltg brennen mag. ^^ He burns
coal; and blows the fire with a bellows that it may bum
briskly."

Definitions : !Dcr S^agc^anbruc^, the break of day; e^e, sooner than; tie ©erf-'
jlatte, the workshop; ber Slafebalg, the bellows; lujlig, briskly; brennen, to
bum ; ba§ ed ma%, that it may.

Paradigm.: From aufflejen, we have, er flel^t a«f, he rises; er jlanb auf, he
rose; er ijl aufgeflanfcen, he has risen. Slufgel^en gives us, fte (ble @onne) gejt
ttuf, she (the sun) rises; fte fling ttuf, she rose; jte ifl ttufgegangen, it (she) has
risen. 9S[rbetten gives, \^ arbeite, I work; x&i arbeitete, I worked; t(^ \j9At gear*
beitet, I have worked.

n. SBad fterfertigt ber J&uffd&mteb ? gr ^erfcrtigt ^ufeifen,
womit er bie 5^ferbe befcblSf^t. " He makes horse-shoes, where-
with he shoes horses." SKacfit er auisi Scfcfelage an SBagen,
Jtutf(^en unb 5)fHigen ? " Does he also make the iron-work on
wagons, coaches, and ploughs ? " 3^/ ^^ mad&t bie Sefc^lage an
SBagen, ^utfd^en unb 3^fli5gen. 2Ber macftt bie J&oljarbeiten ju
barren, 3Ba<ien, ^utf^en unb ^^fliigcn ? Der J^ol^arbeiter madbt
bie ^olgarbeiten ju ?)fHigen, barren, iCac^en unb fo weiter. " The
worker in wood makes the wood-work for ploughs, two-wheel
carts, wagons, etc."

SBietticl Slaber ^at ein Jtarren ? Slntwort: Sin barren %ai gwel
Slaber ; eine ^utfd^e ober ein ®agen ^ai beren »ier, unb e« gibt

138 German without Grammar or Dictionary.

Su^rtoerle, »el(j^e nur e in Slab (al&en. " A cart has two wheels ;
a coach or a wagon has four of them, and there are vehicles
which have only one wheel." J^at ein ®(3^ubfarren nur ciii
9lat)? 3a, ein ©c^ubfarren l^at nur ein Slab. "Yes, a wheel-
harrow has only one wheeL"

Definitions: Die IBef(^Iage, the iron-work; ber SBagetl, the wagon; ber ^fludr
the plough; bit ^oljarbtiten, the wood-work; ber ^anen, the cart; ber ^olsar-
beiter, the worker in wood; bad 9{ab, the wheel; bte SRaber, the wheels; bad
flfu^Ttoerfr the vehicle; ber @(^ubfarren, the wheelbarrow.

III. 3Ba(5 ttcrfertigt ber ^ufer (SBtd&er)? "What does the
cooper make?" Sr ©erfcrtigt gaffer, (Simer nnb ^ubel. "He
makes casks, pails, and tubs." ^2lud toad fitr $0(3 mad^t er ade
biefe? Sr mad^t fte meijlend and lannen^olj? "He makes them
mostly out of pine wood." SBad tterfertigt ber J^ife^er ? " What
does the cabinet-maker make?" 6r madbt aUertei ^TOobel wnb
^audgerat^e. "He makes all sorts of house furniture and
fixtures." SBad oerfcrtigt ber (Sdbreiner ? " What does the
joiner make ? " Sr mad^t bie Ibiiren, bie genfler nnb bie ®e*
ftmfe, trelcfte luir \)or nnd fel&en. " He makes the doors, windows,
and shelves which we see before us."

ffiomit arbeiten bie Jifd^Ier unb bie ©(fereiner ? ©ie arteiten
mit einem ^obel, einem J^amnier unb einem ^Weigef. " They work
with a plane, a hammer, and a chisel." S^^Jfie: ©inb fte aUe
fleipigc unb ebrlic^e it\xit^ "Are they all industrious and
honest people?" 3a, bied (inb atle Peigi(^e unb ebrli^e 2eute»
Scrbienen (le »icl ®elb ? " Do they earn much money ? "
3a wo^I, fie oerbicnen 3ltle »icl ©etb unb \zbtn cjliirflic^ unb gu*
frieben fort. " They all earn much money, and live happy and
contented."

Definitiona : !Dad %^% the barrel or cask ; ber CEimer, the pail ; ber ^ubelr the
tub; bad 3W6M, the house-furniture; bad lannenl^olj, pine; bie 3!^ure/ the door;
bad ®eflmd, the shelf; »or und, before us; |lei§ig, diligent; el^rlid^, honest; ber
^obetr the plane ; ber <^ammerf the hammer ; ber ^et§el, the chisel ; Seute, people;
bad (S5elb» money; ^erbtenen^ to earn; leben, to live; gufrieben, contented; leben
. . . fovt, live on.

Speakin^'Exercisea. 139

IV. $at Itx @(!^u^ma(]^rr (©d^ufler) aud^ ein guted ©etoerbe ?
3a, t)er @d)u]^ma(^er ^at auc6 ein rec^t gutec) ®e)ver6e (^anbtverf).
^' YeSy the shoemaker also has a very good trade." Serbient er
»iel ®clb ? ^a, wic tie anberen ^anDwerf^Ieutc, t)ert)ieitt er fe^r
^te( ®e(b. '^ Yes, like the other mechanics, he earns a good
deal of money." 3(1 ^^ K^t an bcr 5Irbeit? "Is he just now at
work?" 3^^/ ^f tjerfertigt fo eben ein 5^aar ©ticfeL "Yes, he is
just finishing a pair of hoots." 9(n tveld^em ^^eile be^ Stiefel^
arbeitet er ? " On what part of the hoot is he working ? " 2lu*
genblicfU^ arbeitet er an bem 3lbfa^e« "At this moment he is
working at the heel." ^at er f(^on bie ©o^Ie gemac^t? "Has
he already made the sole ?" ^d, er ()at bie @o^Ie fdion gemac^t.
2Cie ^eipt ber obere %%^\\ be« ©tiefeld ? Den obern 2:^ei( nennt
man ©ti^aft ober Slo^r. " The upper part is called shaft (l^g)"
SQomit arbeitet er? Sr arlbeitet mit einer ^^(e unb mit einem
jammer* " He works with an awl and with a hammer."

De/initions: !£)ad ©etoerl^e, a mechanical trade; bie 9(rbett, work; an, at; ber
STbfa^, the heel; bie (So^le, the sole; bad @(^aft {dto\}x\ the leg of the boot; bte
^f^lt, the awl.

V. SBad fiir ein ®ef(^aft f^at ber ©(i^neiber ? gr Betreibt ein
auperjl guted ©efc^aft, benn er !ann 3a^r ein nnb 3«^r au« fe^r
be^aglidb in feiner ffierfjlatte arbeiten. " He follows a most ex-
cellent husiness (trade), for year in and year out he can work
most comfortably in his workshop."

SComit arbeitet er? "What does he work with?" mtkU
einer 9label, eined ginger^utcg, eine« Siigeteifend unb befonbcrd
mittetd be0 gaben« arbeitet ber ©Aneiber. " The tailor works by
means of a needle, a thimble, a pressing-iron, and especially by
means of thread." SBorauf biifiett er ? "Upon .what does he
press ? " Sfuf einem 93rett buc^elt er. " He presses on a board."

SBie ifl bie 9label? "How is the needle constituted?" 'Dit
9label ifl f^jife, unb ^at ein Del)r melted ben Saben ^alt, ttjenn
man einfabelt. " The needle is pointed, and has an eye which
holds the thread when the needle is threaded."

140 German wilhout Grammar or Dictionary.

Dfjlnitiona: 8e]^agli(^, comfortably; bit 9}abel, the needle; ber Siitgerl^ut, the
thimble; brr gfaben, the thread; bad 8rett, the board ; ^ugeln, to press; bad £)e^r,
the needle's eye; fpt^, pointed; tote i% what is the shape of.

Paradigm: From (tnfabein, to thnutd a needle, we have, er fabelt tin, he
threads; (r fabelte (in, he threaded; er ^at eingef&bclt, he has threaded.

VI. ^ann bic ©d^neiberin clben fo gut nS^cn »ic bcr ©c^neiber ?
3^, (it fann cben fo gut nat)en ibie bcr ©dfeneiber. " Yes, she can
sew just as well as the tailor." 9iennt man bie ©d^neiberin auc^
^leibermac^erin ? 3a, man nennt )le audi ftleibermac^enn. '^Yea,
she is also called a maker of clothes.'^ Serferttgt bie ^u^mad^erin
bie ^iitc fiir bie ©amen? ^a, bie ^^u^waAerin berfertigt bie J£)iitc
fitr !£)amen unb SRabcben. '^ Yes^ the milliner makes hats for
ladies and misses."

Setreiben aUe biefe Seute ein gute« ©efdjiift? 3^/ ^tie biefc
Seute betrciben ein fe^r gute^ ©efd^aft "Yes, all these people
pursue an excellent husiness." Sinb fie aUe flei§i(j; e^rlic^ unb
gufrieben ? " Are they all industrious, honest, and contented ? ''
3rt, man bait flc afle fiir fe^r e^rlid^e unb au§erfl nii^Iic^e ?eute*
" Yes, they are all considered as being honorable and very
useful people."

Definitions: Drr $Ut, the hat; bie ^itte, the hats; bie !Dame, the lady; man
'fyalt, one considers, esteems ; ^iifft, draws.

Paradigm: 33etrei6en gives us, i^ betretbe, I carry on; id^ ^etrieB, I pursued;
id^ ^aht betrie^en, I have carried on (as a business).

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

1. ©te^t t>er ^uffc^mieb friib am SWorgen auf ? 2. 3Ca« Brennt
er ? 3. SDomit blafl er ta« geuer ? 4. SBer »erfertigt bie ^o\^*
arbeiten gu 3>fHigen ? 5, SBer t^erfertigt bie gaflfer, bie (Sinter unb
bie «iibel ? 6. 3BiebieI 3laber ^at ein barren ? 7. ®ebrau*t
ber ©dbneiber ein S3rett? 8. SBa« jie^t bie 5)u0mad&erin bur*
bad Del^r ber 9label ? 9, SBer gebrau(3&t ben gReigei, ben i^obef
unb ben jammer? 10. ffiie t)ei§t ber obere I^eil eined ©tiefeld?
11. J^at ein ^aax ©tiefeln gwei 9lbfa^e ?

Speakinff'Exerciaea. 141

^ittnttbffittfaigfte ^ptt^iAnn^.

The Fifty-llrst Speaking-Exercise.
Set Hrjt. The Physician.

I. Der SIrjt na^crt pd& bcm SSette, »o ter «ran!e liegt (The
physician approaches the bed where the sick man lies). £)b«
%\t\^ tcr «ranfc ben Slrst l^oleii lieg, erfennt er i^n ttid^t (Al-
though the sick man sent for the physician^ he does not
recognize him). Der Slrgt befii^!t ben 5)uU t)e« ^ranfen unt>
fagt: Dcr 9)u(d ifl fel^r iinrcflelmapifl. "The pulse is very
irregular." Der jlranfe erlennt je^t ben Sr^t unb fragt ob fcer
^rgt bod^ enblic^ angelommen fei (whether the physician had
really finally arrived). Der SCrjt fragt : 5Ba^ fc^It 3^nen, mein
gnter Sreunb ? (The physician asks : " What ails you, my good
friend ? ") SIntwort : ^err ^rjt, i^ ^laube bag ic^ ein ^eftiged
Sieber ^abe. " Doctor, I believe that I have a high fever."

DeJmitioM: ^\ib na\vrx, to approach; liegt, is lying; bad Sett, the bed; ob^
glei^, although; Itefi }id\tti, sent for; unregelma^tg, irregular; anfommen, to ar-
rive; load fe^lt what ails; bad ^tebtTr the fever.

Paradigm : From erfennett we have, td^ erfenne, I recognize, i(^ erf attnte, I
recognized; \^ (abe erfannt, I have recognized.

II. Der %xii ))er(angt je^t )>on bent jtranlen, baf er bie 3unge
l^erau^fhecfe (The physician now asks the patient to stretch
out his tongue). Die ^xxn^t ijl etwad belegt (bemerft ber Slr^t)
"The tongue is somewhat coated" (remarks the physician),
SBic ifl 3^r appetit ? ^Tntwort : gWein STppetit ifl fc^lecJbt, niAtd
fci^mecft mir. "My appetite is poor; nothing relishes." Der
air^t bemertt (The doctor remarks) : 3^r '^a^tn ijl ganj ber*
borben. " Your stomach is in a very bad state." ©(i^Iflfen ©ie
rn^ig? "Do you sleep soundly?" 9lein, i(^ fd^Iafe fe^r nn*
ruiig, benn id^ traume nur. "No, I sleep very unsoundly, for I
only dream." 2Bie Tang ^aben ®ie 3^re ©tube ge^utet ? " How
long have you kept your room ? " ©eit borgejlern 9Rorgen

i

142 German toithout Grammar or Bktionarif.

l^abe 14 mein ©^lafjimmcr ^uten mujfem "I have been obliged
to keep my room since day before yesterday morning." ^abeii
®ie fic^ erfaltct? "Have you taken cold?" Die ^Diutter ant*
wortet fur ten @o^n : ^err Doctor, er ^at fiA t)ur(i^ naffe Suge
erfaltet^ "Doctor, he caught cold by means of wet feet."
®ing er in ben glup urn au f*»immen ? "Did he go into the
river to swim?" 9lein, er babetc nur im 8ad>Uin Winter unferni
^aufe. " No, he only bathed in the brook behind our house."
Stsxm er mit naflfen ©trumpfen naA ^aufe ? " Did he come home
with wet stockings ? " 3a, aU er nai^ ^au^t !am, i»aren feme
©triimpfe unfc (Sd^n^e ben gongen Sbenb na^. " Yes, when he
came home, his stockings and shoes were wet the whole even-
ing." 3n biefem SaUe mu§ er flc^ ^art erfaltet ^aben. Die flutter
fpridjt: ®erabe auf biefe SBcife ^at er p* W ^<»^t ertaltet, benn
am nac^jlcn lag iiberfiel i^n mebrmal^ ein arge« groj^eln. " Yes,
exactly in this way he has taken a very bad cold, for on the
next day a bad chill attacked him several times."

Definitions: @d^me(fen, to relish; t)rrboTben, ruined; ru^tg, quiet, sound ; un^
rul^tg, unsound, as in sleep; ^utett, to keep; ft(& erfatten, to catch cold; a(d,
when; fam, came; na§, wet; ber ^U§, the river; Mntcr, behind; babett, to
bathe; me^rmttld, several times; ganj, whole; gcrabc, exactly; n&(^fl, next;
Ubcrftel, overtook; bo« Swjleltt, the chills.

Paradigm: From ubcrfaflen we have, td^ uberfaHc, I attack; e« ttberf&ttt, it
attacks; ed iibcrfiel, it attacked; ed ^at uberfaflctt, it has attacked. gaUctt gives,
\^ falle, I fall; bu fdUjl, thou fallest; er faUt, he falls; cr pel, he fell; er ifl gc*
fallen, he has fallen.

III. Der Slr^t fragt ben 5>atienten (The physician asks the
patient) : ^a\ftn (gie ^opfwe^ ? " Have you headache ? " 2lnt^
tt)ort : ^3J^ein JTopf tbut gwar nic^t febr web, aber er ift bidweilen
ein wenig eingenommcn. "My head does not really ache very
badly, but it is sometimes a little dizzy."

Die ^Wutter be^ ^ranfen fragt (The mother of the patient
asks): 3(1 mein ©o^n gefabrlici^ franf? "Is my son danger-
ously ill?" ^ntwort: 9lcin, er wirb in wenigen %aci,^n wieber
bcrgejlettt fein. "No, he will be restored to health in a few-
days." arjt ; ^6) tDiU S^nen ein Slecept fcbreiben ; lajfen ®ie

Speaking^Easerciaes. 143

bie 9(qnel »om 9(pot^eler l^olen. " I will write you a prescrip-
tion ; get the medicine at the apothecary's." Die ^})tutter fragt :
SQie fod mocx tie %x\m\ einnebmeit ? ^ How shall the medicine
betaken?" Slntwort: ®eben @ie i^m {iiintU(!^ eineu 6§loffe( t>ott
bid id^ tDteberfomine* ^^Give him every hour a tablespoonful
till I come again." ®eben @ie i^m auc^ SQaffer ^um £nn(en,
menn er ed )}erlangt

BLACKBOARD EXERCISE.

(TrwMlaU il\£ English, Answers into German,)

1. ®iU bie abutter bent jtranfen bie 9(raneimittet {iunblic^?
** Yes, the mother gives the medicine every hour to the pa-
tient?" 2. ®ibt pe i^m fliinblic^ einen e§(6ffel »oa? "Yes,
she gives him a tablespoonful every hour." 3. ^at ber Slrgt
ein Slecept gefd^riebeit ? " Yes, the physician has written a
prescription." 4. Sagt bie 3Rutter bie ^Irjnei bei'm apot^efer
l^oten ? "Yes, the mother sends to the druggist's for the medi-
cine." 5. 3 jl bie ^ranf^eit gefa^did^ ? " No, the sickness is
not dangerous." 6. fflBirb ber <So%n balb wieber^ergejleUt fcin ?
" Yes, the son will soon be restored to health."

The Fifty-second Speaking-Exercise.

Ste Sfira^e. Language.

I. Der Sel^rer fragt einen ©d^iiler: SWein f^uter Sreunb, mit
»em fprii^fl bu je^t ? " My good friend, with whom are you
now speaking ? " 3ett, ^err Sel^rcr, fprct^e i(j^ mit mcinem Secret
bed ©eittfd&eii* " Teacher, I am now speaking with my teacher
of the German language." Jlannfl bu fc^on etwad Deutfc^?

144 German mf/iout Grammar or Dictionary.

** Do you already know something of the Qerman language ? "
3a, i(^ taim fc^on etwad Deutf^ ; id^ tami fagen la^ ic^ einen
Step^, fintn Slumpf, gmei ^rme imt atvei S3etne ^abe (I can say
that I have a head, a trunk [chest], two arms, and two legs).

Definitions: 9Kit iPCm, with whom (XDtx, who, is declined aa follows: XDtT,
who; »fflcn, whose; »fm,to whom; tt>en, whom); je^t, now; bed !I5cutf(^cn, of
the German (language); fatinjl bu, do you know; f(^on, already; ettlDad, some,
somewhat of; baf ic^ . . . ^a^e, that I have.

II. Aannfl t)u t»a« !Ceutfd^e gut au^fpre^en ? " Can you pro-
nounce the German well ? " 3^^/ ici& fllaube bag i(3& tie trutfdben
SBorter (^anj ric^tig audfprec^en fann* (Spriest Win Sruber ba^
!Ceittf4ie bejfcr a\i6 aU tn t€ aii^fpridbfl? "Does your brother
pronounce the Grerman better than you (pronounce it) ?" ^a,
mein Sruter fprtc^t ed i^iet beffer aud aU i(^ (ed au<)fpred)e)» (Sin
©(filler fragt: J&err Setter, toa€ iftter Unterfc^ieb gwifd^en ^fprctfeen"
unb ,,audfpre(]^en" ? "What is the difference between ^ speaking'
and ^pronouncing'?" 2lnt»orh ,,®pred)en" ]^ci§t"to speak,"
unb ,,audfpred^en'' ^eipt "to pronounce." Stann man um^in gu
fpre(!^en? 9}fin, man )iiu§ fpred^en, toenn man fpre^en lann.

Dffinitvms : ©laubm, to believe; bad SBort, the word; bte aBortcr, the words;
ganj ri(^tt9. with entire correctness; um^in fonncn, to help it, get around it.

Paradigm : Studfpred^en, to pronounce; i(!^ fprcd)e aud, I pronounce; bit fpri(^|l
OUd, thou pronouncest; er fprid^t aud, he pronounces; tt)ir fprcdjCtt aud, we pro-
nounce; i^r fprc(i^t aud, you pronounce; fie fprec^en aud, they pronounce.

III. Wlu^tn aUt ?Wenfdbcn fprec^en? 3^, atlc ^cnfc^en, mit
t)er ^u«nabme ber laubflnmmcn, miijfen fprcd^en ; fie fonnen nicbt
umbin gu fpredbf"* ^cnnen aUe 5Kenfdben fprcc^en ? 30, in ber
fRcc^tl fonnen atle OTenfdben fpred^en. "Yes, as a rule, all people
can speak." ^ann ein taubjlummer SSltn^d^ fprecben? "Can a
deaf and dumb person speak?" 9lein, ein 2;attb|lummer fann
n>eber fpretj^en nodb b*>ren? ^ann ein 2^aubcr fpre(!^en lernen?
3<Jf tt)enn er ni(^t taubfiumm ijl. " Yes, if he is not deaf and
dumb." ^ann eine Zault fpreci^cn lernen? 3a, »enn fie nidbt
taubflumm ifl. 3a^ob, fonntejl bu beiner Gutter ein fr6^lic^e«

Speakin^'Exercises. 145

SSeil^nad^Ufefl tvunfc^en, toenn ed Teine @prad^e ga6e ? 9}eiii, ic^
!5nnte meiner lieben 9Rutter lein fro^Iic^ed SDeil^nac^Ufefl unb
fein gIu(fU(i6ed ^leuedja^r tt)unf(!^eii, n>enn ed feine @prac^e ga6e.
" No, I could not wish my dear mother a Merry Christmas or
a Happy New Year if there were no language."

Definitions: d^tlt Saub flummer, a deaf and dumb man; eine Saitbfbtmme, a
deaf and damb woman; fpre(^en Iemen» learn to speak; fro^lic^, merry; SBet^^
nac^Wfcjl, Christmas ; glutfltci^, happy; 'S^CttCdiaJr, New Year; wunfdjen, to wish;
toenn ed gd^e, if there were.

IV. 5Hid&t »a^r, mtttctt ber ©prad^e fantt man t)icle fAoite
?iet)er ffugen ? 3^^ nttttcl« ter ©prad^e ^aben bic Did^ter (3)octen)
t)ie(e tounberfd^Bne Sicter gefiingcn. "Yes, by means of lan-
guage, the poets have sung many beautiful songs."

SBa« fagt ber 6eru^mte ©chiller in Setreff bcr graue n ? " What
does the celebrated Schiller say in regard to woman ? " 3n
$tnf!(i^t ber grauen fagt ter beri't^mte ©d^iUer :

9,(S^xti tie Sfrauen, fie fled^ten unb rneben
^immliWe 3iofen in« 3rbtf*e lieben."

" Honor woman, for to her it is given
To weave in earth's garlands the roses of heaven." •

* See the beautiful Translation of Schiller's piece, entitled "Tlie Dignity of
Woman" (Die SBurbe bet grauen), by Dr. Kendrick, Professor in Rochester,
N. Y., University.

A LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS.

9L

fa\iintittn, to cut off, 16, II.
Klfiltetlieii, to copy, 34, ll.

Knfanseitr to begin, 4, V.
Vngeletir to tell, recite, 4, I. ; 13,

III.
Knrelieilr to address, 33, I.
tCtlfge|eil, to rise, 60, I.
UnfUeleiir to rise, 60, I.
Kti0B(etteiir to slip, 23, IV.

Klt0rnfeitr to exclaim, 30, II.
Ktt9fe|eit, to appear, 24, I.

»efitl)ieil M, to be located, find

one's self, 24, IV.
»eiteit, to Ute, 36, VII.
»iei|Ctl, to bend, 39, IV.
Selontmeitr to obtain, 6, III.
Sefiteitr to possess, 44, I.
fbtfitfltn, to consist of, 17, IV.
fBttnitn, to enter, 46, I.
f^ttXtUbtn, to carry on, 60, VI.
8iegeit, to bend, 39, IV.
llUiiett, to remain, 36, II.
Bxti^tn, to break, 36, VII.
fbttnntn, to burn, 18, III.
fbtin%tn, to bring, 24, II.

Xtnttn, to think : i* bettfe, I think ;

i^ \>a^tt, I thought ; id) Ja^e gc^
ba(%t, I have thought.
Stttfeitr to be at liberty to act, 39, 1.

<s.

^Mtnntn, to recognize, 61, I.
dttrinffttf to drown. Conjugate like

Xrittfcn.
(gfjen, to eat, 20, III.

^afUUf to fall, 61, II.
%an^tn, to catch, 36, VI.
8ftll)ieil, to find, 6, I.
Sf(ei|teil, to weave, 39, IV.

gUegeit, to fly, lo, li.
glieten, to flow, 21, ill.

^ortfalrettr to proceed, 26, VIII.
gfteffetl, to eat, 26, VIII.
%xitnn, to freeze, 33, IV.

®e(eilr to give, 44, II.

®t^tn, to go, 7, II.

<ite|eil, to pour, 21, III.
(ifllieietir to enjoy, partake of, 29,
III.

^alten, to hold, keep, 9, 1.
^•Itgeil, to hang, 41, I.

148

A List of Irregular Verba,

(^ei|e«r to be called, 2, V.
^elfm, to help, 26, IX.

ftCttlltllf to know, in the sense of

acquainted, 43, I.
ftawmen, to come, 39, III.
Ilittneity to be able, 3, III. ; 33,

III.
Ihrtei|eitr to crawl, 19, I.

8-

gttfFttI, to let, 21, III.
Saufen, to run, 40, II.
%V^tXi, to suffer, 28, II.
Igiegeit, to lie down, 43, II.

9la|Ini» to grind, 20, IV.
9titlirill0eil, to bring with, 16, IIL
SRogeiir to like, 20, V.

jRelmen, to take, 20, 1.

iRentietl, to name, 31, I.

8lte4etl, to smell, 24, V. ; 46, III.
Slltfeitr to call one to you, 19, I.

Sanfetl, to drink, 26, VIII.
^ttetneil, to shine, 11, I.
S4te(eilr to shoot, pages 11 and

12.
Gdllafetl, to sleep, 41, V.
@4Itefieit, to close, lock up, 3,

III.

@i|mel$eit, to melt, 11, IV.
^i^neilieii, to cut, 15, 1.
@i|reileii, to write, 38, II.

®l|tpetgeil, to keep silence, 6, L
@l|tpilll1lietlt to swim, 40, I.
Sfifllf to see, 2, III.
^ftn, to be, 2, V.
@iellfltt to boil, 21, I.
@tll0eil, to sing, 39, V.
@mfeR, to sink, 23, I.
^\%t% to sit, 41, I.
@|ltlt1irit» to spin, 32, II.
^tf^eitr to stand, 41, III.
@tft0eil, to ascend, 23, IV.
%itt\tVi, to die, 23, III.

SOttlt, to do, 24, VI.
Xragetir to carry, wear, 7, I.

XreUieiir to drive, 33, IV.
Smfen, to drink, 21, III.

UeHerfatteitr to attack, fall upon,

61,11.
UeBer}tr||etl, to cover. See 3ie^ett.
Unterfllfibeit, todistinguish, 47, III.

^ftBittbftl, to connect, bind up, 39,
IV.

©etgeffett, to foiget, 4, II.

^erglet4ctt, to compare, 82, V.

^erliereti, 6, 11. ; 23, ill.

®Crnf(metl, to perceive, 46, I.

^erflirnten, to promise, s, Vli.

^tX^t\t% to understand, 83, II.
©crtrogeil, to bear, digest, 31, I.
See Xragen, 7, I.

A List of Irregular Verba.

149

SB.

Stilfni, to grow, 21, I.

ttaftlen, to wash, 21, L

ttelen, to weave, 7, IV.
tterlm, to become, 23, I.
Kv^tdtWMtXi^ to return, 14, IL
SBiffflty to know a fact, 43, I.
ttaOcn, to wish, 39, III.

8

3trllTl|eil, to break into pieces,

16, III.
Sttreiten, to tear to pieceis 16,

III.
3ie|cilr to draw, raise, 14, II. ; 20,

IV.
Slltlttll, to add to, 80, IV.

V

VOCABULARY.

Ikbove, oBer^alB, 43, IV.
Absent, abtoefenb, 36, 1.
Abstain from, ent^e^ren, do without,

49, ni.

Aooomplish, to, ioerrid^ten, 24, lY.
Active, nimble, bc^enb, 42, IV.
Added, juget^an, 29, 11.
Add to, to, gutNn, 21, III.
After that, nac^bem, 30, IV.
Again, tvieber, 14, II.
Ail, to, fe^len, 61, 1.
Air, bic Suft, 10, II.
All sorts, aUertet, 9^ III.
Although, o^Uid^, 51, 1.
Amiable, (iebendtt)urbtg, 8, 1.
Among, unter, 35, IV.
Any one, 3emanb, 6, 1.
Any whatever, irgenb cin, 7, 1.
Apart, audeinanbcr, 33, IV.
Appears, fle^t an^, 24, 1.
Approach, to, jld^ na^ern, 50, 1.
Aquarium, bcr 2Ba[fcrbehdIter, 40, 1.
Are there, gibt t^, 44, II.
Articles, Dinge, 18, 1.
As follows, nit folgt. 28, 1.
Ask for, linen, 4, IV.
As many as, fo»tc( voit, 43, IV.
At home, ju ^aufc, bal^ctm, 36, II.
At last, cnbrt(^, 51, L
Attack, to, nUxfaUen, 51, III.

Attend a school, to^ etne B^uU It*

fuci^cn, 16, n.
Attention, give, gebt ^d^t, 16, II;

20,1.
Attentive, aufmerffam, 6, IH.
At the same time, pgletc^, 12, 1.
Auricle, bie JD^rmufi^el, 45, 1.

B.

Back, ber ^udtxif 25, 1.

Bake, to, badfen, 20, II.

Bald, fa^l, 34, III.

Barrel, bad $a§ ; barrels, bie Saffer,

50, II.
Because, met!, 44, II.
Become, to, n)eTben, 23, 1.
Begins, fdngt an, 12, 1.
Believe, glauben, 6, 1.
Bellows, bcr SBtafcbalg, 60, 1.
Belongs, ge^ort. 34, I.
Below, unter^alb, 44, IV.
Bench, bic SSanf, 12, III.
Benefit, to, m^tn, 26, II.
Between, $n>ifd^cn, 6, III.
Beverage, baiJ ©ctranf, 28, III.
Biped, bcr 3»cifii^Icr, 39, 1.
Bird-cage, bad ^ogclbaucr, 39, 1.
Bite, to, Bci§cn, 36, VII.
Black, fd^ttjarj, 24, I. ; 48, VI.
Black as coal, fo^Ifd^marj, 32, 1.
Blacksmith, bcr ^ufTc^nticb, 50, 1.

152

Vocabulary,

Blosiomt bic 8lut^f, 37, II. ; 37, V.

Bodies, bie ildrper, 48, III.

Body, ber Seif>, 48, 1.

Bone, brr ^noc^en, 4, II.

Both, bcibf, 13, IV.

Boot, ber @tiefcl, 51, IV.

Bottom, bfr 8oben, 42, II.

Boy, bcT ^dbe, 15, II.

Branch of a tree, ber ^fl, 44, III.

Break, to, bred^en, 19, III.

Break of day, ber ^iagedanbrucb/ 50, L

Breast, bie ^rujl, 25, 1.

Breathe, to, at^men, 23, n.

Broad, brett, 38, 1.

Brought up, erjogen, 49, II.

Browned (roasted), gebrdunt, 18, 1.

Bum, to, brennen, 18, III. ; 42, II.

Bushy, bufdjtg, 26, VI.

By the pound, bem 9>funb nar^, 18, 1.

By the yard, ber (£Ilc nad^, 18, II.

c.

Cabbage, ba« tobttraut, 26, VII.
Cabinet-maker, ber ^tfd^Ier, 50, III.
Call, to, rufcn, 19, 1.
Called, is, mirb genannt, 31, 1.
Canary-bird, ber ^anarictittogel, 39, II.
Cap, bie Wy%t, 7, II.
Catch, to, fangen, 36, VI.
Catch cold, to, ftd^ erfaften, 32, II.
Cattle, bad g«inb\)teb, 42, 1.
CeUing, bie I>e(fe, 12, III.
Chalk, bie ^reibc. 38, II.
Changeable, t^erctnberlid^, 11, V.
Chart, bie ^arte, 13, 1.
Cheap, btHig, Woblfcil, 9, IV.
Cheeks, bie S3acfen (SBange), 8, II.
Chew, to, fauen, 24, III.
Chickens, bie j^iici^lein, 49, II.
Chiefly, bauptfadylid^, 4, 1.
Chisel, berSWeifcr,50, III.
City, bie ©tabt, 37, III.
Clean, fauber, rein, 25, III.

Clear, Ttar, 11, II.

Climb, to, flettem, 19, 1.

Close, to, fc^tie^en, 3, III.

Cloth, bad Xud^, 32, II.

Clothed, befleibet, 7, 1.

Clumsy, plump, 42, IV.

Coated, belegt, 52, II.

Collar, ber ^ragen, 7, III.

Collect, to, fammeln, )9erfammeln, 50, II.

Color, bie ^arbe, 14, II.

Color, to, fdrben, 23, III.

Compare, to, )>erglei(^en, 32, IV.

Comparison, bie S^ergleid^ung, 26, VII.

Concert, in, im (£^or, 6, V.

Connect, to, »erbinben, 39, IV.

Consider, to, betrac^ten, beoba(i^ten, 39, 1.

Consists of, bejlebt oxA, 17, II.

Constituted, befc^affen, 24, IV.

Contain, to, entbalten, 30, 1.

Contented, jufrieben, 45, III.

Cook, bie 5t6cbin, 46, II.

Cooked, gefocbt, 30, IV.

Comer, bie (Scfe, 38, in.

Correct a mistake, to, conigiren, 30,

II.
Cotton, bie S3aumtt>ofle, 7, IV,
Count, to, jciblen, 4, III.
Cover, to, bebecfen, 25, 1.
Covered with, iiberjogen, 48, 1.
Crawl, to, frie(^en, 19, 1.
Creature, bad 2Befen, 8, 1.
Credit, on, auf 5!rebit, 9, IV.
Crush, to, erbriirfen, 19, III.
Crystal, bad U^rglad, 27, Vn.

D.

Dainties, bie Sedferbiffen, 49, II.
Dangerous, gefdbrlid^, 19, IV.; 52, III.
Dare, to, biirfcn, 6, V.
Day before yesterday, tjorgeflcrn, 36,

II.
Days of the week. See Lesson 17.
Deaf, taub, 46, II.

Vocabulary.

153

Dear, ItcB, 21, 11.
Debtor, bcr ©(^ulbner, 9, IV.
Defend, to, tcrttjcibigen, 34, 1.
Delicacies, bie Delifateffen, 9, 1.
Descent, bie 5lbfunft, 4, IV.
Describe, to, befd^rcibcn, 32, 1.
Description, bte 8efd^retbung, 21, II.
Dessert, ber ^fad^ttfd), 29, III.
Developed, au^gebilbct, 34, 1.
Dial-plate, bad 3t|ferblatt, 27, 1.
Die, to, flcrkn, 23, III,
DifEerenoe, bcr Untcrfc^icb, 6, III.
Digest, to, ttcrtragcn, 30, V.
Diligent, flei^ig, 50, III.
Dine, to, fpcifcn, 31, II.
Dip, to, tau(^cn, 16, III.
Dish, bad OJerid^t, 28, IV.
Dismal, triibe, 11, H.
Distingnisb, to, untcrfd^eiben, 6, V.
Dizzy, eingenontnten, 51, IIL
Do, to, t^un, 6, II.
Door, bie %\}ya, 12, II.
Draw, to, jie^en, 42, IV.
Dream, to, traumcn, 52, II.
Dressmaker, bie g)u^ma*erin, 51, VI.
Drive, to, trciben, 33, IV.
Dry, trocfcn, 22, IV.
Dry, to, trocfncn, 25, III.
Dusty, flaubig, 22, IV.

R

Ear, bad D^r, 15, III.

Early, friif), 14, 1.

Earn, to, ijcrbicncn, 50, III.

Easy, Iciest, 31, II.

IBasily digested, (eid^t t^erbaultd^, 20,

III.
Eat, to, eJTcn, 20, III.
Edge, ber Slanb, 24, IV.
Eggs, bie (£ier, 10, 1.
Enumerate, tell, gib an, 27, III.
Even, felbjl, 5, II.
Evening, in the, bed Slbenbd, 10, II.

Example, for, jum 8cifpid, 9, III.
Excellent, audgegeid^net, 16, 1.
Exist, to, bejle^en, 43, 1.
Explain, to, erKdren, 33, II.

P.

Faithful, treu, 35, IV.

Fall, bad ©patja^r, ber ^erbjl, 11, V.

False, falfd^, 5, II. ; 35, IV.

False-leg, bad ©teljbcin, 5, m.

Fan, ber g-dd^er, 33, III.

Farmer, ber Slcferdraann, 43, L

Fatten, to, mdjlen.

Fear, to, fiirt^ten, 6, III.

Feel, to, befiiblen, 51, 1.

Feeling, sense of, ber a:aflj!nn, 48, 1.

Felt, can be, fublbar, 33, in.

Figures on a dial-plate, bie Biffern,

27, VIL
Filled up, angefullt, 30, 1.
Finish, to, )9oUenben, 34, II.
Fish-hook, ber ^afen, 40, IIL
Fit, to, pa(fen, (le^cn, 18, IV.
Flasks, bie ^Idfc^c^n, 30, 1.
Flat, ^^iS^, 24, IV.
Flour, W^ SWebl, 20, IV.
Flower-garden, Slumertgarten, 46, 1.
Fly, to, fliegen, 10, 1.
Folds, in, tvaljenformig, 19, II.
For (because), benn, 3, IV.
Forehead, bie (5tirn, 8, n.
Forepart, ber < or bad) Sorbertl^eil, 8, IL
Forest, ber 2Balb, 35, III.
Forget, to, tjergejfen, 4, 11.
For joy, tjor ffreube, 39, L
Form, bie ©ejlalt, 19, II.
Found, gefunben, 6, I.
Foundation, bie Unterlage, 39, III.
Fowl, ber ^audtjogel, 49, 1.
Fragrance, ber %tvx6ij, 46, 1.
Frame, ber SRa^men, 38, IV.
Free, frei, 10, II.
Freeze, to, frieren, 11, III.

154

Vocabulary,

Friendly, freunbli(^, 35, IV.
Fruit, tad Dbjl, 35, 1.
Fnmaoe, ber l^etjofen, 12, III.
Furniture, bad •^audgerdt^, Wi%^, 51,
II.

a.

Oarment, bad ©ctvanb, 32, 1.
Get, to, bcfommen, 5, III.
Glad, I am, ed freiU m^, 6, II.
Go, to, gc^en, 7, II.
Go on, to, fortfa^rcn, 6, IV.
Golden, golben, 6, 1.
Grain, tie Corner, 49, II.
Grapes, bic 31rauf>en, 35, IV.
Grajt grau, 47, IV.
Gravel, ber tied, 40, 1.
Greet, to, grii^en, 28, 1.
Grind, to, ma^lcn, 21, IV.
Groceries, bie ©pecercicn, 9, II.
Grow, to, nsad^fcn, 21, 1.
Grown up, cmac^fen, 8, IV.

Hair, bad ^aar, 15, 1.

Hang, to, l^dngcn, 42, 1.

Happy, gliitflid^, 42, III.

Hay, bad |)eu, 26, VII.

Headache, bad topfive6, 36, n.

Healthy, gefunb, 47, IV.

Hearing, the sense of, ber (S)e^i>rftnn,

46,1.
Heart, bad ^\\, 13, V.
Help, I cannot help it, tc^ fatm ni($t

um:^tn, 26, IX.
Her, i^r, 7, H.
Hide, bad§elI,26,IV.
High, ^od^, 10, n.
Hips, bie ^iiften, 13, IV.
Hold, to, '^alten, 46, 1.
Hold firmly, to, fefl^alten, 43, II.
Honey, ber |>onig, 48, 1.
Hop, to, ppfen, 39, 1.

Hour, bie ©tuitbe, 17, III.

Hourly, fliinblic^, 5, in.

How do you do, tx^ie ^eftnben @ie {!$,

22,1.
Human, menfc^Iic^, 8, 1.

I.

I am sorry, ed t^ut mir leib, 22, 1.
Industrious, flei§ig, 6, II.
Injure, to, ft^aben, 48, II.
Injurious, f(^dblt(^, 29, III.
In like manner, gIei(^faUd, 11, V.
Illuminate, (eu(i^ten, erleuc^ten, 33, 1.
In my opinion, na($ meiner ^{einung,

22, IV.
Inside comer, ber Sinfet, 38, III.
Inside of, inner^alb, 7, III.; 24, V.
In spite of, tro^bem, 19, 1.
Instead of, anjlatt, 7, IV.
Instruction, ber Unterric^t, 16, 1.
Intestines, bie ©ebdrmc, 13, VI.
In turn, in ber 9lei^e, 28, 1.
Inwards, nad^ innen, 49, III.

J.

Jaw, ber Olad^en, 23, 1.

Jewels, SBerlocfen, ©efd^meibe, 45, II.

Keep, to, l^alten, be^atten, 9, 1.; 26, 1.
Keep one's room, to, badBimmcr ^iiten,

51,111.
Keep silence, to, f(6n)eigen, 6, 1.
Kill, to, tobten, 19, III.
Knit, to, llrirfen, 7, IV.
Know, to, tt)iffen, 43, 1.
Known, befannt, 23, 1.

L.

I Land, ber STtfer, 42, 1.
• Last, le^t, 31, 1.

Vocabulary,

loo

Late, fpat, 14, 1.

Laugh, to, lac^en, 6, II.

Lazy, faul, trdge, 6, III.

Leaf, ba^ SBlott, plural, bie ©latter,

37, IL
Leg, bad S3ctn, 5, 1.
Less, mcnic^cr, 22, IV.
Lie, to, liegen, 8, II.
Lighten, to, bli^cn, 11, II.
Like, »ic, 7, 1.
Like, to, mogcn, 30, V.
Like, I, id^ ejTc Ucbcr, 35, H.
Like to eat, to, gem cffcn, 20, in.
Limhs, bic ®Uebma§en, 25, n.
Lip, bic £i^)pe, 8, IV.
Lively, Ub^aft, 34, III.
Liver, bte !L»eber, 13, V.
Located, is, bcpnbct ftc^, 4, 1.
Long, lang, 15, 1.
Look at, to, beokd^tcn, bctrac^ten, 12,

III.
Looking-glass, ber (St>ieget, 41, III.
Lose, to, »erUercn, 5, II.
Lost, \>cr(orcn, 6, 1.
Loud, laut; 35, II.
Luscions, tender, jart, 35, IV.

M.

Made (mechauically), ijcrfertigt, 7, I.
Mainspring, bie ©piralfeber, 27, VI.
Make a mistake, to, einen f^e^ter

madden, 12, 1.
Many, many a, manege, 3, IV.; 26,

V.
Many thanks, ^otel I)an!, 22, 1.
Meal, bie spia^tjcit, 31, 1.
Meet a person, to, einem Begegnen,

28,1.
Melt, to, fci^mcljcn, 11, IV.
Members of the class, bie 372itglieber,

36, L
Memory, ba6 ®ebdd^tni§, 6, III.
Middle, bie ^itte, 8, II.

Moist, fett(i^t, 22, IV.
Moment, ber ^ugenblicf, 28, II.
Monstrous, ungebeuer, 23, 1.
Months, weeks, etc See Lesson 17.
Morning, in the, bed ^orgend, 10,

II.
Move, to, fi(^ bemegen, 19, 1.
Mustache, ber @c^nurbart, 8, IV.
Mustard, ber Senf, 30, L

Name, to, ncnnen, beigen, 2, V.
Hear to, nabe, 39, II.
Nearly, beinabe, fajl, 7, III.
Necessary, notbigr notbt»enbig, 36, V.
Neck, ber ^ald, 13, IV.; 25, L
Neck (the surface neck), ber 92arfen,

25,1.
Net, bad 5^e^, 40, m.

Next, ndcibli/ 6> ^•
Noise, bad @etijfe, 23, n.

No one, niemanb, 6, 1. .
Nostrils, bie s«afenlodber, 8, HI.
Nourishing, fraftig, A H-
Nursery, bad Xreibbaud, 47, L
Notice, bemerfen, 46, 1.

O.

Observation, bie Semerfung, 6, 1.

Observe, to, bemcrfen, 3, V.

Ocean, bad SWcer, 39, II.

Oesophagus, bie ©peifero^re, 24, IV.

Only, einjig, 6, III.

Old, alt, 20, III.

On hand, ^orrdtbig, 9, II.

Open, to, aufmadben, bffnen, 3, HL

Opinion, bie 3Reinung, 22, IV.

Orange, bie Orange, 35, II.

Ornament, bie Bierbe, 43, V.

Other, anbcr, 46, II. ; 50, IV.

Ounce, bad Sotb, 9, II.

Our, unfcr, 4, II.

Own, eigen, 41, IV.

156

Vocabulary,

Palate, ber ©aumen, 24, III.; 49, 1.
Panto, |>ofen, ^ctnfletbrr, 7, UI.
Partoke of, genie§en, 29, III.
Fast, ))eTgangen, 28^ II.
Patient, gebulbig, 6, II.
PaU, ber (Jtmcr, 60, III.
Peach, bie 9)firrtc^c, 35, 1.
People, bie ^enfc^en, Seute, 5, II.
Perceive, to, ^^erne^men, 23, II.; 46,1.
Perhaps, t^tefleic^t, 18, III.
Permission, bie ^rlaubnif , 4, lY. ; 34,

II.
Perpendicular, fenfred^t, 39, III.
Picture, ba^ ^ilb, bad (Semalbe, 42, L;

43,1.
Piano, bad ^tatjier, ber Wx^t\ 41, n.
Plain, einfac^, 48, II.
Plane, ber ^obel, 50, III.
Plant, bie iflange, 37, II.
Platter, bie 5)Iatte, 29, II.
Play of words, ber ginfaU, 20, 1.
Pleasant, angenebm, 48, II.
Pleasure, bad SJergniigen, 44, II.
Plough, to, ))fliigen, 42, 1.
Plum, bie 9)flaume, 35, 1.
Plumage, bad ©eficber, 49, III.
Pointed, fpi^ig, 50, V.
Pointers, bie Seigcr, 27, II.
Pointing, jieigenb, 13, IV.
Points of the fingers, bie gingerfti^cn,

47,1.
Poisonous, gtfttg, 19, II.
Pores, bie ^autloci^cr, 25, III.
Possess, to, bejl^en, 44, 1.
Pour, to, gie§en, 21, III.
Preparation, bie Bu^ereitung, 21, III.
Present, to be, antt>efcnb, 36, 1.
Pretty, f^Sn, 8, 1.
Prey, bie Seute, 19, III.
Probably, tt)a^rf^einUA, 6, IV.
Progress, bie ^ortfd)ritte, 16, 1.
Promptly, punftlid^, 16, III.

Protect, to, »ert^eibigen, 49, II.
Proud, tlolg, 49, 1.
Provisions, bie l^eaendmittel, 9, III.
Pungent, 6ei§cnb. 30, II.
Pure, rein, 6, 1.
Purify, to, reinigen, 24, VI.
Put a question, eine grage jleUen, 2,
v.; 3,111.

Quadrumane, Sier^anber, 6, IV.
Quadruped, ber SJierfupler, 5, 1.
Quiet, TU^ig, 16, 11.

R.

Bain, to, regnen, 22, III.
Baspberries, bie •^imbeeren, 35, III.
Bather, lieber, 26, VII.
BeaUy, n)irfli(i^, 20, IV.
Beason for, ber @runb, 33e»eid, 49, L
Becognize, to, erfcnncn, 51, 1.
Begions, bie Q)cgenben, 42, II.
Belish, to, fdtmecfen, 48, II.
Bemain, to, bleiben, 36, 11.
Bemaining, im>6^ ubrig, 6, IV.
Bemember, to, ftd^ erinnern, 6, III.
Bepeat, to, ttjieber^olen, 1, VI.
Beply, to, ertt>iebern, 6, III.
Bequest, demand, to, verlangen, 51,

II.
Be turn, to, tt)ieberfommen, 14, II.
Besidence, bie SBo^nung, 41, 1.
Bich, fett, 26, II.
B nging of bells, bad Sauten, 45,

III.
Bipen, reifcn, 35, III.
Bise, to, aufge^en, 51, 1.
Bearing, braufcnb, 23, II.
Boast, to, roj^en, 21, IV.
Boast-beef, ber 9iinbd6ratcn, 29, 1.
Bocking-chair, ber Schaufelflu^I, 41, L
Bod, bad ©tabc^en, 39, III.
Boot, bie aBurjct, 37, II.; 43, II.

Vocabulary.

157

Bose, bie Slofc, 37, V.
Botten, fau(, 48, II.
Boagh, rau^, 47, III.
Ban, to, laufcn, 42, IL

s.

Scales, bie (Sci^uppen, 19, II.
School-desk, ber <8c^uUifc^, 12, III.
Scrape, to, fc^arren, 49, II.
Season, bie ^a^redgeit, 11, VI.
See, to, fe^en, 2, in.
Seldom, felten, 11, in.
Sell, to, ijcrfaufen, 9, II.
Send for, to, i^olen laffen, 51, III.
Sense of Sight, ber ®e{t(i^tdfmn, 44,

I.
Shelf, bad ®erime, 50, III.
Shine, to, fc^einen, 11, 1.
Ship, baa @(^iff, 33, IV.
Shoe, to, bcfd^lagen, 50, II.
Short, htq, 15, 1.

Sickle-shaped, ftcS^elformig, 49, in.
Side, bie ©cite, 13, V.
Since, feit, 51, II.
Sing, to, ftngen, 14, 1.
Sitting-room, bad SBo^njimmer, 41,

I.
Size, bie ®r6^e, 34, 1.
Sky, ber ^immel, 11, 1.
Slate, bie ©d^iefertafcl, 38, I.
Slate-pencU, ber ®riffel, 38, IV.
Slaughter, to, [(i^tac^ten, 42, IV.
Sleeve, ber 5lermet, 7, ni.
Slices, bie ©d^eibeit, 29, H.
Slip, to, audgleiten, 23, IV.
Smile, to, l&d)e(n, 6, H.
Smooth, glatt, 47, III.
Snow, to, fd)neien, 22, III.
Snow-white, fcf)neett>ci§, 32, 1.
Soap, bie ©eife, 25, III.
Sock, bie @otfe, 7, IV.
Soft, »eid^, 47, II.

Sometimes, mitunter, 26, V.
Song, ber (Sefang, 14, II.
Sore throat, '^aldtve^, 28, II.
Soul, bie <3eele, 8, 1.
Soup, bie ®up^)e, 29, 1.
Speak, to, fprec^cn, 3, V.
Speaking-exercise, bie ©pred^u^und,

4,1.
Spin, to, fpinnen, 32, II.
Spur, ber <St>om, 49, UI.
Spurt, to, fpri^en, 23, II.
Square, tiieretfig, 48, III.
Star, ber ©tern, 33, 1.
Steel, of, jla^lern, 16, III.
Stem, ber (Stamm, Stengel, 37, 1.
Stomach, ber SWagen, 13, V.
Stocking, ber ©tnimpf, 7, IV.
Stop, to, auf^ijren, 3, V.
Store, ber i?aben, 9, 1.
Strawberries, bie Srbbeeren, 35, III.
Street, bie ©tra^e, 22, II.
Stretch, to, audjlreden, 24, IV.
Stretched out, langeflrecft, 19, II.
Subject, ber ^egcnflanb, 4, 1.
Suflfer, to, leiben, 28, 1.
Sunday, ber (Sonntag, 17, 1.
Sun's rays, bie ©onnenftral^len, 33,

II.
Swallow, to, einfd&Tucfen, 23, n.
Swallow down, ^initnter wiirgen, 19,

ni.

Swiftly, geWnjinb, WneU, 5 IV.; 19,

I.
Swim, to, f(]^n)immen, 49, 1.

T.

Take, to, ne'^men, 20, 1.
Take care of, to, pflegen, 49, II.
Take hold with, to, anfaJTen, 24, III.
Talk about, to, befpre*en, 6, III.
Taste, to, fd^metfcn, 48, II. ; fojlen, 20,
I.

*v

158

Vocabulary,

Tell, to, angeBen, 4, 1.

Thief, ber !Dicb, 36, VI.

Tiling, bad ^ing, 46. II.

Throat, tie He^Ie, 26, IV.; 49, IH.

Thrust, ber 2Burf, 23, in.

Till now, bidder, 35, H.

Time, bic 3eit, 28, III.

Toasted, gcroflet, 28, V.

To be sure, jtoar, 52, III.

To-day, l^eute, 4, II.

To do, fic^ bcfinbcn, 22, 1.

Toe, bie 3e^e, 6, IV.

Together with, fammt, gufammen, 33,

IV. ; 49, I.
Toothache, bad Ba^ntoel^, 28, II.
Towel, bad ^anbtuci>, 25, III.
Tree, ber 93aum, plural, bie S3aumc, 10,

I.; 43,1.
Trunk, ber SRumpf, 13, 1.
Trunk of a tree, ber (Stamm, 43,

I.
Truth, bie SBal^rl^eit, 6, 1.
Try, to, »erfu(^en, 38, V.
Tub, ber tii6el, 50, HI.
Tunes, bad 3:onen, 45, in.
Twig, ber 3 wcig, 43, IV.

U.

Unanimously, einj^immig, 37, III.
Unwell, untDo^l, 28, II.
Upper-leather, bad Dkrteber, 42,

m.

Use, to, Benu^en, ge'^raucS^en, 26, VII.
Useful, m%X\^^, 26, IV.
Useful, to be, nii^cn, 26, IV.
Usually, getto^nlid^, 7, II.

V.

Various, ^erfd^ieben, 18, 1.
Vegetables, ©emitfe. See LessoD 29,
II.

Vehicle, bad ^airgcug, ^uljrtoerf, 60,

n.

Vest, bie SDejle, 7, III.
Vinegar, ber (Sffig, 30, I.
Violent, ^eftig, 28, H.
Violet, bad aSeilci^en, 37, IV.
Visible, ftcj^tbar, 33, II.
Voice, bie ©timme, 26, VI.

w.

Walk, to take a, fpagieren geljcn, 5,
IV.

Wall, bie SBanb, 12, II.

Wares, bic SBaaren, 18, 1.

Wash, to, toafd^en, 25, III.

Watch-case, bad U^rge^dufe, 27, 1.

Watch-work, bad U^rtoerf, 27, VTI.

Weak, fd^»a4 42, 1.

Wear, to, tragen, 7, 1. ; 46, 1.

Weave, to, tDeben, 7, IV. ; 32, II.

Weighs, wiegt, 23, 1.

Weights and measures. See Lesson

18.
Wet, na§, 51, II.
Whale, ber SBaKfifd^, 23, 1.
What kind of, xoo.^ fur ein, 34, I.
Wheels of a watch, bie U^rrdber, 26,

VI.
Whether, ob, 6, III.
Whisper, to, fliiftern, 16, II.
White, tt)ei9, 24, I.
Whole, ganj, 4, IV.
Why, warum, 31, II.
Window, bad ^enjler, 12, I.
Windpipe, bie Suftro^re, 24, IV.
Wing, ber glugel, 49, II.
Wipe, to, abtrocfnen, 25, IIL
Wire, ber !Dra^t, 39, III.
Without, o^ne, 42, II.
Wool, bie 2BoIIe, 7, IV.
Working-people, bie 5Irbeitdtcute, 31, 1.
World, bie SBelt, 8, 1.
Would be able, fonnte, 5, III.

Vocabulary.

159

Woald be able to Bee, n>urbe fel^en

fonnen, 44, 1.
Wounded, ^erle^t, 23, III.

T.

Yard, bcT ^audl^of, 49, 1.

Yarn, ba« ®am, 32, n.
Yellow, gelb, 29, 1.
Yesterday's, gefhtgen, 4, I.
Yet, nod^, 28, III.
Yoke, ein 9)aar, bad Ocfpann, 42, 1.
Young, jung, 7, 1.

EDUCATIONAL PUBLICATIONS

OF

S. C. GRIGGS & CO., CHICAGO.

BA<:ON'S MANUAL OF GESTURE. With loo Figures, em-
bracing a complete System of Notation, with the Principles of Intexpretation, and
Selections for Practice. By Professor A. M. Bacon. $1.50.

BOISE'S FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Adapted to Goodwin's
and Hadley's Larger and Smaller Greek Grammars, and intended as an Introduction
for Xenophon's Anabasis. By Jambs R. Boise, Ph D., LL.D. $1.25.

BOISE'S FIRST THREE BOOKS OF HOMER'S ILIAD.

With Explanatory Notes, and References to the Grammars of Goodwin and Hadley.
By Jambs R. Boise, Ph.D., LL.D. i2mo. Cloth. |i.oo.

BOISE'S FIRST SIX BOOKS OF HOMER'S ILIAD. With
Explanatory Notes, and References to the Grammars of Goodwin and Hadley. A
new Edition, with Notes revised and laigely revrntten. i2mo. Cloth. #1.50.

BOISE'S EXERCISES IN GREEK SYNTAX. Being Exercises
in some of the more difficult Principles of Greek Syntax; with References to the
Grammars of Crosby, Curtius, Goodwin, Hadley, Koch, and Kiihner. A Sequel to
** Jones's Exercises in Greek Prose Composition," and intended for the first year in
College. By James R. Boisb, Ph.D., LL.D. $1.25.

BOISE AND FREEMAN'S SELECTIONS FROM VARIOUS
GREEK AUTHORS. For the first year in College, with explanatory Notes, and
References to Goodwin's and to Hadley's Larger and Smaller Grammars. $2.00.

BUCKINGHAM'S ELEMENTS OF THE DIFFERENTIAL
AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS. By a New Method, founded on the True
System of Sir Isaac Newton, without the use of Infinitesimals or Limits. By Professor
C. P. Buckingham. $2.00.

CROSS'S ECLECTIC SHORT-HAND. A new system adapted
both to general use and to verbatim reporting. Complete in one volume. By J. G.
Cross, A.M. i2mo. Cloth $2.00.

D'OOGE'S DEMOSTHENES ON THE CROWN. With Ex-
tracts from the Oration of iEschines against Ctesiphon, and Explanatory Notes. By
M. L. D'OoGE, Ph.D., Professor of Greek, University of Michigan. $1.50.

JONES'S FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. Adapted to the Latin
Grammars of Allen and Greenough, Andrews and Stoddard, Bartholomew, Bullions
and Morris, Gildersleeve, and Harkness, and prepared as an Introduction to Cassar's
Commentaries on the Gallic War. By Eusha Jones, A.M., Univ'y of Michigan.
^1.25.

Educational Publications of S. C. Griggs &r Co.

JONES'S EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.

With References to the Grammars of Allen and Greenough, Andrews and Stoddard,
Bartholomew, Bullions and Morris, Gildersleeve, and Harkness. By Eusha Jones,
A.M. $i.oo.

JONES'S EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

With References to Hadley's, Goodwin's, and Taylor's-Kiihner's Greek Grammars,
and a full English-Greek Vocabulary. By Elisha Jones, A.M. $z.oo.

MAERTZ'S NEW METHOD FOR THE STUDY OF ENG-
LISH LITERATURE, xzmo. Interleaved. ^z.oo.

MAHAN'S MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. By Professor AsA Ma- !

HAN, D.D.jLL.D. i2mo. Cloth. $1.50.
MORRIS'S MANUAL OF CLASSICAL LITERATURE. |

Comprising Biographical and Crilical notices of principal Greek and Roman Authors, t

Illustrative Extracts from their work^ etc. By Charles Morris zamo. Cloth. t

$i-7S- i

PETERSON'S NORWEGIAN-DANISH GRAMMAR AND
READER. With a Vocabulary, designed for American Students of the Norwegian-
Danish Language. By Professor C. I. P. Peterson. $1.25.

RAYMOND'S ORATOR'S MANUAL. A practical and philo-
sophical treatise on Vocal Culture, Emphasis, and Gesture, together with selections
for Declamation and Reading. Designed as a text-book for schools and colleges, and
for public speakers and readers who are obliged to study without an instructor. By
G. L.Raymond, M. A., Professor of Oratory, Princeton College. i2mo. Cloth. $1.50.

ROBERT'S RULES OF ORDER FOR DELIBERATIVE

ASSEMBLIES. By Major H. M. Robert. 75 cts.

SAWYER'S PRACTICAL GERMAN GRAMMAR. By W.

C. Sawyer, Ph.D., Professor of German, Wisconsin State Normal School, Oshkosh.
$1.00.

STEVENS'S SELECT ORATIONS OF LYSIAS. With Intro-
ductions, and Explanatory Notes. By Professor W. A. Stevens, A.M. ^i.so*

WELSH'S DEVELOPMENT OF ENGLISH LITERATURE

AND LANGUAGE. By Professor A. H. Welsh. 2 vols. Crown octavo. Qoth.
$5.00.

WELSH'S GEOMETRY. Ready July, 1883.

ZUR BRUCKE'S GERMAN WITHOUT GRAMMAR OR
DICTIONARY ; or, A Guide to Learning and Teaching the German Language,
according to the Pestalozzian method of teaching, by Object Lessons. Part I. 75 cts.

ZUR BRUCKE'S GERMAN, ETC. PART IL Cloth. $1.25.

J *^* Descriptive ciradars furnished on application.

%* Books will be mailed post-paid on receipt of price by the publishers.

\

I

This book should be returned to
the Library on or before the last date
stamped below. •

A fine of five cents a day is incurred
by retaining it beyond the specified
time.

Please return promptly.